MILLENNIUM AMERICA INC
424B3, 1996-11-26
PLASTIC MATERIALS, SYNTH RESINS & NONVULCAN ELASTOMERS
Previous: EMPIRE STATE MUNICIPAL EXEMPT TRUST GUARANTEED SERIES 132, 487, 1996-11-26
Next: BIG PONY GOLD INC, 10SB12G, 1996-11-26



<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

                                 Filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)
                                 Registration Numbers 333-15975 and 333-15975-01

                                  $750,000,000
                            MILLENNIUM AMERICA INC.
               $500,000,000 7% SENIOR NOTES DUE NOVEMBER 15, 2006
          $250,000,000 7 5/8% SENIOR DEBENTURES DUE NOVEMBER 15, 2026
                         UNCONDITIONALLY GUARANTEED BY
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
 
[LOGO]
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
     The  7% Senior  Notes due November  15, 2006  (the 'Notes') and  the 7 5/8%
Senior Debentures due November 15, 2026 (the 'Debentures' and, collectively with
the Notes, the 'Securities') are being  offered by Millennium America Inc.  (the
'Issuer').  Interest on the  Securities will be payable  semi-annually on May 15
and November 15 of each year, commencing  May 15, 1997. The Securities will  not
be  redeemable prior  to maturity  (except for redemption  at the  option of the
Issuer in  the event  of certain  changes involving  taxation) and  will not  be
entitled   to  the  benefit  of  any   sinking  fund.  The  Securities  will  be
unconditionally guaranteed by the Issuer's indirect parent, Millennium Chemicals
Inc. (the  'Company'). The  guarantees of  the  Company to  be endorsed  on  the
Securities are referred to as the 'Guarantees.'
     The  Securities and the Guarantees will  be unsecured senior obligations of
the Issuer and  the Company,  respectively, and will  rank pari  passu with  all
other existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of, and will
be  senior in right of  payment to all subordinated  indebtedness of, the Issuer
and the  Company,  respectively.  The  Securities and  the  Guarantees  will  be
effectively  subordinated  to all  existing  and future  indebtedness (including
guarantees) of subsidiaries  of the Issuer  and of the  Company (other than  the
Issuer)  and all existing and future secured  indebtedness of the Issuer and the
Company, to the extent  of the value of  the assets securing such  indebtedness.
See 'Risk Factors -- Holding Company Structure.'
     Each  series of the  Securities will be  represented by one  or more global
Securities registered in the name of the nominee of The Depository Trust Company
('DTC'). Beneficial interests  in the global  Securities will be  shown on,  and
transfers  thereof will be effected only  through, records maintained by DTC and
its participants. Except as described herein, Securities in definitive form will
not be  issued.  The  Securities will  be  issued  only in  registered  form  in
denominations  of  $1,000 and  integral multiples  thereof. The  Securities will
trade in DTC's Same-Day  Funds Settlement System  until maturity, and  secondary
market  trading activity for the Securities  will therefor settle in immediately
available funds. All payments of principal  of, and interest on, the  Securities
will  be made by the Issuer in  immediately available funds. See 'Description of
the Securities -- Maturity, Principal and Interest.'
                            ------------------------
     SEE 'RISK FACTORS' BEGINNING ON PAGE 8 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN  FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN CONNECTION WITH AN INVESTMENT IN THE SECURITIES.
                            ------------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
    EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY  STATE  SECURITIES COMMISSION  NOR  HAS THE
       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
         PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS.
           ANY  REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL  OFFENSE.
                            ------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              INITIAL PUBLIC          UNDERWRITING            PROCEEDS TO
                                                             OFFERING PRICE(1)         DISCOUNT(2)           ISSUER(1)(3)
                                                           ---------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------
<S>                                                        <C>                    <C>                    <C>
Per Note.................................................         99.897%                 .650%                 99.247%
Total....................................................      $499,485,000            $3,250,000            $496,235,000
Per Debenture............................................         99.563%                 .875%                 98.688%
Total....................................................      $248,907,500            $2,187,500            $246,720,000
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) Plus accrued interest, if any, from November 15, 1996.
(2) The  Issuer has  agreed to indemnify  the Underwriters, and  the Company has
    agreed to  guarantee the  Issuer's indemnity,  against certain  liabilities,
    including  liabilities under  the Securities  Act of  1933, as  amended. See
    'Underwriting.'
(3) Before deducting estimated expenses of $1,000,000 payable by the Issuer.
                            ------------------------
     The Securities offered hereby are offered severally by the Underwriters, as
specified herein, subject to receipt and acceptance by them and subject to their
right to  reject  any order  in  whole  or in  part.  It is  expected  that  the
Securities  will  be ready  for  delivery in  book-entry  form only  through the
facilities of DTC in New York, New York, on or about November 27, 1996,  against
payment therefor in immediately available funds.
        GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
                          BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
                                    MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
                                           J.P. MORGAN & CO.
                                                    SALOMON BROTHERS INC
 
                            ------------------------
               The date of this Prospectus is November 22, 1996.
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
     The  Issuer and  the Company  have filed  with the  Securities and Exchange
Commission (the 'Commission')  a Registration  Statement on  Form S-1  (together
with  all amendments and  exhibits thereto, the  'Registration Statement') under
the Securities Act of 1933, as  amended (the 'Securities Act'), with respect  to
the Securities and the Guarantees offered hereby. This Prospectus, which forms a
part  of the Registration Statement, does not contain all of the information set
forth in  the Registration  Statement and  the exhibits  and schedules  thereto,
certain  parts of which are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations
of the Commission. For  further information about the  Issuer, the Company,  the
Securities  and the  Guarantees, reference  is hereby  made to  the Registration
Statement and  to  such  exhibits and  schedules.  Statements  contained  herein
concerning   the  provisions  of  any  document  filed  as  an  exhibit  to  the
Registration  Statement  or  otherwise  filed   with  the  Commission  are   not
necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such
document  so filed.  Each such  statement is qualified  in its  entirety by such
reference.
 
     In addition, the Company  is subject to  the informational requirements  of
the  Securities Exchange Act of  1934, as amended (the  'Exchange Act'), and, in
accordance therewith, files reports and  other information with the  Commission.
Reports,  proxy and  information statements and  other information  filed by the
Company with the Commission  pursuant to the  informational requirements of  the
Exchange  Act may  be inspected  and copied  at the  public reference facilities
maintained by the Commission at Room  1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,
D.C.  20549, and at the  following Regional Offices of  the Commission: New York
Regional Office, Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048,
and Chicago  Regional Office,  Suite  1400, Citicorp  Center, 500  West  Madison
Street,  Chicago,  Illinois  60661, and  at  the Commission  website  located at
(http://www.sec.gov). Copies of such  material or any part  thereof may also  be
obtained  from  the Public  Reference  Section of  the  Commission at  450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. The Company's  Common
Stock,  par value $.01 per  share (the 'Common Stock'),  is listed and traded on
The New York Stock Exchange, Inc.  (the 'NYSE'). Reports, proxy and  information
statements and other information concerning the Company may also be inspected at
the offices of the NYSE, 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005.
 
     IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS  WHICH STABILIZE  OR MAINTAIN  THE MARKET  PRICE OF  EACH SERIES OF
SECURITIES AT  A LEVEL  ABOVE THAT  WHICH MIGHT  OTHERWISE PREVAIL  IN THE  OPEN
MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
                DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
     All  statements other than  statements of historical  fact included in this
Prospectus, including  without  limitation the  statements  under  'Management's
Discussion  and Analysis of  Financial Condition and  Results of Operations' and
'Business -- Strategy,' are, or may be deemed to be, forward-looking  statements
within  the meaning of Section 27A of the  Securities Act and Section 21E of the
Exchange Act.  Important  factors that  could  cause actual  results  to  differ
materially  from those discussed in such forward-looking statements ('Cautionary
Statements') include:  the  balance  between industry  production  capacity  and
operating  rates,  on  the one  hand,  and  demand for  the  Company's products,
including polyethylene  and  titanium dioxide,  on  the other  hand;  the  gross
national product in the United States and other countries, which also influences
demand  for  the  Company's  products;  customer  inventory  levels; competitive
pricing pressures; the  cost and  availability of the  Company's feedstocks  and
other  raw materials, including natural gas and ethylene; competitive technology
positions; and failure  to achieve  the Company's  productivity improvement  and
cost reduction targets or to complete construction projects on schedule. Some of
these  Cautionary Statements are  discussed in more  detail under 'Risk Factors'
and 'Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results  of
Operations  -- Historical Cyclicality of Significant Components of the Company's
Operations.'  All  subsequent  written   and  oral  forward-looking   statements
attributable  to the Issuer, the  Company or persons acting  on behalf of one or
both of  them are  expressly  qualified in  their  entirety by  such  Cautionary
Statements.
 
                                       2

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
     The  following summary is qualified in its  entirety by, and is subject to,
the more  detailed  information  and  financial  statements  and  notes  thereto
contained elsewhere in this Prospectus. In this Prospectus, (i) unless otherwise
indicated,  the  terms  'Millennium'  or  'the  Company'  refer  collectively to
Millennium Chemicals  Inc.  and  its consolidated  subsidiaries  and  the  terms
'Millennium  America' or 'the  Issuer' refer collectively  to Millennium America
Inc. and its consolidated  subsidiaries; (ii) references  to the activities  of,
and  financial information with respect to, the Company prior to October 1, 1996
are to the historical activities  and combined historical financial  information
of  the  chemicals  business  (the 'Chemicals  Business')  and  certain building
materials and materials handling  businesses (the 'Discontinued Businesses')  of
Hanson  PLC  ('Hanson')  that  were  transferred to  the  Company  by  Hanson in
connection with  the demerger  (i.e.,  spin-off) of  the Chemicals  Business  by
Hanson  on that date (the 'Demerger');  (iii) the term 'Non-Chemical Businesses'
refers to businesses  and assets  of Hanson that  were intended  to remain  with
Hanson  (including, but not limited to, the Discontinued Operations), but which,
prior to commencement of the Demerger  Transactions (as defined), were owned  by
Hanson  subsidiaries that  were to become  subsidiaries of the  Company upon the
Demerger; (iv)  the  term  'Demerger  Transactions'  refers  to  the  series  of
transactions  undertaken  to  effect the  Demerger,  including the  sale  of the
Non-Chemical Businesses (other  than the Discontinued  Operations) to Hanson  on
September  30, 1996  and the  sale of the  Discontinued Businesses  to Hanson on
October 6,  1996;  (v)  the  term  'Suburban  Propane'  refers  to  the  propane
operations of the Chemicals Business, which were transferred to Suburban Propane
Partners,  L.P. ('Suburban  Propane Partners')  in contemplation  of its initial
public offering of a 73.6% equity interest therein in March 1996; (vi) pro forma
information gives effect  to the  Demerger Transactions, this  Offering and  the
Tender  Offer referred to below; (vii) references to '1995' and subsequent years
are to the applicable calendar year ended December 31, reflecting the fact  that
the  Company adopted a  December 31 fiscal  year-end effective as  of January 1,
1995, and references to  'fiscal' 1994 and earlier  years are to the  applicable
fiscal  year ended September 30; and (viii) references to 'tonnes' are to metric
tons, equal to 1,000 kilograms or 2,204.6 pounds.
 
MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
 
     The Company is a major international chemicals company, with leading market
positions in a broad range  of commodity, industrial, performance and  specialty
chemicals.  In 1995, the Company  had pro forma net  sales of approximately $3.2
billion and pro  forma operating  income of $776  million; for  the nine  months
ended  September 30, 1996, the Company had  pro forma net sales of approximately
$2.3 billion  and pro  forma operating  income of  $197 million  (including  $75
million  of  non-recurring  charges relating  to  the  Company's sulfate-process
titanium dioxide operations). At September 30,  1996, the Company had pro  forma
total assets of approximately $5.5 billion.
 
     Through  its operating subsidiaries, Quantum Chemical Corporation ('Quantum
Chemical'), SCM Chemicals Inc. and  its non-U.S. affiliates (collectively,  'SCM
Chemicals') and Glidco Inc. ('Glidco'), the Company is:
 
       The largest producer of polyethylene products in the United States;
 
       The  second largest producer  of titanium dioxide  ('TiO2') in the United
       States and the third largest producer of TiO2 in the world;
 
       The second largest producer of acetic  acid and vinyl acetate monomer  in
       the United States;
 
       A   leading  producer  of  high  value-added  specialty  polymers,  color
       concentrates  and  polymeric  powders,  and  of  titanium  tetrachloride,
       cadmium/selenium pigments and silica gel; and
 
       A  leading producer of fragrance and  flavor chemicals derived from crude
       sulfate turpentine.
 
In addition, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Quantum Chemical serves as the general
partner of  Suburban Propane  Partners, a  publicly traded  limited  partnership
which, through an operating partnership, is the third largest retail marketer of
propane  in the  United States. Quantum  Chemical owns a  2% general partnership
interest and an approximate 24% subordinated limited partnership interest,  each
on  a  combined  basis, in  these  partnerships.  The Company  accounts  for its
interest in Suburban Propane Partners as a 26.4% equity investment.
 
     The Company has been an  independent, publicly owned company since  October
1,  1996, when, in  consideration for Hanson's  transfer to it  of the Chemicals
Business,  the  Company  issued  to  Hanson's  shareholders  all  of  its   then
outstanding  Common Stock. On October 6, 1996, the Company sold the Discontinued
Businesses to Hanson  and subsequently  repaid all  outstanding indebtedness  to
Hanson.
 
                                       3
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
At   September  30,  1996,  after  giving  pro  forma  effect  to  the  Demerger
Transactions, the Company  had consolidated indebtedness  of approximately  $2.5
billion,  including approximately  $1.0 billion  accreted value  of the Issuer's
2.39% Senior Exchangeable Discount Notes Due 2001 (the 'Pre-Demerger Notes').
 
     The Demerger  resulted in  a  change-in-control of  the Issuer  within  the
meaning  of  the indenture  governing  the Pre-Demerger  Notes.  Accordingly, on
October 18, 1996, the Issuer commenced an  offer to purchase any and all of  the
outstanding  Pre-Demerger Notes (the  'Tender Offer') for cash  equal to 101% of
the accreted  value  of  the  Pre-Demerger  Notes  plus  accrued  interest  (the
'Repurchase  Price'). The Tender  Offer will expire on  December 17, 1996 unless
required by applicable law to be extended. If all outstanding Pre-Demerger Notes
are tendered and  repurchased pursuant  to the Tender  Offer on  that date,  the
Repurchase Price will be approximately $1.1 billion. The Issuer will use the net
proceeds  of the Offering, to the extent necessary, to pay the Repurchase Price.
Additional funds will  be borrowed  under the  Issuer's credit  facility with  a
syndicate  of  banks  (the 'Credit  Facility'),  if  the net  proceeds  from the
Offering are  not  sufficient  to repurchase  all  Pre-Demerger  Notes  tendered
pursuant to the Tender Offer. See 'Use of Proceeds.'
 
     The  Company's  strategy is  to maximize  long-term  cash flow  and thereby
create value  through improved  efficiency at  existing operations,  disciplined
capital  expenditures, selective  dispositions, selective  acquisitions of other
chemical businesses and reduction of leverage. In addition to building upon  its
leading market positions in existing lines of business, the Company will seek to
expand  its  operations  worldwide,  focus  its  production  on  more profitable
value-added products and increase the proportion of its businesses that are less
cyclical in nature.  The Company  emphasizes stock ownership  by management  and
links  a significant portion of management's  compensation to the achievement of
performance targets, including targets based on 'economic value added'  concepts
and  the Company's performance relative to its industry peers. See 'Business  --
Strategy.'
 
     The Company's principal  executive offices  are located at  99 Wood  Avenue
South, Iselin, New Jersey 08830, and its United States telephone number is (908)
603-6600.  The  Company  also has  executive  offices located  at  Laporte Road,
Stallingborough, Grimsby, North  East Lincolnshire, DN40  2PR, England, and  its
United Kingdom telephone number is 01469-57-1000.
 
MILLENNIUM AMERICA INC.
 
     The  Issuer,  an  indirect wholly-owned  subsidiary  of the  Company,  is a
Delaware corporation organized in November 1980. It is a holding company for all
of the Company's operating  subsidiaries other than  the non-U.S. affiliates  of
SCM  Chemicals. In addition,  it is the  issuer of the  Pre-Demerger Notes and a
borrower under the Credit Facility.
 
     For the nine months ended September 30,  1996, the Issuer had net sales  of
approximately  $2.0 billion and operating income  of $156 million (including $57
million of the non-recurring charges  relating to the Company's  sulfate-process
TiO2  operations). At September 30, 1996, the  Issuer had pro forma total assets
of approximately $5.1 billion. For the nine months ended September 30, 1996, the
non-U.S. affiliates of SCM Chemicals, which are the only operating  subsidiaries
of  the  Company that  are  not subsidiaries  of the  Issuer,  had net  sales of
approximately $291 million and  operating income of  $49 million (including  the
remaining  $18 million of the non-recurring charges). At September 30, 1996, the
non-U.S. affiliates of SCM Chemicals had pro forma total assets of approximately
$377 million.
 
     The Issuer's  principal executive  offices are  located at  99 Wood  Avenue
South,  Iselin, New Jersey  08830, and its  telephone number at  that address is
(908) 603-6600.
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Securities Offered...........................  $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7% Senior Notes due
                                                 November 15, 2006.
                                               $250,000,000   aggregate    principal    amount    of    7    5/8%
                                                 Senior Debentures due November 15, 2026.
Issuer.......................................  Millennium America Inc.
Guarantor....................................  Millennium Chemicals Inc.
Interest Payment Dates.......................  Semi-annually on May 15 and November 15, commencing May 15, 1997.
Optional Redemption..........................  The Securities will not be redeemable prior to maturity (except
                                                 for redemption at the option of the Issuer in the event of
                                                 certain changes involving taxation).
</TABLE>
 
                                       4
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Mandatory Sinking Fund.......................  None
Ranking and Holding Company Structure........  The  Securities  and  the  Guarantees  will  be  unsecured  senior
                                                 obligations of  the Issuer  and the  Company, respectively,  and
                                                 will  rank  pari  passu  with  all  other  existing  and  future
                                                 unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of, and will be senior
                                                 in right of  payment to  all subordinated  indebtedness of,  the
                                                 Issuer  and the  Company, respectively.  The Securities  and the
                                                 Guarantees will be effectively subordinated to (i) all  existing
                                                 and  future secured indebtedness of  the Issuer and the Company,
                                                 to  the  extent  of  the  value  of  the  assets  securing  such
                                                 indebtedness,   (ii)  all   existing  and   future  indebtedness
                                                 (including guarantees) of any subsidiaries of the Issuer and  of
                                                 the  Company (other than the Issuer)  and (iii) all existing and
                                                 future guarantees  by  subsidiaries of  the  Issuer and  of  the
                                                 Company  (other  than  the  Issuer)  of  the  Issuer's  and  the
                                                 Company's indebtedness. At  September 30, 1996,  on a pro  forma
                                                 basis  after  giving effect  to  the Demerger  Transactions, the
                                                 Tender Offer and  the Offering,  the Issuer  (on a  consolidated
                                                 basis)  had indebtedness of approximately $2.5 billion, of which
                                                 $51 million represented  indebtedness of  its subsidiaries.  The
                                                 Company (on a consolidated basis) had additional indebtedness of
                                                 $40   million,   all  of   which  represented   indebtedness  of
                                                 subsidiaries other  than the  Issuer and  its subsidiaries.  See
                                                 'Risk  Factors --  Limited Operating  History as  an Independent
                                                 Company; Significant  Leverage,' 'Unaudited  Pro Forma  Combined
                                                 Financial   Data,'  'Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
                                                 Financial Condition and Results  of Operations -- Liquidity  and
                                                 Capital Resources' and 'Description of the
                                                 Securities -- Ranking.'
Certain Covenants............................  The  Indenture  under which  the  Securities will  be  issued (the
                                                 'Indenture') will contain  certain covenants  that limit,  among
                                                 other  things, (i) the ability of  the Issuer and the Restricted
                                                 Subsidiaries (as defined) to grant liens or enter into sale  and
                                                 lease-back  transactions,  (ii)  the ability  of  the Restricted
                                                 Subsidiaries to  incur additional  indebtedness, and  (iii)  the
                                                 ability  of the Issuer and the  Company to merge, consolidate or
                                                 transfer substantially  all  of  their  respective  assets.  See
                                                 'Description  of  the Securities  -- Restrictive  Covenants' and
                                                 ' -- Consolidation, Merger and Certain Sales of Assets.'
Use of Proceeds..............................  The net proceeds from the Offering, after deducting the  estimated
                                                 underwriting   discounts  and  expenses,  are  estimated  to  be
                                                 approximately $742 million. The Issuer  intends to use such  net
                                                 proceeds,  to the extent necessary,  to pay the Repurchase Price
                                                 for Pre-Demerger Notes  tendered pursuant to  the Tender  Offer.
                                                 Additional  funds will be borrowed  under the Credit Facility if
                                                 the net  proceeds  from  the  Offering  are  not  sufficient  to
                                                 repurchase  all  Pre-Demerger  Notes  tendered  pursuant  to the
                                                 Tender Offer. See 'Use of Proceeds.'
</TABLE>
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     Prospective purchasers  of the  Securities  should carefully  consider  the
information  set forth under  'Risk Factors' beginning  on page 8  and all other
information set forth  in this Prospectus  before making any  investment in  the
Securities.
 
                                       5
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                        SUMMARY COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The  following table summarizes certain  historical combined financial data
with respect to the Company  and is qualified in  its entirety by reference  to,
and  should  be  read in  conjunction  with, the  Company's  Historical Combined
Financial Statements and  notes thereto included  elsewhere in this  Prospectus.
Historical combined financial information may not be indicative of the Company's
future  performance as  an independent company.  See also 'Ratio  of Earnings to
Fixed  Charges,'  'Selected  Combined  Financial  Data,'  'Unaudited  Pro  Forma
Combined  Financial Data,'  'Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations' and 'Index to Financial Statements.'
 
     For certain historical financial data with respect to the Issuer, see  Note
12 to the Combined Financial Statements of the Company.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   THREE
                                       NINE MONTHS ENDED             YEAR          MONTHS        FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                         SEPTEMBER 30,              ENDED          ENDED           SEPTEMBER 30,
                                  ----------------------------   DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   ----------------------
                                   1996               1995           1995           1994        1994       1993(1)
                                  -------          -----------   ------------   ------------   ------   -------------
                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                               <C>              <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>      <C>
                                                                     (IN MILLIONS)
INCOME STATEMENT DATA(2):
     Net sales..................  $ 2,279            $ 2,939       $  3,800       $    908     $3,288      $   862
     Operating income...........      205(3)             690            842            203        344          139
     Income from continuing
       operations...............      103(3)(4)          276            331             84         66          103
     Net (loss) income..........   (3,064)(3)(4)(5)       276           349             96         94          123
OTHER DATA (WITH RESPECT TO
  CONTINUING OPERATIONS):
     EBITDA (6).................      357                870          1,083            262        591          183
     Depreciation and
       amortization.............  $   152            $   180       $    241       $     59     $  247      $    44
     Capital expenditures.......      223                201            276             30        109           28
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Excludes  the results of  Quantum Chemical, which was  acquired by Hanson on
    September 30, 1993.
 
(2) For certain historical combined balance sheet data, see page 15.
 
(3) Includes the  effects of  non-recurring charges  of $75  ($48 after-tax)  to
    reduce   the  carrying   value  of   certain  facilities   employed  in  the
    sulfate-process manufacturing of TiO2 and  provide for the costs  associated
    with  the closure of certain of these  facilities, as described in Note 4 to
    the Combined Financial Statements of the Company.
 
(4) Includes the  effects  of  an  after-tax gain  of  $86  resulting  from  the
    Company's sale in March 1996 of a 73.6% equity interest in Suburban Propane,
    as  described in Note 1 to the Combined Financial Statements of the Company.
    Prior periods include Suburban Propane as a continuing operation.
 
(5) Includes the effects of  a non-cash after-tax charge  of $3,206 relating  to
    one  of the Discontinued Businesses as a result of the Company's adoption of
    the long-lived asset  carrying value  methodology provided  by Statement  of
    Financial  Accounting Standards No. 121 ('SFAS 121'), as described in Note 5
    to the  Combined  Financial  Statements of  the  Company.  The  Discontinued
    Businesses were sold to Hanson on October 6, 1996.
 
(6) Earnings  before interest,  taxes, depreciation  and amortization ('EBITDA')
    for any  relevant period  presented above  represents income  (loss)  before
    interest,   income  taxes,   depreciation,  amortization   of  goodwill  and
    provisions for other non-operating charges  or credits. For the nine  months
    ended  September 30, 1996, EBITDA includes  the effects of the non-recurring
    charges referred to in footnote (3). While EBITDA should not be construed as
    a substitute for operating  income or a better  indicator of liquidity  than
    cash flow from operating activities, which are determined in accordance with
    Generally  Accepted Account  Principles ('GAAP'),  it is  included herein to
    provide additional information with respect to the ability of the Company to
    meet its  future  debt  service, capital  expenditure  and  working  capital
    requirements.  EBITDA is not necessarily a  measure of the Company's ability
    to fund its cash needs.
 
                                       6
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
              SUMMARY UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The following summary unaudited pro  forma combined financial data  reflect
the  Demerger Transactions,  the Tender  Offer and the  Offering as  if all such
transactions had  been completed  as of  January 1,  1996 and  January 1,  1995,
respectively,  for pro forma  combined income statement data  purposes and as of
September 30, 1996  for pro forma  combined balance sheet  data purposes. For  a
summary  of the Demerger Transactions, see 'Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Introduction.' These data do
not necessarily reflect the operating data or financial position of the  Company
which  would have been achieved had  such transactions actually been consummated
as of such dates. Also, these data are not necessarily indicative of the  future
results  of  operations  or  future  financial  position  of  the  Company.  See
'Capitalization' and 'Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Data.'
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             NINE MONTHS ENDED       YEAR ENDED
                                                                               SEPTEMBER 30,        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                   1996                 1995
                                                                             -----------------      ------------
                                                                                        (IN MILLIONS)
 
<S>                                                                          <C>                    <C>
PRO FORMA INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
     Net sales............................................................        $ 2,279              $3,161
     Operating income.....................................................            197(1)              776
     Income from continuing operations....................................            130(1)(2)           382
 
OTHER PRO FORMA DATA:
     Adjusted EBITDA......................................................            424(3)              983
     Interest expense.....................................................            129                 157
     Interest income......................................................             25                  25
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                             AT SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                   1996
                                                                             -----------------
<S>                                                                          <C>
PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET DATA:
     Cash and cash equivalents............................................        $   388
     Total assets.........................................................          5,530
     Short-term debt......................................................            241
     Long-term debt(4)....................................................          2,283
     Total liabilities....................................................          4,233
     Stockholders' equity (invested capital)..............................          1,297
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Includes the  effects of  non-recurring charges  of $75  ($48 after-tax)  to
    reduce   the  carrying   value  of   certain  facilities   employed  in  the
    sulfate-process manufacturing of TiO2 and  provide for the costs  associated
    with  the closure of certain of these  facilities, as described in Note 4 to
    the Combined Financial Statements of the Company.
 
(2) Includes the  effects  of  an  after-tax gain  of  $86  resulting  from  the
    Company's sale in March 1996 of a 73.6% equity interest in Suburban Propane,
    as  described in Note 1 to the Combined Financial Statements of the Company.
    The prior period includes Suburban Propane as a continuing operation.
 
(3) Calculated as described in footnote (6) to the preceding table, adjusted  to
    exclude the effects of the non-recurring charges referred to in footnote (1)
    above.
 
(4) Reflects  a net capital contribution  from Hanson to the  Company as part of
    the Demerger Transactions, so that the Company's combined indebtedness,  net
    of  cash (including  restricted cash)  and cash  equivalents, at  October 1,
    1996, after  giving  pro  forma  effect to  the  sale  of  the  Discontinued
    Businesses and the Tender Offer, would amount to $2.017 billion.
 
                                       7

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     The  following risk factors  should be considered  carefully in addition to
the other  information  contained  in  this  Prospectus  before  purchasing  the
Securities  offered hereby.  In connection  with the  forward-looking statements
which appear in this Prospectus, prospective purchasers of the Securities should
carefully review the factors discussed, or to which reference is made, below and
the Cautionary Statements referred  to in 'Disclosure Regarding  Forward-Looking
Statements.'
 
LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY AS AN INDEPENDENT COMPANY; SIGNIFICANT LEVERAGE
 
     The  Company became an independent public company on October 1, 1996. While
the Chemicals Business in the aggregate was profitable as part of Hanson,  there
can be no assurance that it can be operated profitably as a stand-alone company.
Furthermore,   while  historically  the  Chemicals  Business  has  financed  its
operations and  capital  and  other  expenditures from  a  combination  of  cash
generated internally from operations, external borrowings and loans and invested
capital  provided by Hanson or its  United States affiliates, since the Demerger
the Company has been required to meet all of its cash requirements through funds
generated internally from  operations and  external borrowings  (which could  be
more costly).
 
     At  September  30, 1996,  after  giving pro  forma  effect to  the Demerger
Transactions, the  Tender  Offer and  the  Offering, the  Company  had  combined
indebtedness of approximately $2.5 billion and cash and cash equivalents of $388
million  and the Company's ratio of total long-term debt to total capitalization
was .60 to  1.0. See  'Capitalization,' 'Selected Combined  Financial Data'  and
'Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Data.'
 
     The  significant  degree  to  which the  Company  is  leveraged  could have
important consequences to  holders of the  Securities, including the  following:
(i)  the  Company's ability  to obtain  additional financing  in the  future for
working capital,  capital  expenditures, product  development,  acquisitions  or
other  purposes may be  limited or the terms  upon which it  is available may be
more restrictive or costly; (ii) a  portion of the Company's combined cash  flow
from  operations must be dedicated to the payment of interest expense; (iii) the
Company's operating flexibility with  respect to certain  matters is limited  by
covenants  contained in  the Credit Facility,  which limit its  ability to incur
additional indebtedness  and  grant liens,  and  will be  limited  by  covenants
contained  in the Indenture, which will  limit its ability to incur indebtedness
through certain  of  its  subsidiaries,  grant liens  or  enter  into  sale  and
lease-back  transactions; and (iv) the Company's  degree of leverage may make it
more vulnerable to changes in general economic conditions and industry downturns
which, in  the  past, have  affected  significant components  of  the  Chemicals
Business,  and may limit the Company's  ability to make capital expenditures and
acquisitions and  pursue  other  business opportunities.  See  '  --  Historical
Cyclicality  of  Significant  Components  of  the  Company's  Operations; Recent
Downturns' below.
 
     The Issuer expects to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to meet
its debt service obligations for  the foreseeable future. However, the  Issuer's
ability  to generate cash for  the repayment of debt  will be dependent upon the
future performance of the Issuer's businesses, which will in turn be subject  to
financial,  business and other factors affecting  the business and operations of
the Issuer, including factors  beyond its control,  such as prevailing  economic
conditions  and  the  cyclicality  of the  principal  sectors  of  the chemicals
industry in which the Company operates.
 
     The Company  may  seek growth  through  selective acquisitions,  which  may
include   significant   acquisitions.  The   Company  could   incur  substantial
indebtedness in connection with  a significant acquisition,  in which event  the
Company's  leverage would be increased. The  Indenture does not (i) restrict the
incurrence of additional  unsecured indebtedness  by the Company  or the  Issuer
(although  it does restrict the  incurrence of additional unsecured indebtedness
by certain subsidiaries of the  Issuer); (ii) prohibit a consolidation,  merger,
sale  of assets, dividend or other similar transaction that may adversely affect
the creditworthiness of the Company or  the Issuer or the successor or  combined
entity  of either thereof; (iii) prohibit a  change in control of the Company or
the Issuer;  or  (iv) restrict  a  highly leveraged  transaction  involving  the
Company or the Issuer.
 
                                       8
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE
 
     The Issuer is a holding company whose sole asset is 100% of the outstanding
capital  stock of an intermediate holding company, which, in turn, is the parent
of each of Quantum Chemical, SCM  Chemicals Inc. (which conducts SCM  Chemicals'
U.S.  operations)  and  Glidco.  In  repaying  its  indebtedness,  including the
Securities, the Issuer must rely on cash flows from its subsidiaries,  including
debt service and dividends from such subsidiaries.
 
     The  holders  of the  Securities  will have  no  direct claims  against the
Issuer's subsidiaries. The ability of the Issuer's subsidiaries to make payments
to the Issuer will be affected by the obligations of such subsidiaries to  their
creditors.  Claims  of  holders of  indebtedness  of the  Issuer,  including the
Securities, against the cash flow and  assets of the Issuer's subsidiaries  will
be  effectively subordinated to claims of such creditors. At September 30, 1996,
on a  pro forma  basis after  giving effect  to the  Demerger Transactions,  the
Tender  Offer and the Offering, subsidiaries of the Issuer had approximately $51
million of indebtedness  outstanding. The  Indenture will limit  the ability  of
certain subsidiaries of the Issuer to incur additional indebtedness. The ability
of the Issuer's subsidiaries to make payments to the Issuer will also be subject
to,  among  other things,  applicable state  corporate laws  and other  laws and
regulations.  State  corporate   law  applicable  to   the  Issuer's   principal
subsidiaries   generally  prohibits  the  payment  of  dividends  by  any  given
subsidiary unless such  subsidiary has  capital surplus  or net  profits in  the
current  or immediately preceding year. In order  to pay the principal amount at
maturity of the  Securities, the Issuer  may be  required to adopt  one or  more
alternatives, such as a refinancing of the Securities.
 
     The  Securities will be unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured basis by
the Company. The Company is  a holding company whose sole  asset is 100% of  the
outstanding capital stock of an intermediate holding company, which, in turn, is
the  indirect parent of the  Issuer and the indirect  parent of the subsidiaries
that hold  the non-U.S.  operations of  SCM  Chemicals. If  the holders  of  the
Securities  seek  to enforce  the Guarantees,  the holders  will have  no direct
claims  against  the  Company's  subsidiaries.  The  ability  of  the  Company's
subsidiaries to make payments to the Company will be affected by the obligations
of  such subsidiaries to  their creditors. Claims of  holders of indebtedness of
the Company, including the Guarantees, against  the cash flow and assets of  the
Company's  subsidiaries  will  be  effectively subordinated  to  claims  of such
creditors. At September 30, 1996,  on a pro forma  basis after giving effect  to
the Demerger Transactions, the Tender Offer and the Offering, the Issuer and its
subsidiaries  had  approximately $2.5  billion  of indebtedness  outstanding. In
addition, subsidiaries of the Company other than the Issuer and its subsidiaries
had approximately $40 million  of indebtedness outstanding.  The ability of  the
Company's  subsidiaries to make payments to the Company will also be subject to,
among other  things,  corporate laws  and  other  laws and  regulations  of  the
applicable  state or foreign jurisdiction. State corporate law applicable to the
Company's subsidiaries generally prohibits the payment of dividends by any given
subsidiary unless such  subsidiary has  capital surplus  or net  profits in  the
current or immediately preceding year.
 
HISTORICAL CYCLICALITY OF SIGNIFICANT COMPONENTS OF THE COMPANY'S OPERATIONS;
RECENT DOWNTURNS
 
     Quantum  Chemical operates principally  in the highly  cyclical U.S. market
for polyethylene and related products. Demand for polyethylene has  historically
fluctuated  from year to year, although it has increased at average annual rates
of approximately 3.6% over the last  five years and approximately 5.3% over  the
last  ten years. The  industry is particularly  sensitive to capacity additions,
especially  capacity  to  manufacture  ethylene,  polyethylene's  principal  raw
material.  Polyethylene  producers  have  historically  experienced  alternating
periods of  inadequate  capacity,  resulting in  increased  selling  prices  and
operating margins, followed by periods of large capacity additions, resulting in
decreased  capacity utilization rates, selling prices and operating margins. For
example, from mid-1994  through mid-1995, selling  prices and operating  margins
for  polyethylene increased  significantly due  to an  unanticipated shortage of
ethylene. From mid-1995 through early 1996, selling prices and operating margins
decreased significantly due to the restoration of lost ethylene supply, expanded
manufacturing capacity  and inventory  reductions by  customers. Selling  prices
increased  again during  the second and  third quarters  of 1996 as  a result of
significantly increased  domestic demand  for polyethylene,  strong exports  and
higher  natural  gas  feedstock costs;  notwithstanding  these  costs, operating
margins also increased. The Company expects  that the operating results of  this
segment for the fourth quarter of 1996 will be below
 
                                       9
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
those  for the  third quarter  due to a  slight deterioration  in selling prices
arising from  softening  demand and  the  effect of  continuing  feedstock  cost
increases  on operating margins. Due to competitive pressures and the decline in
demand, price increases intended to become  effective in October 1996 have  been
postponed.  In the future, there  can be no assurance  that growth in demand for
polyethylene  will  be  sufficient  to  absorb  currently  anticipated  capacity
increases  (including  increases  in  ethylene  capacity)  without  the industry
experiencing an overall reduction  in utilization rates, which  has in the  past
caused  selling prices and operating margins  to decline. In addition, there can
be  no  assurance  that  the  downward  phase  of  the  polyethylene  industry's
cyclicality will not be exacerbated by unanticipated capacity additions, changes
in  technology, price volatility of raw materials, changes in customer inventory
levels or other conditions.
 
     The worldwide  TiO2  industry  in which  SCM  Chemicals  participates  also
experiences  cyclical demand,  supply and pricing,  although to  a lesser degree
than the polyethylene  industry. TiO2 is  considered to be  a 'quality of  life'
performance chemical, the demand for which is influenced by changes in the gross
domestic  product of various regions  of the world. A  cyclical peak for average
annual TiO2 prices occurred  in 1990. By mid-1994,  TiO2 prices had declined  by
approximately 22% from that peak. In late 1994, increased demand due to improved
economic  conditions and  limited capacity  additions brought  industry capacity
utilization rates above 90% and produced  a turnaround in worldwide prices  that
continued  through  most of  1995. The  industry  experienced price  erosion and
reduced capacity utilization rates in late 1995  and the first half of 1996  due
to  reduced  economic growth,  adverse  weather conditions  during  the painting
season and consolidation of customers in the coating markets. In July 1996,  SCM
Chemicals  announced a program to address market conditions in the TiO2 industry
by, among other things, reducing sulfate-process manufacturing capacity both  in
the United Kingdom and the United States and delaying chloride-process expansion
programs  in  the United  Kingdom and  Australia.  As part  of the  program, SCM
Chemicals also announced increases  in global selling  prices for TiO2  products
effective  October 1, 1996; however, due  to competitive pricing pressures, such
increases will not be realized during the balance of 1996. The Company  recorded
non-recurring charges of $75 million in the nine months ended September 30, 1996
for  the costs of the program. If  market conditions continue to deteriorate, it
may be necessary to further reduce operations at the Baltimore plant and  accrue
for  additional  closure  costs.  SCM  Chemicals'  sulfate-process manufacturing
operations have historically operated at a  marginal level, and made a  negative
contribution of $5 million during the nine months ended September 30, 1996.
 
     For  additional  information,  see '  --  Price Volatility  of  Certain Raw
Materials' below, 'Management's Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Results of Operations -- Historical Cyclicality of Significant Components of
the Company's Operations' and 'Business.'
 
PRICE VOLATILITY OF CERTAIN RAW MATERIALS
 
     Quantum  Chemical purchases large amounts  of natural gas liquid feedstocks
(including ethane, propane and butane) for  use in producing ethylene, which  it
uses,  in turn, as a raw  material for producing polyethylene and polypropylene.
While Quantum  Chemical  has  agreements  providing  for  the  supply  of  these
feedstocks,  the  contractual  prices  for  these  feedstocks  vary  with market
conditions and are at times highly volatile.
 
     In addition to producing its own ethylene, Quantum Chemical has  contracted
to  purchase significant amounts of  ethylene under certain long-term agreements
at prices based on  market prices. Quantum Chemical  sells ethylene supplies  in
excess  of its requirements on the spot market. Spot prices fluctuate and may be
significantly less  than,  or significantly  greater  than, the  prices  Quantum
Chemical  has paid  for the ethylene  purchased under  its long-term agreements.
Quantum Chemical's  ethylene  purchase  obligations will  begin  to  decline  in
December  1996 and will be eliminated  by December 2000, unless Quantum Chemical
decides to seek extensions or new agreements. See 'Business -- Polyethylene  and
Related Products.'
 
     While  Quantum Chemical  seeks to  balance increases  in feedstock  and raw
material costs with corresponding  increases in the  prices of its  polyethylene
and  other products,  there have  been in the  past, and  may be  in the future,
periods of  time  during which  cost  increases  are not  recovered  by  Quantum
Chemical  because  industry  overcapacity  prevents  selling  prices  from being
raised.
 
                                       10
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
     From time  to  time,  the results  of  SCM  Chemicals may  be  affected  by
increases in the price of TiO2 ores and the results of Glidco may be affected by
increases  in the price of its  principal raw material, crude sulfate turpentine
('CST').
 
     For additional information,  see 'Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations.'
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS; LITIGATION
 
     The Company's operations are subject to extensive federal, state, local and
foreign  laws, regulations, rules and ordinances concerning, among other things,
emissions to the air, discharges and releases to land and water, the generation,
handling, storage, transportation,  treatment and disposal  of wastes and  other
materials  and the remediation of environmental  pollution caused by releases of
wastes and other materials ('Environmental Laws'). The operation of any chemical
manufacturing plant and the distribution of chemical products entail risks under
Environmental Laws, many  of which  provide for substantial  fines and  criminal
sanctions for violations. Potentially significant expenditures could be required
in  connection with the repair or upgrade  of facilities in order to meet future
requirements under  Environmental  Laws  as  well  as  in  connection  with  the
investigation   and  remediation   of  alleged  or   actual  pollution.  Certain
subsidiaries  of  the  Company  have  been  named  as  defendants,   potentially
responsible  parties ('PRPs') or  both in a  number of environmental proceedings
associated with  waste disposal  sites and  facilities currently  or  previously
owned,  operated or used by  them or their predecessors,  some of which disposal
sites or facilities are on the Superfund National Priorities List of the  United
States Environmental Protection Agency (the 'EPA') or similar state lists. These
proceedings  seek cleanup costs, damages for personal injury or property damage,
or both; certain of  them involve claims for  substantial amounts. In  addition,
certain  Company  subsidiaries  have contractual  obligations  to  indemnify the
purchasers of  certain  discontinued operations  against  certain  environmental
liabilities. No assurance can be given that actual costs will not exceed accrued
amounts  for sites and indemnification obligations for which estimates have been
made, and no assurance can be given that costs will not be incurred with respect
to sites and indemnification obligations as  to which no estimate presently  can
be  made. There also  can be no assurance  that additional environmental matters
will not  arise in  the future.  See 'Management's  Discussion and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition and Results of Operations -- Certain Environmental Matters'
and 'Business -- Environmental Matters.'
 
     Together with other alleged past manufacturers of lead pigments for use  in
paint and lead-based paint, a former subsidiary of a Company subsidiary has been
named  as  a defendant  or third  party defendant  in various  legal proceedings
alleging that it (through a discontinued operation) and other manufacturers  are
responsible  for personal injury  and property damage  allegedly associated with
the use of  lead pigments in  paint. The  liability that may  result from  these
proceedings  or from similar proceedings that may  be filed in the future is not
reasonably capable of estimation, although based upon the results of the pending
legal proceedings to date, the  Company currently believes that the  disposition
of  such proceedings in the aggregate should  not have a material adverse effect
on  the  Company's  combined  financial  position,  results  of  operations   or
liquidity.  However,  there  can be  no  assurance that  laws  or administrative
regulations will not be adopted that  (i) impose various obligations on  present
and former manufacturers of lead pigment and lead paint with respect to asserted
health  concerns associated  with the use  of such products  or (ii) effectively
overturn court decisions in which the  defendants have to date been  successful.
See 'Business -- Legal Proceedings.'
 
     Certain  of the Discontinued Businesses have also been named as defendants,
PRPs or both  in environmental  proceedings or have  contractual liabilities  to
indemnify  the  purchasers of  certain  discontinued operations  thereof against
environmental liabilities. Hanson  has agreed to  indemnify the Company  against
any losses relating to such liabilities. See 'Certain Structural Consequences of
the  Demerger' below and 'Agreements between  the Company and Hanson Relating to
the Demerger -- Indemnification Agreements.'
 
                                       11
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
CERTAIN STRUCTURAL CONSEQUENCES OF THE DEMERGER
 
     The Demerger Transactions were designed to separate the Chemicals Business,
which is now held by the Company, from Hanson's other businesses and operations,
which  will  continue  to  be  held  by   Hanson  or  will  be  held  by   other
newly-established  or to-be-formed entities which Hanson has spun-off or intends
to spin off to its shareholders as separate public companies. Hanson and certain
Hanson subsidiaries  have agreed  to  indemnify the  Company and  the  Company's
subsidiaries  against  all liabilities,  litigation  and claims  arising  out of
certain Hanson operations,  including the Non-Chemical  Businesses, and  against
certain tax liabilities. See 'Agreements between the Company and Hanson Relating
to  the Demerger --  Indemnification Agreements.' If  an indemnifiable liability
were to be successfully established against the Company, the Company would  look
to Hanson (or another appropriate indemnifying entity) to satisfy such liability
in  accordance with  the terms  of the  indemnification agreements.  However, if
Hanson (or the other  appropriate indemnifying entity)  either refused to  honor
its  obligations under the indemnification agreements or, due to the size of the
claim and/or Hanson's (or such other entity's) financial condition at such time,
Hanson (or such  other indemnifying  entity) did not  have sufficient  financial
resources  to satisfy such  claim, the Company or  Company subsidiaries could be
required to do  so. Accordingly, the  Company's ability to  avoid liability  for
indemnified claims could be subject to the ability of Hanson (or the appropriate
indemnifying  entity),  after giving  effect to  the  Demerger, the  demerger of
Hanson's tobacco  business  and the  contemplated  demerger of  Hanson's  energy
business, to satisfy such claims.
 
POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF DUAL RESIDENCE OF THE COMPANY
 
     The  Company is  organized under  the laws  of Delaware  and is  subject to
United States federal  income taxation.  However, in order  to obtain  clearance
from  the U.K. Inland Revenue as to the tax-free treatment for U.K. tax purposes
for Hanson  and Hanson's  shareholders of  the stock  dividend effectuating  the
Demerger,  Hanson agreed  with the  U.K. Inland  Revenue that  the Company would
continue to be  centrally managed and  controlled in the  United Kingdom for  at
least  five years following the  date of the Demerger  (October 1, 1996). Hanson
also agreed with the U.K. Inland  Revenue that the Company's Board of  Directors
would  be  the only  medium through  which strategic  control and  policy making
powers were exercised,  and that meetings  of the Company's  Board of  Directors
almost  invariably would  be held  in the  United Kingdom  during such five-year
period. In an agreement with Hanson, the Company agreed not to take, or fail  to
take, during such five-year period, any action that would result in a breach of,
or  constitute non-compliance with, any  of the representations and undertakings
made by Hanson in Hanson's agreement with the U.K. Inland Revenue. The Company's
By-Laws provide for similar constraints.
 
     Hanson's agreement with the  U.K. Inland Revenue provides  that if, at  any
time during the five-year period following the date of the Demerger, the Company
ceases to be regarded as centrally managed and controlled in the United Kingdom,
the  distribution of  the Common  Stock to  Hanson's shareholders  to effect the
Demerger will  no  longer be  regarded  as tax-free  to  Hanson under  U.K.  law
(although  it will continue to be treated as tax-free under U.K. law to Hanson's
shareholders). The Company has agreed to indemnify Hanson against any  liability
and  penalties arising out of  a breach of the  agreement between Hanson and the
U.K. Inland  Revenue  referred  to  in  the  preceding  paragraph.  The  Company
estimates  that,  if  such indemnification  obligation  were to  arise  prior to
October 1, 1997, it would amount to approximately $421 million. Such  obligation
will  decrease by $84.2 million on each  subsequent October 1 through October 1,
2001, when it will  terminate in full. See  'Agreements between the Company  and
Hanson Relating to the Demerger -- Indemnification Agreements.'
 
     If  the Company ceases to  be a U.K. tax resident  at any time, the Company
will be deemed for purposes of U.K. corporation tax on chargeable gains to  have
disposed of all of its assets at such time. In such a case, the Company would be
liable  for U.K. corporation tax on chargeable  gains on the amount by which the
fair market value of those assets at the time of such deemed disposition exceeds
the Company's tax basis in  those assets. The tax basis  of the assets would  be
calculated  in pounds sterling, based on the fair market value of the assets (in
pounds sterling  at  the time  of  acquisition of  the  assets by  the  Company)
adjusted  for U.K.  inflation. Accordingly,  in such  circumstances, the Company
could incur a tax liability even though it has not actually sold the assets  and
even though the underlying value of the assets may not have actually appreciated
(due to currency movements). Since it is
 
                                       12
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
impossible  to  predict  the  future value  of  the  Company's  assets, currency
movements and inflation rates, it is impossible to predict the magnitude of such
liability, should it arise.
 
     See  'Description  of  the  Securities  --  Redemption'  and  'Certain  Tax
Considerations -- United Kingdom Income Taxation.'
 
ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE SECURITIES
 
     The  Securities  will  be  new  issues of  securities  for  which  there is
currently no market. If the Securities are traded after their initial  issuance,
they  may trade at a discount from  their initial offering price, depending upon
prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities and other  factors.
The  Underwriters have informed the Issuer that, subject to applicable law, they
currently intend to make a market  in the Securities. However, the  Underwriters
are  not obligated to do  so, and any such market  making may be discontinued at
any time without notice. Therefore, no assurance  can be given as to whether  an
active  trading market  will develop  for the  Securities or,  if such  a market
develops, whether it  will continue. The  Company does not  intend to apply  for
listing  of  the  Securities  on  any securities  exchange  or  on  the National
Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  automated  quotation  system.   See
'Underwriting.'
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
     The  estimated net proceeds of the  Offering, after deducting the estimated
underwriting discounts and  expenses, are  approximately $742  million. The  net
proceeds  of the  Offering will  be used,  to the  extent necessary,  to pay the
Repurchase Price for Pre-Demerger Notes  tendered pursuant to the Tender  Offer.
The  Pre-Demerger Notes  have a stated  interest rate  of 2.39% per  annum and a
yield to maturity of  6.0% per annum,  and will mature on  March 1, 2001  unless
previously  redeemed. Any excess proceeds will be used to repay a portion of the
outstanding revolving credit indebtedness under  the Credit Facility, which,  as
of the date of this Prospectus, bears interest at approximately 5.60% per annum.
If, based on the level of tenders of Pre-Demerger Notes, the net proceeds of the
Offering  are  insufficient to  pay the  Repurchase Price,  the balance  will be
obtained from the Credit Facility. See 'Management's Discussion and Analysis  of
Financial   Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  --  Liquidity  and  Capital
Resources -- The Credit Facility.' Pending  completion of the Tender Offer,  the
net proceeds of the Offering will be invested in short-term instruments.
 
                       RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  PRO FORMA
                                 NINE MONTHS     NINE MONTHS     PRO FORMA
                                    ENDED           ENDED        YEAR ENDED     YEAR ENDED      FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                SEPTEMBER 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   -----------------------------------
                                    1996            1996            1995           1995       1994    1993(1)   1992(1)   1991(1)
                                -------------   -------------   ------------   ------------   -----   -------   -------   -------
 
<S>                             <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>
The Company...................      3.0:1           2.3:1           4.6:1          3.1:1      1.6:1    11.1:1    29.6:1    60.3:1
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Excludes Quantum Chemical, which was acquired on September 30, 1993, and the
    debt balances associated with the acquisition.
 
     For  purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings
consist of  income from  continuing operations  (excluding equity  in income  or
losses  of  Suburban Propane  since January  1,  1996 but  including distributed
income from Suburban Propane),  before interest expense (including  amortization
of deferred financing costs) and income taxes. Fixed charges consist of interest
expense (including amortization of deferred financing costs) and rent.
 
                                       13
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
     The  following table, which  is unaudited, sets forth,  as of September 30,
1996, the capitalization of  the Company, as adjusted  to reflect completion  of
the Demerger Transactions, the issuance of the Securities and the application of
the  net proceeds thereof, together with  additional borrowings under the Credit
Facility, to repurchase all outstanding Pre-Demerger Notes tendered pursuant  to
the  Tender  Offer  (assuming 100%  acceptance).  This  data should  be  read in
conjunction with 'Management's  Discussion and Analysis  of Financial  Condition
and Results of Operations -- Introduction' and the Combined Financial Statements
and  notes thereto  of the  Company included  elsewhere in  this Prospectus. See
'Index to Financial Statements.'
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
                                                                               ------------------------------------
                                                                               ACTUAL    ADJUSTMENTS    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                               ------    -----------    -----------
                                                                                          (IN MILLIONS)
 
<S>                                                                            <C>       <C>            <C>
Short-term debt:
     Notes..................................................................   $  222      $     8        $   230
     Other..................................................................       11       --                 11
                                                                               ------    -----------    -----------
          Total short-term..................................................   $  233            8        $   241
                                                                               ------    -----------    -----------
Long-term debt:
     Securities Offered Hereby..............................................     --            750            750
     Pre-Demerger Notes.....................................................    1,036       (1,036)        --
     Credit Facility........................................................      300        1,197(1)       1,497
     Allocated Loan(2)......................................................    2,250       (2,250)        --
     Other..................................................................       64          (28)            36
                                                                               ------    -----------    -----------
          Total long-term debt..............................................   $3,650       (1,367)         2,283
                                                                               ------    -----------    -----------
Stockholders' equity:
     Preferred Stock, 25,000,000 shares, par value $.01 per share,
       authorized; none issued and outstanding..............................   $ --        $--            $--
     Common Stock, 225,000,000 shares, par value $.01 per share, authorized;
       77,324,605 shares issued and outstanding (as adjusted)(3)............     --              1              1
     Paid-in capital........................................................     --          1,296          1,296
Invested capital............................................................      501         (501)        --
                                                                               ------    -----------    -----------
          Total capitalization(4)...........................................   $4,384      $  (563)       $ 3,821
                                                                               ------    -----------    -----------
                                                                               ------    -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Includes $294 million  to pay the  balance of the  Repurchase Price for  the
    Pre-Demerger Notes.
 
(2) This  loan  (the  'Allocated Loan')  was  allocated  to the  Company  in the
    Combined Financial Statements because it  related directly to the  Chemicals
    Business.  It  was  repaid  using  the  proceeds  of  the  sale  of  certain
    Non-Chemicals Businesses to Hanson (which are reflected in paid-in capital),
    cash balances and additional borrowings under the Credit Facilty.
 
(3) Reflects the  issuance on  October 1,  1996, pursuant  to the  Demerger,  of
    74,408,257  shares of Common Stock to Hanson's shareholders and the issuance
    on October  8, 1996,  pursuant to  the Stock  Incentive Plan,  of  2,912,322
    shares  of restricted Common  Stock to the  Company's executive officers and
    other key  employees and  4,026  shares of  Common  Stock to  the  Company's
    non-employee  directors.  See 'Executive  Compensation --  Company Incentive
    Compensation and Benefit Plans.'
 
(4) As part of the Demerger Transactions, the Company repaid a $1.9 billion loan
    from Hanson (the 'Hanson Loan') that was unrelated to the Chemicals Business
    and therefore  not  allocated  to  the Company  in  the  Combined  Financial
    Statements. Accordingly, the Hanson Loan and its subsequent repayment (using
    the  proceeds of  the sale  of the  Discontinued Businesses  to Hanson, cash
    balances and additional borrowings under the Credit Facility), had no impact
    on the capitalization of the Company.
 
                                       14

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                        SELECTED COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The  historical selected combined  financial data of  the Company set forth
below are derived from the audited Combined Financial Statements of the  Company
except  for  the  data as  at  and for  the  periods ended  September  30, 1996,
September 30, 1995, September 30, 1992 and September 30, 1991, which are derived
from the unaudited Combined Financial Statements of the Company. In the  opinion
of  the Company, the unaudited  combined financial data have  been prepared on a
basis consistent  with  that of  the  audited  financial data  and  the  interim
financial  data include  all adjustments  necessary for  a fair  presentation of
interim results.
 
     Income statement  data and  other data  for fiscal  1993, fiscal  1992  and
fiscal  1991 and  balance sheet  data for  fiscal 1992  and fiscal  1991 exclude
Quantum Chemical, which  was acquired  on September  30, 1993  in a  transaction
accounted for as a 'purchase.' In addition, historical financial data may not be
indicative  of  the  Company's  future performance  as  an  independent company.
Finally, the historical financial  data presented below  do not reflect  certain
pro  forma  adjustments giving  effect to  the  Demerger Transactions  which are
included in 'Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Data.'
 
     The information  set  forth  below  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with
'Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations' and  the Combined  Financial  Statements and  notes thereto  of  the
Company   included  elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus.  See  'Index  to  Financial
Statements.' Historical  earnings per  share  and dividend  data have  not  been
presented  because there  is no  separate identifiable  pool of  capital for the
periods prior  to incorporation  upon which  a per  share calculation  could  be
based.  For certain  historical financial data  with respect to  the Issuer, see
Note 12 to the Combined Financial Statements of the Company.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  NINE MONTHS ENDED                    THREE MONTHS
                                    SEPTEMBER 30,         YEAR ENDED      ENDED
                               ------------------------  DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,
                                1996             1995        1995          1994
                               -------          -------  ------------  ------------
                                     (UNAUDITED)  (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                            <C>              <C>      <C>           <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
     Net sales................ $ 2,279          $ 2,939    $  3,800      $    908
     Operating income.........     205(1)           690         842           203
     Income from continuing
       operations.............     103(1)(2)        276         331            84
     Net (loss) income........  (3,064)(1)(2)(3)     276        349            96
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD
  END):
     Total assets(4).......... $ 6,179          $10,130    $ 10,043      $ 10,024
     Total liabilities........   5,678            5,182       5,242         5,166
     Invested capital(4)......     501            4,948       4,801         4,858
OTHER DATA (WITH RESPECT TO
  CONTINUING OPERATIONS):
     Depreciation and
       amortization........... $   152          $   180    $    241      $     59
     Capital expenditures.....     223              201         276            30
 
<CAPTION>
                               FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER
                                           30,
                              ------------------------------
                               1994   1993     1992    1991
                              ------ -------  ------  ------
                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                            <C>   <C>      <C>     <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
     Net sales................$3,288 $   862  $  920  $  941
     Operating income.........   344     139     181     213
     Income from continuing
       operations.............    66     103     138     160
     Net (loss) income........    94     123     194     142
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD
  END):
     Total assets(4)..........$9,691 $10,135  $5,182  $1,704
     Total liabilities........ 5,053   4,692     663     639
     Invested capital(4)...... 4,638   5,443   4,519   1,065
OTHER DATA (WITH RESPECT TO
  CONTINUING OPERATIONS):
     Depreciation and
       amortization...........$  247 $    44  $   38  $   21
     Capital expenditures.....   109      28      43      59
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Includes the  effects of  non-recurring charges  of $75  ($48 after-tax)  to
    reduce   the  carrying   value  of   certain  facilities   employed  in  the
    sulfate-process manufacturing of TiO2 and  provide for the costs  associated
    with  the closure of certain of these  facilities, as described in Note 4 to
    the Combined Financial Statements of the Company.
 
(2) Includes the  effects  of  an  after-tax gain  of  $86  resulting  from  the
    Company's sale in March 1996 of a 73.6% equity interest in Suburban Propane,
    as  described in Note 1 to the Combined Financial Statements of the Company.
    Periods ended  in  1995  and  fiscal 1994  include  Suburban  Propane  as  a
    continuing operation.
 
(3) Includes  the effects of  a non-cash after-tax charge  of $3,206 relating to
    one of the Discontinued Businesses as a result of the Company's adoption  of
    the  long-lived asset  carrying value methodology  provided by  SFAS 121, as
    described in Note 5 to the Combined Financial Statements of the Company.
 
(4) Includes net assets of the Discontinued Businesses of $617 at September  30,
    1996  (after giving effect to the  adoption of the long-lived asset carrying
    value methodology described in Note 3  above); $3,772 at December 31,  1995;
    $3,757  at  December  31, 1994;  $3,757  at  September 30,  1994;  $3,935 at
    September 30, 1993; $3,818 at September 30, 1992; and $337 at September  30,
    1991. The Discontinued Businesses were sold to Hanson on October 6, 1996.
 
                                       15
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                  UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The  following  unaudited pro  forma  combined financial  data  reflect the
Demerger Transactions,  the  Tender  Offer  and the  Offering  as  if  all  such
transactions  had been completed as of September 30, 1996 for pro forma combined
balance sheet data  purposes and  as of  January 1,  1995 and  January 1,  1996,
respectively,  for pro forma combined income statement data purposes. These data
do not necessarily reflect  the results of operations  or financial position  of
the  Company  that  would  have resulted  had  such  transactions  actually been
consummated as of such dates. Also, these data are not necessarily indicative of
the future results of  operations or future financial  position of the  Company.
See 'Capitalization.'
 
                   UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          PRO FORMA
                                                                               ACTUAL    ADJUSTMENTS     PRO FORMA
                                                                               ------    -----------     ---------
<S>                                                                            <C>       <C>             <C>
                                   ASSETS
Current Assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents..............................................   $  388     $               $   388
     Trade receivables, net.................................................      514                         514
     Inventories............................................................      454                         454
     Other current assets...................................................      115           (40)(D)        75
     Net assets of Discontinued Businesses to be sold to Hanson.............      617          (617)(I)     --
                                                                               ------                    ---------
          Total current assets..............................................    2,088                       1,431
                                                                               ------                    ---------
Property, plant and equipment, net..........................................    1,977                       1,977
Investments and other assets................................................      336             8(K)        344
Goodwill....................................................................    1,778                       1,778
                                                                               ------                    ---------
          Total assets......................................................   $6,179                     $ 5,530
                                                                               ------                    ---------
                                                                               ------                    ---------
                    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
     Notes payable..........................................................   $  222     $       8(K)    $   230
     Current maturities of long-term debt...................................       11                          11
     Trade accounts payable.................................................      134                         134
     Income taxes payable...................................................       30                          30
     Accrued expenses and other liabilities.................................      443                         443
                                                                               ------                    ---------
          Total current liabilities.........................................      840                         848
Non-current liabilities:
     Long-term debt.........................................................    3,650        (1,367)(B)     2,283
     Deferred income taxes..................................................      225           (96)(E)       129
     Other liabilities......................................................      963            10(L)        973
                                                                               ------                    ---------
     Total liabilities......................................................    5,678                       4,233
Invested capital/stockholders' equity.......................................      501           796(C)      1,297
                                                                               ------                    ---------
     Total liabilities and invested capital/stockholders' equity............   $6,179                     $ 5,530
                                                                               ------                    ---------
                                                                               ------                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                                (See foonotes on following page)
 
                                       16
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET:
 
To reflect the effects of the following transactions:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   CASH, CASH
                                                                  EQUIVALENTS
                                                                      AND
                                                                   RESTRICTED                 STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                                    CASH(A)        DEBT(B)       EQUITY
                                                                 --------------    -------    -------------
 
<S>                                                              <C>               <C>        <C>
Actual........................................................      $    499       $(3,883)      $   501
Financing Costs(D)............................................            --            --           (40)
Allocated Tax Attributes(E)...................................            --            --            96
Repayment of Allocated Loan and Other Debt(F).................        (2,278)        2,278            --
Notes Payable(K)..............................................             8            (8)           --
Credit Facility Borrowing(G)..................................         1,197        (1,197)           --
Capital Contribution(H).......................................           748            --           748
Sale of Discontinued Businesses(I)............................           676            --            59
Repurchase of Pre-Demerger Notes(J)...........................        (1,093)        1,036           (57)
Securities offered hereby(K)..................................           742          (750)           --
Stock Incentive Awards(L).....................................            --            --           (10)
                                                                 --------------    -------    -------------
Pro forma.....................................................      $    499       $(2,524)      $ 1,297
                                                                 --------------    -------    -------------
                                                                 --------------    -------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
 (A) This  column includes, on an actual and pro forma basis, restricted cash of
     $111 included in investments and other assets.
 
 (B) Debt includes  notes  payable, current  maturities  of long-term  debt  and
     long-term debt.
 
 (C) To reflect the adjustments shown in the Stockholders' Equity column above.
 
 (D) To  reflect  the write-off  of $40  of  prepaid interest  costs principally
     related to the Allocated Loan.
 
 (E) To reflect the alternative  minimum tax credits that  are allocable to  the
     Company and are likely to be realized subsequent to the Demerger.
 
 (F) To   reflect  the  repayment  of  the   $2,250  Allocated  Loan  and  other
     indebtedness to Hanson.
 
 (G) To reflect actual and anticipated  borrowings under the Credit Facility  to
     complete  the Demerger Transactions and give effect to the Offering and the
     Tender Offer.
 
 (H) To reflect the  net capital  contribution from Hanson  as a  result of  the
     Demerger  Transactions  (excluding  the  sale  of  Discontinued  Businesses
     discussed in footnote (I)) which principally include the pre-demerger  sale
     of  certain Non-Chemicals Businesses to Hanson, the repayment of the Hanson
     Loan and other intercompany indebtedness and a payment from Hanson so  that
     the  Company's  combined indebtedness,  net  of cash  (including restricted
     cash) and cash  equivalents, at  October 1,  1996, after  giving pro  forma
     effect to the sale of the Discontinued Businesses and the repurchase of the
     Pre-Demerger Notes pursuant to the Tender Offer, would be $2,017.
 
 (I) To  reflect  the proceeds  from the  sale of  the Discontinued  Business to
     Hanson at the fair  market value thereof  of $676 (net  of assumed debt  of
     $431),  all of which  proceeds were used  to repay a  portion of the Hanson
     Loan. The difference  between the  proceeds from the  sale of  Discontinued
     Business  and  the underlying  carrying value  of the  net assets  of these
     operations ($617 at  September 30, 1996)  has been reflected  as a  capital
     transaction.
 
 (J) On  October 17, 1996, the Issuer commenced the Tender Offer for any and all
     Pre-Demerger Notes  at the  Repurchase Price.  At September  30, 1996,  the
     carrying  value  of  the  Pre-Demerger  Notes  plus  accrued  interest  was
     approximately $1,036. The difference between  the Repurchase Price and  the
     carrying  amount  of  the  Pre-Demerger Notes  of  approximately  $1,044 at
     December 17,  1996  was  included  in the  computation  of  the  adjustment
     described in note (H).
 
 (K) To  reflect the anticipated receipt  and use of the  proceeds (net of $8 of
     debt costs) of the issuance of the Securities pursuant to the Offering.
 
 (L) To reflect the expected non-cash compensation expense that will arise as  a
     result  of the  non-performance-based portion of  the award,  on October 8,
     1996, of  restricted  Common Stock  to  executive officers  and  other  key
     employees  of  the  Company pursuant  to  the Stock  Incentive  Plan, which
     portion of the award aggregated $16.25 ($10 after tax). This portion of the
     award will vest in three equal tranches  in each of October 1999, 2000  and
     2001.  See 'Executive  Compensation --  Company Incentive  Compensation and
     Benefit Plans -- Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan.'
 
                                       17
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                 UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED INCOME STATEMENTS
                    (IN MILLIONS EXCEPT FOR PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                                        -------------------------------------
                                                                                      PRO FORMA
                                                                        ACTUAL       ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA
                                                                        ------       -----------    ---------
 
<S>                                                                     <C>          <C>            <C>
Net sales............................................................   $3,800         $  (639)(A)   $ 3,161
Operating costs and expenses:
     Cost of products sold...........................................    2,458            (508)(A)     1,950
     Depreciation and amortization...................................      241             (34)(A)       207
     Selling, development and administrative expense.................      259             (43)(A)       228
                                                                                             5(B)
                                                                                             7(C)
                                                                        ------                      ---------
Operating income.....................................................   $  842                       $   776
     Interest expense................................................      240             (83)(D)       157
     Interest income.................................................      (25)                          (25)
     Other expense, net..............................................       73             (11)(B)        62
     Equity in earnings of Suburban Propane..........................       --             (54)(A)       (54)
                                                                        ------                      ---------
Income from continuing operations before provision for income
  taxes..............................................................      554                           636
Provision for income taxes...........................................     (223)            (31)(E)      (254)
                                                                        ------                      ---------
Income from continuing operations....................................   $  331                       $   382
                                                                        ------                      ---------
Earnings per share from continuing operations........................                                $  5.08(F)
                                                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
                                                                     -------------------------------------
                                                                                   PRO FORMA
                                                                     ACTUAL       ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA
                                                                     ------       -----------    ---------
 
<S>                                                                  <C>          <C>            <C>
Net sales.........................................................   $2,279          $  --        $ 2,279
Operating costs and expenses:
     Cost of products sold........................................    1,711                         1,711
     Depreciation and amortization................................      152                           152
     Selling, development and administrative expense..............      136              3(B)         144
                                                                                         5(C)
     Asset impairment and related closure costs...................       75                            75
                                                                     ------                      ---------
Operating income..................................................   $  205                       $   197
     Interest expense.............................................      171            (42)(D)        129
     Interest income..............................................      (25)                          (25)
     Gain on sale of Suburban Propane.............................     (210)                         (210)
     Equity in earnings of Suburban Propane.......................      (32)                          (32)
     Other expense, net...........................................       31            (10)(B)         21
                                                                     ------                      ---------
Income from continuing operations before provision for income
  taxes...........................................................      270                           314
Provision for income taxes........................................     (167)           (17)(E)       (184)
                                                                     ------                      ---------
Income from continuing operations.................................   $  103                       $   130
                                                                     ------                      ---------
Earnings per share from continuing operations.....................                                $  1.73(F)(G)
                                                                                                 ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                               (See footnotes on following page)
 
                                       18
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED INCOME STATEMENTS:
 
 (A) To reclassify the results  of operations of Suburban  Propane as equity  in
     earnings  of Suburban Propane as  a result of the sale  by the Company of a
     73.6% interest therein in March 1996.
 
 (B) To  reflect  the  estimated  management,  legal,  accounting  and  investor
     relations  expenses associated with the  Company's status as an independent
     publicly-traded company.
 
 (C) To reflect the expected non-cash compensation expense that will arise as  a
     result  of the performance-based portion of  the award, on October 8, 1996,
     of restricted Common Stock to executive officers and other key employees of
     the Company pursuant  to the  Stock Incentive  Plan, which  portion of  the
     award aggregated $48.75. Such portion of the award will vest in three equal
     tranches, subject to the achievement of performance criteria established by
     the  Compensation Committee for each of three performance cycles commencing
     January  1,  1997  and  ending  on  December  31,  1999,  2000  and   2001,
     respectively.  If and to the extent such criteria are achieved, half of the
     tranche relating to a particular performance  cycle of the award will  vest
     and  be immediately paid and  the remainder will vest  in five equal annual
     installments commencing on the first anniversary  of the end of the  cycle.
     For  purposes of the unaudited pro  forma combined income statement, it has
     been assumed that the 'expected' level performance target will be  achieved
     and, therefore, that 60% of the performance-based portion of the restricted
     Common  Stock award subject to the  meeting of performance criteria will be
     issued. See 'Executive Compensation  -- Company Incentive Compensation  and
     Benefit Plans -- Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan.'
 
 (D) To  reflect (i) the interest expense on outstanding indebtedness (including
     the Securities  offered hereby)  of approximately  7.0% for  both the  year
     ended  December 31, 1995 and the nine  months ended September 30, 1996; and
     (ii) amortization of capitalized debt costs.
 
 (E) To reflect the tax effect of the adjustments described in notes (A) through
     (D) above at statutory rate of 38% (inclusive of federal and state taxes).
 
 (F) Pro forma earnings per share from continuing operations has been determined
     assuming 75,140,350 shares of Common Stock were outstanding. This  reflects
     (i)  the issuance of shares  to Hanson shareholders on  October 1, 1996 and
     (ii) the issuance pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plan, on October 8, 1996,
     of 728,066  shares of  restricted Common  Stock to  executive officers  and
     other  key employees  of the Company  pursuant to the  Stock Incentive Plan
     (excluding 2,184,256 additional shares  of restricted Common Stock  subject
     to  performance criteria established  by the Compensation  Committee of the
     Company's  Board  of  Directors)  and  4,026  shares  of  Common  Stock  to
     non-employee directors of the Company. See 'Executive
     Compensation -- Company Incentive Compensation and Benefit Plans.'
 
 (G) Pro  forma earnings per share for the  nine months ended September 30, 1996
     includes ($.62) per share and $1.14 per share reflecting the impact of  the
     non-recurring  charges related to the TiO2  operations and the gain on sale
     of the 73.6% interest in Suburban Propane, respectively.
 
                                       19

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
INTRODUCTION
 
     The  following information should be read in conjunction with the Company's
Combined  Financial   Statements  and   notes  thereto   and  Quantum   Chemical
Corporation's  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  notes  thereto included
elsewhere herein. See 'Index to Financial Statements.'
 
     In connection  with  the forward-looking  statements  which appear  in  the
following information, prospective purchasers of the Securities should carefully
review   the  Cautionary   Statements  referred  to   in  'Disclosure  Regarding
Forward-Looking Statements,' 'Risk Factors' and  ' -- Historical Cyclicality  of
Significant Components of the Company's Operations' below.
 
     The  Demerger Transactions. The Demerger  was effected through the Demerger
Transactions between Hanson  and certain  subsidiaries of  Hanson that  remained
with Hanson following the Demerger ('Hanson Subsidiaries'), on the one hand, and
the  Company and certain subsidiaries of  Hanson that became subsidiaries of the
Company upon the Demerger ('Company Subsidiaries'), on the other hand. Prior  to
the  Demerger Transactions, certain Company Subsidiaries owned the Non-Chemicals
Businesses, which  consisted of  businesses  and assets  that were  intended  to
remain  with Hanson, including  the Discontinued Businesses.  In addition, as of
September 30, 1996, the $2.25 billion Allocated Loan and the $1.9 billion Hanson
Loan were  outstanding  from  certain Hanson  Subsidiaries  to  certain  Company
Subsidiaries.  On September  30, 1996,  a Company  Subsidiary sold  certain Non-
Chemicals Businesses to Hanson for a  cash purchase price of approximately  $1.8
billion.  The proceeds of this sale,  together with cash balances and borrowings
under the  Credit Facility,  were used  to repay  the Allocated  Loan. Also,  on
October  1, 1996,  Hanson transferred the  Chemicals Business to  the Company in
consideration for the Company's issuance of 74,408,257 shares of Common Stock to
Hanson's shareholders. The Company Subsidiaries that held the Chemicals Business
also held the  Discontinued Businesses  at that time.  On October  6, 1996,  the
Discontinued  Businesses  were  sold to  Hanson  for  a cash  purchase  price of
approximately $676 million, net of assumed debt of $431 million. The proceeds of
this sale, together with cash balances and borrowings under the Credit Facility,
were used to repay the Hanson Loan. As part of the Demerger Transactions, Hanson
made a net payment to the  Company so that the Company's combined  indebtedness,
net  of cash (including  restricted cash) and cash  equivalents, would amount to
$2.017 billion as of October 1, 1996, after giving pro forma effect to the  sale
of the Discontinued Businesses and the Tender Offer.
 
     Basis  of Presentation. The Company's Combined Financial Statements reflect
the assets and liabilities  of the Chemicals  Business, including the  Allocated
Loan  and  the  Pre-Demerger  Notes,  and  the  assets  and  liabilities  of the
Discontinued Businesses, which were not  related to the Chemicals Business  but,
pursuant  to the Demerger Transactions, were  owned by the Company until October
6, 1996.  The  Combined Financial  Statements  do  not reflect  the  assets  and
liabilities  of the Non-Chemicals  Businesses that were sold  to Hanson prior to
October 1, 1996 pursuant  to the Demerger Transactions  or the Hanson Loan.  See
Note 1 to the Combined Financial Statements of the Company.
 
     Fiscal  Year End. Consistent  with Hanson's fiscal  year-end, the financial
statements of the Chemicals Business were historically prepared on the basis  of
a  fiscal year ending September 30. Upon completion of the Demerger, the Company
adopted a  December 31  fiscal year-end,  effective as  of January  1, 1995,  to
conform  to  the business  year most  prevalent in  the United  States chemicals
industry. Accordingly, in  the discussion of  the results of  operations of  the
Chemicals  Business presented below, results for calendar year 1995 are compared
with results for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1994.
 
     Quantum Chemical. Hanson acquired Quantum Chemical on September 30, 1993 in
a transaction accounted for as a purchase. Accordingly, the Company's results of
operations do not  reflect Quantum Chemical  for periods prior  to fiscal  1994.
Because  of the significance  of Quantum Chemical to  the Chemicals Business, in
addition to  the discussions  of the  Company's combined  operations, set  forth
below  is a separate discussion of  the results of Quantum Chemical's operations
for the nine months ended September 30, 1993.
 
                                       20
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
HISTORICAL CYCLICALITY OF SIGNIFICANT COMPONENTS OF THE COMPANY'S OPERATIONS
 
     The markets for Quantum Chemical's  principal products are highly  cyclical
and  the global markets for SCM Chemical's principal products are also cyclical,
although to a slightly  lesser degree. In contrast,  the Company believes  that,
over  a business cycle, the markets for fragrance and flavor chemicals and other
specialty products  are  generally more  stable  in terms  of  industry  demand,
selling prices and operating margins.
 
POLYETHYLENE AND RELATED PRODUCTS
 
     In   the  nine  months   ended  September  30,   1996,  Quantum  Chemical's
polyethylene  and  related  operations  contributed  approximately  41%  of  the
Company's  revenues  and  approximately  55% of  its  operating  income  with an
operating margin of approximately  12%. In 1995 and  fiscal 1994, when  Suburban
Propane  was  included  as  a  continuing  operation,  polyethylene  and related
operations contributed approximately 36% and 32%, respectively, of the Company's
revenues and approximately  45% and  7%, respectively, of  its operating  income
with operating margins of approximately 28% and 2%, respectively.
 
     In  the United States, demand  for polyethylene has historically fluctuated
from year  to  year,  although it  has  increased  at average  annual  rates  of
approximately 3.6% over the last five years and of 5.3% over the last ten years.
The  industry  is  particularly  sensitive  to  capacity  additions,  especially
capacity  to  manufacture  ethylene,  polyethylene's  principal  raw   material.
Polyethylene  producers  have  historically experienced  alternating  periods of
inadequate  capacity,  resulting  in  increased  selling  prices  and  operating
margins, followed by periods of large capacity additions, resulting in declining
capacity  utilization rates,  selling prices  and operating  margins. During the
mid-1980's, increases in new production facilities did not keep pace with demand
and by 1987-1988,  U.S. producers  were operating at  high capacity  utilization
rates. Accordingly, selling prices and operating margins increased substantially
in  1988-1989. Significant  additional industry  capacity came  on stream during
1990-1992 and,  as  a consequence,  the  industry, including  Quantum  Chemical,
experienced  lower  capacity  utilization rates,  selling  prices  and operating
margins in  1990-1993.  In addition,  Quantum  Chemical's income  was  adversely
affected  in  1989 and  1990 by  a fire  and explosion  at its  Morris, Illinois
facility. An unanticipated shortage of ethylene resulting from Gulf Coast  plant
outages due to cold weather, floods and mechanical failures led to significantly
increased  selling prices and  operating margins for  polyethylene from mid-1994
through mid-1995.  From mid-1995  through  the first  quarter of  1996,  selling
prices and operating margins for polyethylene decreased significantly due to the
restoration  of  lost  ethylene  supply,  expanded  manufacturing  capacity  and
inventory reductions by  customers. Selling  prices increased  again during  the
second  and  third  quarters of  1996  as  a result  of  significantly increased
domestic  demand  for  polyethylene,  strong  exports  and  higher  natural  gas
feedstock  costs; notwithstanding these costs, operating margins also increased.
The Company expects that  the operating results of  this segment for the  fourth
quarter  of 1996  will be  below those  for the  third quarter  due to  a slight
deterioration in selling prices arising from softening demand and the effect  of
continuing  feedstock cost  increases on  operating margins.  Due to competitive
pressures and  the  decline  in  demand,  price  increases  intended  to  become
effective  in October 1996 have  been postponed. In the  future, there can be no
assurance that growth in  demand for polyethylene will  be sufficient to  absorb
currently  anticipated  capacity  increases  (including  increases  in  ethylene
capacity) without the industry experiencing an overall reduction in  utilization
rates,  which has  in the  past caused selling  prices and  operating margins to
decline, or  that  the  downward  phase of  industry  cyclicality  will  not  be
exacerbated  by unanticipated  capacity additions, changes  in technology, price
volatility of  raw materials,  changes  in customer  inventory levels  or  other
conditions. See 'Business.'
 
                                       21
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
TIO2 AND RELATED PRODUCTS
 
     In  the  nine months  ended  September 30,  1996,  SCM Chemicals'  TiO2 and
related operations contributed approximately 30%  of the Company's revenues  and
generated  an  operating  loss of  $6  million as  a  result of  $75  million of
non-recurring charges to reduce the carrying value of certain assets employed in
the sulfate-process manufacturing of TiO2  and provide for the costs  associated
with  the closure of  certain sulfate production.  Excluding these charges, this
segment contributed  approximately 25%  to operating  income with  an  operating
margin  of approximately 10%. In 1995 and fiscal 1994, when Suburban Propane was
included as a continuing  operation, these operations contributed  approximately
23%  and 24%, respectively, of the  Company's revenues and approximately 21% and
31%,  respectively,  of   its  operating  income   with  operating  margins   of
approximately 21% and 13%, respectively.
 
     TiO2  is considered  to be  a 'quality  of life'  performance chemical, the
demand for which is influenced by the  changes in the gross domestic product  of
various  regions  of  the  world.  The worldwide  TiO2  industry,  in  which SCM
Chemicals participates,  has experienced  cyclical demand,  supply and  pricing,
although  to a lesser degree than the polyethylene industry. A cyclical peak for
average annual  TiO2 prices  occurred  in 1990.  By  mid-1994, TiO2  prices  had
declined  by approximately 22%  from that peak.  In late 1994,  demand grew as a
result of improved economic conditions. Coupled with limited capacity additions,
this increased industry capacity utilization rates to above 90% and resulted  in
a turnaround in worldwide prices, continuing through most of 1995. Demand growth
subsequently  slowed due to  reduced economic growth  worldwide and rainy spring
seasons in 1995 and 1996, resulting  in price erosion and reduction in  capacity
utilization  rates in late 1995 and the  first half of 1996. In addition, recent
consolidation of customers in SCM  Chemicals' coating markets further  increased
price  competition for  certain of its  products, putting  increased pressure on
profitability. In July 1996, SCM Chemicals announced a program to address market
conditions in the TiO2 industry by, among other things, closing its 10,000 tonne
sulfate-process  plant  in  Stallingborough,  England,  scaling  back  by  about
one-third  production at  its 66,000-tonne  sulfate-process plant  in Baltimore,
Maryland (an overall capacity reduction  for SCM Chemicals of approximately  6%)
and  delaying  chloride-process expansion  programs  in the  United  Kingdom and
Australia. As part  of the program,  SCM Chemicals also  announced increases  in
global  selling prices for TiO2 products effective October 1, 1996; however, due
to competitive pricing pressures, such increases will not be realized during the
balance of 1996. The  Company incurred non-recurring charges  of $75 million  in
the nine months ended September 30, 1996 for the costs of the program. If market
conditions  continue  to  deteriorate, it  may  be necessary  to  further reduce
operations at the Baltimore plant and  accrue for additional closure costs.  SCM
Chemicals'  sulfate-process manufacturing operations  have historically operated
at a marginal level, and made a  negative contribution of $5 million during  the
nine months ended September 30, 1996.
 
                                       22
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The Company's principal operations are grouped into five business segments:
polyethylene  and related  products, acetyls  and alcohol  and specialty polymer
products, which are  produced by  Quantum Chemical; TiO2  and related  products,
which  are produced by SCM Chemicals;  and fragrance and flavor chemicals, which
are produced by Glidco. As shown in  the table below, Suburban Propane (a  73.6%
equity  interest in which was  sold in March 1996) accounted  for 17% and 21% of
the Company's net  sales and  6% and  22% of its  operating income  in 1995  and
fiscal 1994, respectively.
 
     The  following  table  shows,  for the  periods  indicated,  sales  (net of
intercompany transactions, which are not material) and operating income  (before
interest  and provision for income taxes)  attributable to each of the Company's
business segments (excluding the Discontinued Businesses).
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 NINE MONTHS
                                                    ENDED                          THREE MONTHS       YEAR ENDED
                                                SEPTEMBER 30,       YEAR ENDED        ENDED         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                               ----------------    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    ----------------
                                                1996      1995         1995            1994         1994      1993
                                               ------    ------    ------------    ------------    ------    ------
                                                 (UNAUDITED)              (IN MILLIONS)
 
<S>                                            <C>       <C>       <C>             <C>             <C>       <C>
NET SALES
Quantum Chemical(1):
     Polyethylene and related products......   $  944    $1,115       $1,374          $  327       $1,061    $ --
     Acetyls and alcohol....................      294       366          461             105          347      --
     Specialty polymer products.............      274       271          363              82          318      --
SCM Chemicals:
     Titanium dioxide and related
       products.............................      680       663          860             185          795       783
Glidco:
     Fragrance and flavor chemicals.........       87        76          103              24           89        79
                                               ------    ------    ------------    ------------    ------    ------
                                                2,279     2,491        3,161             723        2,610       862
                                               ------    ------    ------------    ------------    ------    ------
Propane(2)..................................     --         448          639             185          678      --
                                               ------    ------    ------------    ------------    ------    ------
          Total Net Sales...................   $2,279    $2,939       $3,800          $  908       $3,288    $  862
                                               ------    ------    ------------    ------------    ------    ------
                                               ------    ------    ------------    ------------    ------    ------
OPERATING INCOME
Quantum Chemical(1):
     Polyethylene and related products......   $  112    $  337       $  380          $   92       $   23    $ --
     Acetyls and alcohol....................       39       121          142              38           70      --
     Specialty polymer products.............       32        47           59              13           42      --
SCM Chemicals:(3)
     Titanium dioxide and related
       products.............................       (6)      136          177              27          106       113
Glidco:
     Fragrance and flavor chemicals.........       28        23           31               7           27        26
                                               ------    ------    ------------    ------------    ------    ------
                                                  205       664          789             177          268       139
                                               ------    ------    ------------    ------------    ------    ------
Propane(2)..................................     --          26           53              26           76      --
                                               ------    ------    ------------    ------------    ------    ------
          Total Operating Income............   $  205    $  690       $  842          $  203       $  344    $  139
                                               ------    ------    ------------    ------------    ------    ------
                                               ------    ------    ------------    ------------    ------    ------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Quantum Chemical  was  acquired  by  Hanson  on  September  30,  1993  in  a
    transaction accounted for as a purchase.
 
(2) Suburban  Propane  is reflected  as a  continuing  operation of  the Company
    (i.e., a division of Quantum Chemical)  through December 31, 1995. In  March
    1996,  Hanson sold a 73.6% interest in Suburban Propane in an initial public
    offering. The  Company  has  accounted  for  its  continuing  investment  in
    Suburban Propane under the equity method effective January 1, 1996.
 
                                              (footnotes continued on next page)
 
                                       23
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
(footnotes continued from previous page)
 
(3) The  nine months ended September 30,  1996 includes non-recurring charges of
    $75 ($48  after-tax) to  reduce  the carrying  value of  certain  facilities
    employed  in the sulfate-process  manufacturing of TiO2  and provide for the
    costs associated with the closure of certain sulfate-process production,  as
    described in Note 4 to the Combined Financial Statements of the Company.
 
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
1995
 
     The  Company had operating income of $205 million for the nine months ended
September 30, 1996, a decrease of $485 million (70%) from the nine months  ended
September  30, 1995, and net sales of $2.279 billion, a decrease of $660 million
(22%). The Company recorded non-recurring charges of $75 million during the 1996
period to  reduce the  carrying  value of  certain  facilities employed  in  the
sulfate-process  manufacturing of TiO2  products and to  provide for the closure
costs of certain  sulfate-process production. In  addition, as a  result of  the
Company's sale of a 73.6% interest in Suburban Propane through an initial public
offering  in  March 1996,  the  Company's interest  in  the results  of Suburban
Propane's operations  have been  reflected  as equity  in earnings  of  Suburban
Propane  in the  Combined Financial Statements  since January  1, 1996. Suburban
Propane contributed  $448 million  to net  sales and  $26 million  to  operating
income  for the nine months ended September 30, 1995. Excluding Suburban Propane
and the  non-recurring  charges  referred  to above,  the  Company's  net  sales
decreased  $212 million (8.5%)  and its operating  income decreased $384 million
(58%) from  the  comparable  period  of the  prior  year.  These  decreases  are
primarily  due to  lower average  selling prices  for polyethylene,  acetyls and
specialty polymer product offerings as they declined from their 1995 peak levels
and declining  selling  prices for  TiO2  as a  result  of excess  capacity  and
sluggish  demand  in  the  paper  markets  coupled  with  increasing  costs  for
feedstocks for ethylene (polyethylene's principal raw material) and TiO2  during
this period.
 
     QUANTUM  CHEMICAL.  Quantum Chemical's operating income for the nine months
ended September 30, 1996 decreased $322  million (64%) to $183 million, and  its
net  sales decreased  $240 (14%) to  $1.512 billion, compared  to the comparable
period in 1995. The  substantial decreases in Quantum  Chemical's net sales  and
operating  income were due to lower selling prices for all major product groups.
Average selling prices  for polyethylene fell  from its peak  highs in 1995  and
were  23%  lower than  the comparable  period of  1995 as  a result  of industry
inventory reductions, excess  industry capacity and  declining ethylene  prices.
Ethylene  prices  on the  spot  market were  32%  lower during  the  1996 period
compared to  the 1995  period  as industry  supply  problems were  resolved  and
inventories  were rebuilt. Average selling prices for the period for acetyls and
alcohols and  specialty  polymers  also  declined  16%  and  10%,  respectively,
compared  to the  comparable period of  1995. Somewhat mitigating  the impact of
decreased selling prices on operating income was a 13% increase in overall  unit
sales volume.
 
     Net  sales of polyethylene  and related products were  $944 million for the
nine months  ended  September  30,  1996, a  decrease  of  $171  million  (15%).
Operating  income decreased $225 million (67%)  to $112 million principally as a
result of a 23% reduction in  average selling prices for polyethylene  products.
The  lower prices  reflected competitive  pressure arising  from excess industry
capacity and the correction of ethylene inventory supplies during the first half
of 1996. In the 1995 period, industry ethylene inventories were extremely  tight
due   to  unexpected   industry  outrages  causing   ethylene  and  consequently
polyethylene prices  to  rise  dramatically;  this  situation  corrected  itself
towards  the  end  of  1995.  Within the  1996  period,  average  selling prices
increased  during  the  second  and  third  quarters  (with  the  third  quarter
representing  a  15%  increase over  the  second quarter)  due  to significantly
increased domestic demand, strong exports and higher natural gas feedstock costs
as discussed below. Polyethylene unit volumes for the 1996 period represented  a
6.7% increase over the 1995 period.
 
     Average  unit costs for  polyethylene increased due  to increased feedstock
costs for ethylene  (polyethylene's principal  raw material).  These costs  rose
dramatically  as a result of colder  than normal winter temperatures experienced
in late 1995 and  early 1996, which  increased the demand  for natural gas,  and
remained  at high levels during the 1996 period. Unit costs for ethylene rose 7%
during the third quarter of fiscal 1996 from the second quarter of fiscal 1996.
 
                                       24
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
     For  information  concerning  the  Company's  expectations  concerning  the
operating  results of the  polyethylene and related  products segment during the
fourth quarter of 1996, see ' -- Historical Cyclicality of Significant  Portions
of the Company's Operations' above.
 
     Net  sales  of acetyls  and alcohols  decreased $72  million (20%)  to $294
million in the  nine months  ended September  30, 1996,  while operating  income
decreased  $82 million  (68%) to  $39 million.  The decline  in operating income
primarily resulted from decreased average  selling prices, which were 16%  lower
than during the comparable period of 1995. This was primarily true for methanol,
which  experienced historically  high selling prices  during 1995  due to strong
demand from reformulated gasoline producers to meet environmental  requirements.
As  some of these requirements were subsequently relaxed and additional capacity
became available, methanol prices fell 49%. Vinyl acetate also experienced a 24%
decline in average selling prices for  the nine months ended September 30,  1996
as export markets were affected by oversupply and weakened demand.
 
     Net  sales of specialty  polymer products were  relatively flat compared to
1995 at $274 million  for the 1996 period  while operating income decreased  $15
million  (32%) to $32 million.  The decline in operating  income resulted from a
10% decline in average  selling prices caused by  lower polyethylene prices  and
higher  ethylene costs.  Growth in  the wire  and cable  markets was principally
responsible for a 12% increase in unit  sales volume for the period. Unit  costs
were  slightly lower during the  1996 period primarily as  a result of lower raw
material costs (mainly propylene and polyethylene).
 
     During the nine months ended September 30, 1996, Quantum Chemical continued
to progress in its reengineering and cost reduction programs with savings during
the period of approximately $18 million toward a full year goal of $30  million.
The  conversion of Quantum's Syngas  plant from residuum oil  to natural gas was
postponed until the end of 1996 in light of industry outages; when completed  it
is  expected to further improve  the cost profile for  acetic acid. In addition,
several expansion and improvement projects  proceeded on target, with a  restart
of 250 million pounds of LLDPE capacity at the Morris facility completed in June
1996,  conversion of 300 million pounds of  LLDPE production capacity to HDPE at
Port Arthur expected  to be fully  operational in  February 1997 and  a new  480
million  pound LLDPE plant  at the La  Porte facility scheduled  for start-up in
December 1996.
 
     SCM CHEMICALS. SCM Chemicals' operating  results for the first nine  months
of 1996 decreased $142 million (104%) from $136 million in the comparable period
in  1995.  This reflects  non-recurring  charges of  $75  million to  reduce the
carrying value of certain plant and  equipment employed by SCM Chemicals in  its
sulfate-process  manufacturing of  TiO2 and provide  for the  closure of certain
sulfate production facilities in light of the market conditions discussed below.
Excluding these non-recurring charges, operating income for the period decreased
$67 million (49%)  compared to the  1995 period.  Net sales for  the first  nine
months  of 1996 increased  3% to $680  million compared to  $663 million for the
first nine months of 1995.
 
     The TiO2 industry has  been undergoing severe price  competition and, as  a
consequence,  global pricing has  been deteriorating since  late 1995. The price
erosion reflects a confluence of market factors, including customer  destocking,
consolidations  in  the  paint and  coatings  industry, a  weak  paper industry,
increased TiO2  capacity and  a weak  spring paint  and coatings  season.  These
conditions resulted in average TiO2 selling prices in U.S. dollar terms to be 4%
lower during the nine months ended September 30, 1996 compared to the comparable
period  of 1995 as producers attempted to  maintain volume and market share. For
the third quarter  of 1996 alone,  average prices declined  12% compared to  the
third  quarter of 1995, with declines amounting  to 8% in the United States, 15%
in Europe and 24% in the Asia/Pacific region.
 
     These conditions had severe effects on SCM Chemicals' TiO2  sulfate-process
products,  which have higher production costs  and lower selling prices than its
chloride-process products. In response to these deteriorating market conditions,
in July 1996, SCM Chemicals announced its intention to close its sulfate-process
in Stallingborough,  England  and scale  back  production of  its  66,000  tonne
sulfate-process  facility in Baltimore, Maryland  by approximately one-third. In
addition, completion of the  expansion of the  chloride-process facility in  the
United  Kingdom  has been  delayed  until December  1998  and the  111,000 tonne
expansion in  Australia has  been rephased  until market  conditions and  trends
improve.  SCM Chemicals also announced global  price increases to take effect on
October 1, 1996; however,  due to competitive  pricing pressures, the  increases
will not be realized during the balance of
 
                                       25
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
1996.  Finally,  SCM  Chemicals  will undertake  cost  containment  measures and
reengineering efforts for certain processes in order to reduce operating costs.
 
     Also contributing  to the  decline in  operating income  were higher  fixed
costs  resulting from  lower operating  rates and  higher variable  costs due to
increased costs of titanium ore feedstocks, coke and utilities. During the  nine
months  ended September  30, 1996,  SCM Chemicals'  plants operated  at 86.7% of
capacity compared  to 97.8%  during the  comparable period  of the  prior  year.
Decreased operating rates reflect both current market conditions and an increase
in operating capacity.
 
     Sales  volume for  the nine  months ended  September 30,  1996 increased 6%
largely due to strong third quarter sales  in the United States and Europe.  For
the  third quarter, sales volume increased  17%, reflecting strong demand in the
coatings and  plastics  markets with  shipments  to the  sluggish  paper  market
continuing to lag behind.
 
     GLIDCO.  Glidco continued its growth trend  with record operating income of
$28 million for  the nine months  ended September  30, 1996, an  increase of  $5
million (22%) compared to the comparable period in 1995. Net sales increased $11
million (14%) to $87 million. This continued growth reflected a 2.6% increase in
unit  sales  volume  over  1995  as  worldwide  demand  for  fragrance chemicals
continued to  increase.  The impact  of  this  strong demand  more  than  offset
significant  increases in the cost of  CST, Glidco's principal raw material (59%
on a unit basis compared to the comparable period for 1995). Reflecting Glidco's
continued emphasis  on higher-margin  intermediate and  upgrade products,  gross
margins  held steady at 46%  in the first three quarters  of both 1996 and 1995.
The price of CST is expected to  continue to increase during the fourth  quarter
of 1996.
 
     In  January 1996,  a sales office  and warehouse space  were established in
Singapore to  serve the  growing market  in  the Pacific  Rim. During  the  1996
period, Glidco's ongoing 20% expansion plans progressed on target.
 
1995 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1994
 
     The  Company had operating income  of $842 million in  1995, an increase of
$498 million (145%), and net sales of $3.8 billion, an increase of $512  million
(16%),  from  fiscal 1994.  These increases  are  primarily attributable  to the
quadrupling  of   Quantum  Chemical's   operating  income   (excluding   propane
operations)  to  $581 million  on a  27%  increase in  its net  sales (excluding
propane operations) to $2.198 billion.
 
     QUANTUM CHEMICAL. The substantial increases in Quantum Chemical's net sales
and operating income  were due to  higher selling prices  for all major  product
groups.  Average  1995 unit  net selling  prices  for polyethylene,  acetyls and
alcohol and specialty polymers rose 46%, 25% and 17%, respectively, over  fiscal
1994.  Factors  which  mitigated  the  impact  of  increased  selling  prices on
operating margins were lower unit shipments  of polyethylene (a 6% decline)  and
specialty  polymer  products (a  2%  decline) in  1995  compared to  fiscal 1994
(partially offset  by a  7% increase  in unit  shipments of  acetyl and  alcohol
products),  the  higher  cost  of  raw  materials  (mainly  purchased  ethylene,
propylene and  residuum  oil), increased  costs  associated with  higher  margin
products and higher maintenance and other production costs.
 
     Net sales of polyethylene and related products were $1.374 billion in 1995,
an  increase of $313 million (29%)  over fiscal 1994. Operating income increased
by $357 million to $380  million, principally as a result  of a 46% increase  in
average  unit  selling  prices  for  polyethylene  products.  The  higher prices
reflected continued tight  ethylene supply due  to competitors' plant  shutdowns
and  higher demand for ethylene through the  first quarter of 1995. By mid-year,
the  ethylene  supply  problems  were  resolved  and  the  polyethylene   market
experienced  a correction as customers  reduced inventories, leading to weakened
prices and  margins  for polyethylene.  Such  market changes  also  resulted  in
polyethylene unit volumes declining 6% overall for the year. By the end of 1995,
average  selling  prices  for  polyethylene  had  dropped  25%  compared  to the
beginning of 1995. Polyethylene production costs were 5% higher on a unit  basis
in  1995 compared to fiscal  1994, primarily due to  higher prices for purchased
ethylene, reflecting  tight  supplies,  and  a shift  in  sales  mix  to  higher
value-added products which have a higher cost structure.
 
                                       26
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
     Net  sales  of acetyls  and alcohol  increased $114  million (33%)  to $461
million in 1995, while operating income doubled to $142 million. The increase in
operating income primarily resulted from increased average selling prices, which
were 38% higher for acetyl products and 10% higher for alcohol products.  Higher
acetyls pricing was due to strong demand for methanol used in the manufacture of
gasoline  additives to meet environmental  requirements. In addition, there were
supply shortages in export markets and formula-based price increases from higher
methanol and acetic  acid pricing.  Beginning in the  latter part  of the  first
quarter  of 1995, however, methanol  prices began to decline  as a result of the
relaxation of certain environmental requirements for gasoline additives and  the
addition  of industry capacity. By the end of 1995, methanol prices had declined
by approximately 70% from late-1994 levels. The increase in demand for  methanol
and  acetic acid  resulted in unit  sales volumes  for 1995 that  were 7% higher
compared to fiscal 1994. On a unit basis, 1995 costs were 15% higher compared to
fiscal 1994 primarily due to higher feedstock costs (ethylene and residuum  oil)
and higher maintenance costs.
 
     Net  sales  of specialty  polymer products  were $363  million in  1995, an
increase of  $45  million  (14%)  compared  to  fiscal  1994.  Operating  income
increased  by $17 million (40%) to $59 million. The increase in operating income
reflected higher selling prices across all product lines due to increased demand
in the earlier  part of the  year and  the increased price  of polyethylene  and
polypropylene,  which are  used as raw  materials in the  manufacture of certain
specialty polymer products. The effect of higher pricing was partially offset by
a 2% decline in  volume and a  13% increase in  costs primarily attributable  to
purchased propylene and the cost mix of higher value-added products sold.
 
     SCM  CHEMICALS. SCM  Chemicals had  net sales of  $860 million  in 1995, an
increase of $65  million (8%)  from fiscal 1994,  and operating  income of  $177
million,  an  increase  of  $71  million  (67%).  The  improved  performance was
primarily attributable to a 15% overall  increase in average selling prices  for
TiO2  in U.S. dollar  terms, with increased  selling prices of  6% in the United
States, 23% in Europe  and 16% in the  Asia/Pacific region. SCM Chemicals'  TiO2
1995  sales  volume of  415,000 tonnes  was 5%  lower than  in fiscal  1994. SCM
Chemicals' sales were constrained  by capacity limitations  early in 1995,  when
plants  were  operating at  99% of  capacity. Total  industry demand  during the
period from  late 1994  through early  1995 was  strong, driving  prices  higher
during  that period. Later in 1995,  sales volume and capacity utilization rates
fell as a result of a softening of demand in United States and European  markets
and inventory reductions by customers.
 
     In  September 1995, SCM Chemicals announced TiO2 price increases of 7 cents
per pound in  the United  States and  9 cents per  pound in  Canada. Such  price
increases were not realized due to competitive price discounting.
 
     During  1995, SCM Chemical's TiO2  plants operated at an  average of 97% of
capacity (with all  chloride-process plants operating  at an average  of 98%  of
capacity)  compared to an  estimated industry average of  89%. During the fourth
quarter of 1995, SCM Chemicals reduced operations to 91% of capacity to  balance
production with weakening demand.
 
     SCM  Chemical's $75 million two-year capital investment program to increase
its global  TiO2 production  capacity by  52,000 tonnes  per annum  and its  $48
million  two-year program to improve environmental performance at its Ashtabula,
Ohio facilities continued on schedule for completion in 1996. In addition, plans
were underway to expand chloride capacity at SCM Chemicals' United Kingdom plant
in Stallingborough by 41,000 tonnes at  a cost of approximately $120 million  to
meet projected long term growth in demand in the European markets.
 
     GLIDCO.  Glidco had its  sixth consecutive year of  record profits in 1995,
with operating income increasing by $4 million (15%) to $31 million from  fiscal
1994.  Sales were  $103 million,  an increase of  $14 million  (16%) from fiscal
1994. Capacity for  the production of  fragrance chemicals was  expanded by  17%
with  the increased production almost immediately sold out. While aggregate unit
sales volumes were unchanged  at 59 million  pounds, higher margin  intermediate
and  upgrade products, which had an increase  in unit sales volumes of 18%, were
the most significant factors in Glidco's increased profitability. Selling prices
increased by  an average  of  16% in  1995. The  impact  of such  increases  was
partially  offset  by  a 23%  average  increase  in raw  material  costs. Glidco
deemphasized certain  product  lines to  redirect  production to  higher  margin
products. The result was an increase in margin from 44.6% to 45.6%.
 
                                       27
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
     In  order to  meet expected  worldwide demand  growth in  the fragrance and
flavor chemicals industry, Glidco implemented plans to increase capacity at  its
facilities by an additional 20%.
 
     SUBURBAN PROPANE. Suburban Propane, adversely affected by unseasonably mild
winter  conditions throughout the  United States, generated  operating income of
$53 million in 1995,  a $23 million  (30%) decline from  fiscal 1994. Sales  for
1995 were $639 million, a 6% decline from fiscal 1994. The decrease in operating
income  was  primarily due  to a  6% decrease  in retail  volume to  534 million
gallons. Wholesale volume  also decreased  by 8%  to 174  million gallons.  Such
declines were attributable to lower demand resulting from temperatures that were
approximately  9% warmer  in 1995  than in  fiscal 1994.  Average retail margins
declined 4.8% from fiscal 1994, primarily due to the proportionately lower sales
volume of the higher-margin retail gallons.
 
FISCAL 1994 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1993
 
     The Company  had  operating profit  of  $344  million in  fiscal  1994,  an
increase  of $205 million (147%) from fiscal  1993, and sales of $3.288 billion,
an increase of  $2.426 billion. The  increases were primarily  due to the  first
time  inclusion  of  results  from the  Quantum  Chemical  and  Suburban Propane
operations, which were acquired by Hanson on September 30, 1993.
 
     QUANTUM CHEMICAL. Quantum  Chemical contributed $135  million of  operating
profit and $1.726 billion of sales during fiscal 1994.
 
     Polyethylene and related products accounted for $1.061 billion of net sales
and  $23 million of operating income during fiscal 1994. Demand for polyethylene
products strengthened  during  fiscal 1994  as  supply problems  throughout  the
ethylene  industry disrupted  ethylene availability.  Quantum Chemical benefited
from these  conditions,  with polyethylene  product  volumes increasing  5%.  In
addition,  prices for all three major  grades of polyethylene products recovered
during the  latter part  of fiscal  1994 from  cyclical lows.  Quantum  Chemical
announced  five different polyethylene price  increases during calendar 1994, as
well as  separate  price  increases  for  its  acetyls,  alcohol  and  specialty
products. The price recovery in polyethylene was due primarily to tight ethylene
supplies,  improving economic  conditions, competitor plant  shut-downs and high
industry operating rates.  Tight ethylene supplies,  driven by increased  demand
and  competitor  plant  shutdowns,  drove  up  ethylene  prices.  While  Quantum
Chemical's polyethylene prices did benefit from the ethylene market  conditions,
costs  increased due to higher  purchased ethylene prices in  the second half of
the year.
 
     Net sales  of  acetyls  and  alcohol were  $347  million  in  fiscal  1994,
generating  operating income of $70 million. In  the latter part of fiscal 1994,
Quantum Chemical began to  benefit from higher demand  and prices for  methanol.
Methanol  sales volumes  increased significantly to  52 million  gallons from 11
million gallons in  fiscal 1993  and its  average selling  price increased  72%.
Other   acetyls  products,  including  acetic   acid  and  vinyl  acetate,  also
experienced double-digit sales  volume growth  arising from  strong demand,  low
inventories and competitor production difficulties.
 
     Net  sales  of specialty  polymer products  of  $318 million  and operating
income of $42  million in fiscal  1994 reflected recovery  of the  polypropylene
market due to increased domestic demand compared to fiscal 1993.
 
     SCM  CHEMICALS. In fiscal 1994, SCM  Chemicals had operating profit of $106
million, a decrease  of $7  million (6%)  from fiscal  1993, and  sales of  $795
million,  an  increase  of  $12  million (2%)  from  fiscal  1993.  TiO2 volumes
increased approximately 5% to 436,000 tonnes, due to strong demand for the  high
performance  chloride-process  TiONA'r' brand  pigments.  In the  United States,
sales were constrained by lost production due to severe winter weather, while in
Western  Australia  a  state-wide  electricity  outage  caused  plant  operating
problems  and equipment  failure. Average selling  prices of TiO2  were 2% lower
during fiscal 1994. The world average price turned upward in mid-year 1994 as  a
result   of  increasing  global  demand  for  TiO2  and  by  December  1994  was
approximately 6% above the fiscal 1994 trough.
 
     During  fiscal  1994,  SCM  Chemicals  operated  at  approximately  93%  of
production  capacity compared to an industry average currently estimated to have
been about 91%.  In late  fiscal 1994, SCM  Chemicals initiated  a $123  million
capital  program to reduce costs, improve environmental performance and increase
production.
 
                                       28
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
     GLIDCO. Fiscal 1994 was Glidco's  fifth consecutive year of record  profit.
Operating  profit  increased  4%  to  $27 million  from  fiscal  1993  and sales
increased 13% to $89 million from fiscal 1993. The overall market for  fragrance
and  flavor chemicals continued  to be strong  worldwide with demand approaching
Glidco's capacity  in certain  products.  Volume increased  10% over  the  prior
fiscal  year  to  58 million  pounds  with  increases realized  in  most product
offerings. In addition, costs for its primary raw material declined 21% from the
prior fiscal year, reflecting an imbalance in supply and demand.
 
     Glidco  initiated  a  four  phase  capacity  expansion  program  with  such
expansion projects anticipated for start-up between November 1994 and June 1996.
 
     SUBURBAN  PROPANE. In fiscal 1994, Suburban Propane contributed $76 million
of operating profits and $678 million of sales. This represented a 30%  increase
in operating profits over the prior year. Suburban Propane benefited from colder
winter  weather  in the  United  States after  several  years of  unusually warm
conditions. Retail sales volumes  for fiscal 1994 were  569 million gallons,  an
increase  of 1% over  the prior fiscal year.  Retail margins increased primarily
due to decreases in  product costs during the  period. Although average  selling
prices  were flat, propane  costs were approximately  5% lower. Suburban Propane
met the increased heating demand for propane with supply arrangements with  most
major  producers and  one of the  largest rail  car and transport  fleets in the
industry operating from strategically located storage facilities.
 
QUANTUM CHEMICAL: NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1993
 
     Quantum Chemical's operations (excluding propane operations) had net  sales
of  $1.218 billion, resulting in an operating  loss of $22 million, for the nine
months ended September  30, 1993. Net  sales from propane  operations were  $481
million, resulting in an operating profit of $38 million, for the period.
 
     During  the  nine  months  ended  September  30,  1993,  domestic  industry
overcapacity put pressure on polyethylene pricing and profit margins,  resulting
in  lower  average  selling  prices  for  most  products.  Costs  of  $5 million
attributable  to  the  shutdown  of  Quantum  Chemical's  ethylene  oxide/glycol
operations  in the first quarter of  fiscal 1994 were charged against operations
at September 30,  1993, further contributing  to Quantum's Chemical's  operating
loss  for the nine months  ended September 30, 1993. The  shutdown was part of a
cost reduction  program implemented  by Quantum  Chemical to  improve  operating
performance  in the  future. Other cost  reduction measures for  the nine months
ended September  30, 1993  included  the completion  of  a retubing  project  to
increase production volumes and lower costs at Quantum Chemical's ethylene plant
in La Porte, Texas.
 
     Quantum  Chemical's  propane  operations  benefitted  from  higher  average
selling prices for retail and wholesale  shipments due to increases in the  cost
of  propane. The positive effect  of these increases was  partly offset by lower
sales of appliances and installation services.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     Through September 30, 1996, the Company financed its operations and capital
and other expenditures  from a  combination of cash  generated from  operations,
external borrowings and loans and invested capital provided by Hanson. Since the
Demerger,  the Company  has had  to meet  all of  its cash  requirements through
internally-generated funds  and external  borrowings. The  Company's ability  to
generate  cash  from operations  and the  servicing and  repayment of  debt will
depend upon numerous business factors, some which are outside the control of the
Company, including industry cyclicality  (resulting from industry-wide  capacity
additions,  changes  in general  economic conditions  and other  conditions) and
price volatility of certain raw materials.
 
     Net cash provided  by operating activities  was $280 million  for the  nine
months ended September 30, 1996, compared with net cash provided of $751 million
for  the comparable period  of the prior  year. The decrease  results from a 63%
decrease in income  from continuing operations  including non-recurring  pre-tax
charges  of $75 million to  reflect an impairment of  certain assets of the TiO2
and  related   products  segment   and  related   closure  costs   for   certain
sulfate-process  production. Net cash provided  by operating activities was $795
million   for    1995,   compared    with   net    cash   provided    of    $232
 
                                       29
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
million  for fiscal 1994. The increase  principally results from a 145% increase
in net operating  results and changes  in the operating  assets and  liabilities
from December 31, 1995 compared to September 30, 1994.
 
     Net  cash provided  by investing activities  was $517 million  for the nine
months ended September 30, 1996, compared with net cash used of $175 million for
the comparable period of 1995. The increase principally results from the sale of
a 73.6% interest in Suburban Propane for proceeds of $733 million, partly offset
by a $22 million  increase in capital expenditures.  Net cash used in  investing
activities was $246 million for 1995, compared with net cash used of $93 million
in  fiscal 1994. The increase principally relates to the higher level of capital
expenditures in 1995.
 
     Net cash used in financing activities was $822 million for the nine  months
ended  September 30, 1996, compared  with net cash used  of $227 million for the
comparable period of 1995.  The increase principally relates  to changes in  the
level  of funding and other transactions between the Company and its affiliates,
offset by  increased  proceeds from  short-term  borrowings. Net  cash  used  in
financing  activities was $503 million for 1995,  compared with net cash used of
$222 million for fiscal 1994. The increase principally reflects the repayment of
short-term borrowings during  1995, using  the additional net  cash provided  by
operations,  a $1.6 billion dividend paid to  Hanson and changes in the level of
net transactions with affiliates in 1995 compared to fiscal 1994.
 
     The Credit Facility. The Issuer and the Company, as guarantor, entered into
a Credit Agreement,  dated as of  July 26, 1996  (the 'Credit Agreement'),  with
Bank  of America National Trust and Savings Association, as administrative agent
('Bank of  America'), The  Chase  Manhattan Bank,  as documentation  agent,  and
various participating banks and other institutional lenders for the provision of
the  Credit  Facility  to  the Issuer  and  certain  other  Company subsidiaries
designated from  time to  time by  the Company  (together with  the Issuer,  the
'Borrowing  Subsidiaries'). A copy of the  Credit Agreement governing the Credit
Facility has been  filed as an  exhibit to the  Registration Statement of  which
this  Prospectus forms a part. The  following description of the Credit Facility
does not purport to be complete and  is qualified in its entirety by the  Credit
Facility.
 
     The  Credit  Facility consists  of a  five-year unsecured  revolving credit
facility in an amount up to $2.25 billion. Borrowings under the Credit  Facility
may  consist  of  standby  loans (i.e.,  committed  revolving  credit  loans) or
uncommitted competitive loans  offered by  syndicated banks  through an  auction
mechanism  (or  both, at  the option  of  the respective  Borrowing Subsidiary).
Standby loans and competitive  loans may be borrowed  in either U.S. dollars  or
other  currencies. The proceeds  of the Credit  Facility may be  used to provide
working capital to the Borrowing Subsidiaries and for general corporate purposes
of the Borrowing  Subsidiaries, including the  repurchase of Pre-Demerger  Notes
pursuant to the Tender Offer or otherwise. Certain proceeds were previously used
for repayment of portions of the Company's indebtedness to Hanson.
 
     The interest rates under the standby loans are based upon, at the option of
the  respective Borrowing  Subsidiaries, (i)  the London  interbank offered rate
('LIBOR'), (ii) the New  York interbank offered rate  ('NIBOR') or (iii) in  the
case  of U.S. dollar  loans, the higher of  Bank of America's  prime rate or the
federal funds rate  plus 0.5% ('ABR').  Interest rates based  on LIBOR or  NIBOR
will  be increased by a  spread of between 13.5  and 47.5 basis points depending
upon the actual ratings (the 'Ratings')  by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group  and
Moody's Investors Service Inc. of senior unsecured non-credit enhanced long-term
debt  issued by the Issuer and guaranteed  by the Company (or issued directly by
the Company) or, if there is no such debt, the indicative rating of the  Company
by  such rating agencies. Based on the current Ratings, the spread over LIBOR is
presently 27.5 basis  points. No spread  is charged on  ABR loans. The  interest
rates  under the competitive loans will be  obtained from those bids selected by
the applicable Borrowing Subsidiary.
 
     A commitment fee is payable to the lenders under the Credit Facility on the
aggregate amount of the commitments, whether used or unused, at a rate per annum
of between 6.5 and 25 basis points  depending upon the Ratings. Loans under  the
Credit Facility may be repaid and then reborrowed. Based on the current Ratings,
the commitment fee is presently 15 basis points.
 
     The loans under the Credit Facility are guaranteed by the Company. However,
since  the  Company's  only asset  is  the stock  of  a subsidiary  that  is the
intermediate holding company  for the Company's  operating subsidiaries and  the
Company  is  completely  reliant  upon  its  operating  subsidiaries  for funds,
 
                                       30
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
in the event  the Borrowing  Subsidiaries default on  their payment  obligations
under  the  Credit  Facility  and  the lenders  seek  to  enforce  the Company's
guarantee, it  is unlikely  that the  Company  would be  able to  satisfy  these
obligations in full. See 'Risk Factors -- Holding Company Structure.'
 
     The Credit Agreement contains covenants and provisions that restrict, among
other  things, the ability of the Company  and its material subsidiaries to: (i)
create liens on any of its property or assets, or assign any rights to  security
interests  in future revenues;  (ii) engage in  sale and leaseback transactions;
(iii) engage in mergers, consolidations and sales of all or substantially all of
their assets on  a consolidated  basis; (iv) enter  into agreements  restricting
dividends  and advances  by their subsidiaries;  and (v)  engage in transactions
with affiliates other than those based on arm's-length negotiations. The  Credit
Agreement  also restricts  the ability of  Company subsidiaries  (other than the
Issuer) to  incur indebtedness  or issue  preferred stock.  The Issuer  received
permission  under the  Credit Agreement  for certain  Company subsidiaries which
held Non-Chemicals Businesses to  incur, prior to the  sales thereof to  Hanson,
unsecured  indebtedness  not  to exceed  $600  million in  the  aggregate, which
indebtedness was subordinated to indebtedness under the Credit Facility prior to
the closing of such sales. These Company subsidiaries had incurred $599  million
of such indebtedness prior to the date of the sales to Hanson.
 
     The  Credit  Agreement  requires  the Company  and  its  subsidiaries  on a
consolidated  basis   to  satisfy   certain  financial   performance   criteria.
Specifically,  the Company and its subsidiaries  are not permitted: (i) to allow
the Leverage Ratio (as  defined) to exceed 0.65  to 1 at any  time on or  before
December  31, 1997 and  0.60 to 1 at  any time thereafter; or  (ii) to allow the
Interest Coverage Ratio (as defined) for  any period of four consecutive  fiscal
quarters,  commencing with the period ended September  30, 1996, to be less than
3.5 to 1. The Leverage Ratio was .61 to 1 and the Interest Coverage Ratio was  4
to 1 for the period ended September 30, 1996.
 
     Events  of  default  under the  Credit  Agreement include,  in  addition to
standard events of  default, the failure  of the  Issuer to remain  a direct  or
indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
 
     Hedging Activities. The Issuer has, from time to time, entered into forward
exchange  contracts, currency  swaps or other  derivative products  to hedge its
risk in foreign or other operations. In October 1996, the Issuer entered into  a
number  of  interest rate  protection  agreements which  have  effectively fixed
interest rates on $750  million of floating rate  debt. Under these  agreements,
the  Issuer  will  pay the  counterparties  interest  at a  fixed  rate  and the
counterparties will pay the Company subsidiary interest at a variable rate based
on LIBOR. The fixed  rates payable under these  agreements average 5.7875%  with
terms  expiring at various  dates through October 1998.  In addition, in October
1996 one of the  Issuer's subsidiaries entered into  forward contracts to  hedge
the  impact of exchange rate fluctuations on approximately `L'200 million of its
sterling cash deposits. As of the date of this Prospectus, the fair market value
of these agreements  is not  materially different than  the value  based on  the
stated terms.
 
     Repayment  of Hanson Indebtedness and  Receipt of Capital Contribution from
Hanson. Prior  to the  Demerger Transactions,  the Company  had indebtedness  to
Hanson  consisting  of the  Hanson Loan,  the Allocated  Loan and  certain other
indebtedness. The Hanson Loan was a $1.9 billion loan from Hanson Aruba N.V.  to
HM  Anglo-American, Ltd. ('HM Anglo'), which  was scheduled to mature on October
15, 2003 and bore interest payable quarterly  at a rate equal to LIBOR plus  150
basis  points. Such loan was reflected as  a component of Invested Capital since
it did not represent debt directly related to the Chemicals Business. On October
7, 1996, HM Anglo prepaid the Hanson  Loan using all the proceeds from the  sale
of  the Discontinued Businesses to Hanson,  borrowings under the Credit Facility
and cash balances.
 
     The Allocated Loan was  a $2.25 billion loan  from Hanson Antilles N.V.  to
the  Issuer, which was scheduled to mature on October 15, 2003 and bore interest
at a rate of 7% per annum. On  October 1, 1996, the Issuer repaid the  Allocated
Loan  using all the proceeds from the  sale of the Non-Chemicals Businesses sold
to Hanson on that date, borrowings under the Credit Facility and cash balances.
 
     As part of the Demerger Transactions,  Hanson agreed to make a net  capital
contribution  to the Company so that the Company's combined indebtedness, net of
cash (including restricted cash) and  cash equivalents, would be $2.017  billion
as  of  October 1,  1996,  after giving  pro  forma effect  to  the sale  of the
Discontinued Businesses and the Tender Offer.
 
                                       31
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
     Pre-Demerger Notes. The  Demerger resulted  in a  change-in-control of  the
Issuer  within the  meaning of the  indenture governing  the Pre-Demerger Notes.
Accordingly, on October 18, 1996, the Issuer commenced the Tender Offer for  any
and  all Pre-Demerger Notes. The  Tender Offer will expire  on December 17, 1996
unless  required  by  applicable  law   to  be  extended.  If  all   outstanding
Pre-Demerger Notes are tendered and purchased on that date, the Repurchase Price
will  be approximately $1.1 billion. The required  funds will be provided by the
net proceeds  of  the  Offering  and,  to  the  extent  such  net  proceeds  are
insufficient, borrowings under the Credit Facility.
 
     Effective  as of September 18, 1996, the instruments governing the terms of
the Pre-Demerger  Notes were  amended to  (i) specifically  permit the  Demerger
without  compliance by the  Issuer or Hanson,  as the case  may be, with certain
covenants relating  to  consolidations, mergers  or  transfers of  assets,  (ii)
specifically  permit the prepayment  by the Issuer of  the Allocated Loan, (iii)
provide that the delivery by the Company of certain financial information  shall
satisfy  the covenant to deliver financial information in respect of the Issuer,
and (iv) eliminate  the limitations on  the grant of  security interests in  the
assets  and properties of the Issuer or  its subsidiaries and the limitations on
incurrence  of  additional  indebtedness  by  subsidiaries  of  the  Issuer.  In
connection  with the solicitation of consents  for the foregoing amendments, the
Issuer paid  consenting  holders a  consent  fee aggregating  $1.5  million.  On
October  1, 1996,  the indenture  governing the  Pre-Demerger Notes  was further
amended to provide that  the Issuer's obligations  thereunder are guaranteed  by
the Company.
 
     Capital  Expenditure Commitments. The Company made capital expenditures for
its continuing  operations of  $223 million,  $201 million,  $276 million,  $109
million  and $28 million in  the nine months ended  September 30, 1996 and 1995,
and in 1995,  fiscal 1994 and  fiscal 1993, respectively.  In addition,  Quantum
Chemical  made capital  expenditures of  $95 million  for the  nine months ended
September  30,  1993.  The  Company  anticipates  that  it  will  make   capital
expenditures  totalling approximately $300 million  during 1996 ($223 million of
which were made during the nine months ended September 30, 1996), including $160
million for  production capacity  expansion projects  at Quantum  Chemical,  $42
million  at  SCM  Chemicals  and  $14  million  at  Glidco,  as  described under
'Business.' The Company anticipates funding these capital expenditures with  the
Company's  internally generated cash  and borrowings under  the Credit Facility.
Based on existing market conditions, the Company currently expects to reduce the
level of  capital  expenditures  in  1997.  However,  the  Company  continuously
evaluates  its level  of capital expenditures  in light of  current and expected
market conditions, opportunities to  create value and exceptional  requirements.
Accordingly,  at present there  can be no  assurance as to  the level of capital
expenditures in 1997.
 
CERTAIN ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
     The Company's  costs  and  operating  expenses  relating  to  environmental
matters  were approximately  $67 million, $61  million and $60  million in 1995,
fiscal 1994  and fiscal  1993, respectively.  These amounts  cover, among  other
things,  the Company's routine measures to  prevent, contain and clean up spills
of materials  that  may  occur  in the  ordinary  course  of  business.  Capital
expenditures for environmental compliance and remediation were approximately $22
million  and $7 million in 1995 and  fiscal 1994, respectively, and are expected
to total $25 million in 1996. In addition, capital expenditures for projects  in
the  normal course of  operations and major  expansions include costs associated
with the environmental impact of those  projects which are inseparable from  the
overall  project cost. Capital  expenditures and, to a  lesser extent, costs and
operating expenses relating to environmental  matters for years after 1995  will
be  subject to evolving regulatory requirements and will depend on the amount of
time required to obtain necessary permits and approvals.
 
     Certain Company subsidiaries have been named as defendants, PRPs, or  both,
in  a number of  environmental proceedings associated  with waste disposal sites
and facilities currently or  previously owned, operated or  used by the  Company
subsidiaries  or their predecessors, some of  which disposal sites or facilities
are on the Superfund National Priorities List of the EPA or similar state lists.
These proceedings seek cleanup  costs, damages for  personal injury or  property
damage,  or both.  Certain of these  proceedings involve  claims for substantial
amounts individually  ranging in  estimates from  $300,000 to  $45 million.  The
Company  believes that the  range of potential liability  for the above matters,
collectively, which primarily relate to environmental remediation activities and
other environmental
 
                                       32
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
proceedings, is  between $130  million and  $180 million  and has  accrued  $180
million  as of September 30, 1996. One potentially significant matter in which a
Company subsidiary is a  PRP is alleged  PCB contamination of  a section of  the
Kalamazoo  River from Kalamazoo, Michigan to  Lake Michigan for which a remedial
investigation/feasibility  study  is   currently  being  undertaken.   Potential
remediation  costs related to this matter that are reasonably probable have been
included in the collective  range of potential liability  referred to above,  as
well as in the loss accrual on the Company's balance sheet. In addition, certain
Company subsidiaries have contractual obligations to indemnify the purchasers of
certain  discontinued operations  against certain  environmental liabilities and
the Company has agreed to indemnify  Hanson and the Hanson Subsidiaries  against
certain of such contractual indemnification obligations pursuant to the Demerger
Transactions.  See 'Agreements  between the Company  and Hanson  Relating to the
Demerger -- Indemnification Agreements.' No  assurance can be given that  actual
costs  will not exceed accrued amounts for sites and indemnification obligations
for which estimates have been made and no assurance can be given that costs will
not be incurred  with respect  to sites  and indemnification  obligations as  to
which no estimate presently can be made.
 
     Several   Company  subsidiaries  have  asserted  claims  and/or  instituted
litigation against their insurance carriers alleging that all, or a portion,  of
the  past and future costs of  investigating, monitoring and conducting response
actions at previously or currently owned and/or operated properties and off-site
landfills are the subject of  coverage under various insurance policies.  During
1995, a Company subsidiary entered settlement agreements in one such case with a
number   of   insurance  carriers   relating   to  coverage   for  environmental
contamination at present and  former plant and landfill  sites in the  aggregate
amount  of approximately  $60 million, of  which $47 million  has been received,
with the balance  of such payments  being made over  time. In addition,  several
Company  subsidiaries have asserted claims  and/or instituted litigation against
various entities alleging that they are responsible for all or a portion of such
costs.  Management  is  unable  to  predict  the  outcome  of  such  claims  and
litigation.  Accordingly, for  purposes of financial  reporting and establishing
provisions, the Company has not assumed any such recoveries except where payment
has been  received or  the amount  of liability  or contribution  by such  other
parties has been agreed.
 
     The  Company  cannot  predict  whether  future  developments  in  laws  and
regulations concerning environmental protection will affect its earnings or cash
flow in  a materially  adverse manner  or whether  its operating  units will  be
successful  in meeting future  demands of regulatory agencies  in a manner which
will not materially adversely affect the Company's combined financial condition,
results of operations or liquidity.
 
EFFECT OF INFLATION
 
     Because of the relatively low level of inflation experienced in the  United
States,  inflation  did not  have a  material impact  on the  Company's combined
results of operations for the first nine months of 1996 and in 1995, fiscal 1994
or fiscal 1993.
 
FOREIGN CURRENCY MATTERS
 
     The  functional  currency  of  each  of  the  Company's  non-United  States
operations  (principally the operations  of SCM Chemicals  in the United Kingdom
and Australia), is  the local currency.  The impact of  currency translation  in
combining  the results of  operations and financial  position of such operations
has not  been  material to  the  combined  financial position  of  the  Company.
Additionally,  the Company  generates revenue from  exports (see Note  11 to the
Combined Financial Statements) and revenue from operations conducted outside the
United States which may be denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar,
British pound or Australian dollar. Results from such transactions aggregated  a
$3  million loss in the first  nine months of 1996 and  gains of $13 million, $2
million and $2 million, respectively, in 1995, fiscal 1994 and fiscal 1993.
 
                                       33

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
     The Company is engaged, through Quantum Chemical, SCM Chemicals and Glidco,
in  the manufacture of  a broad range of  commodity, industrial, performance and
specialty chemicals. Each  of these  units has a  long operating  history and  a
leading position in its markets.
 
     In  connection  with the  forward-looking  statements which  appear  in the
following information, prospective purchasers of the Securities should carefully
review  the  Cautionary   Statements  referred  to   in  'Disclosure   Regarding
Forward-Looking  Statements',  'Risk Factors'  and 'Management's  Discussion and
Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  --  Historical
Cyclicality of Significant Components of the Company's Operations.'
 
     References  to  the Company's  rated capacity  and production  capacity are
based upon engineering assessments  made by the  Company. Actual production  may
vary  depending  on  a  number of  factors  including  feedstocks,  product mix,
unscheduled maintenance and demand.
 
     The following  discussion  includes  trademarks  of  the  Company  and  its
subsidiaries,  such  as  QUANTUM'r',  PETROTHENE'r',  PUNCTILIOUS'r', PLEXAR'r',
SPECTRATECH'r', MICROTHENE'r', TiONA'r', SiLCRON'r' and SiL-PROOF'r', as well as
other trade names and product names.
 
STRATEGY
 
     The Company's  strategy is  to  maximize long-term  cash flow  and  thereby
create  value through  improved efficiency  at existing  operations, disciplined
capital expenditures, selective  dispositions, selective  acquisitions of  other
chemical  businesses and the reduction of leverage. In addition to building upon
its leading market  positions in existing  lines of business,  the Company  will
seek to expand its operations worldwide, focus its production on more profitable
value-added products and increase the proportion of its businesses that are less
cyclical  in nature.  The Company emphasizes  stock ownership  by management and
links a significant portion of  management's compensation to the achievement  of
performance  targets, including targets based on 'economic value added' concepts
and the Company's performance relative to its industry peers.
 
     The following are the key elements of the Company's strategy:
 
       Continue  to  Expand  Existing  Businesses.  The  Company  will  seek  to
capitalize  upon the leading market positions of Quantum Chemical, SCM Chemicals
and Glidco by expanding in domestic and international markets, particularly Asia
and the Pacific Rim, through capital expenditures and selective acquisitions. In
1995, Quantum Chemical and SCM Chemicals spent approximately $57 million and $55
million, respectively, on various expansion and debottlenecking projects; in the
first nine  months  of 1996,  they  spent  approximately $136  million  and  $24
million,  respectively, on such projects and they  expect to spend a further $39
million and $18 million, respectively, during the balance of the year.  Projects
completed  or substantially completed during 1996 are expected to expand Quantum
Chemical's  linear  low  density  polyethylene  and  high  density  polyethylene
production  capacity  by  approximately  17%  and  11%,  respectively,  and  SCM
Chemicals'  TiO2  capacity  (after   reflecting  the  sulfate-process   capacity
reductions  announced in July 1996) by approximately  4%, in each case from 1995
levels. Another  project, scheduled  to be  completed  by the  end of  1998,  is
expected  to increase  Quantum Chemicals' acetic  acid capacity by  33% from its
1995 level.  To address  current market  conditions in  the TiO2  industry,  SCM
Chemicals   has  determined  to  delay  completion   of  the  expansion  of  its
Stallingborough, England chloride-process plant until December 1998 and  rephase
the  expansion of its  Kemerton, Western Australia  chloride-process plant until
such time as market conditions improve.
 
       Maintain Low-Cost  Position  in  Commodity,  Industrial  and  Performance
Chemicals.  The  Company  will  seek  to  increase  the  competitiveness  of its
commodity, industrial  and performance  chemicals  businesses by  improving  the
efficiency  of existing operations through ongoing investment in technology, new
processes and equipment. Quantum Chemical  will continue to pursue  productivity
improvements  and  cost  reductions  to  increase  profitability  throughout its
business cycle.  Productivity  measured  as pounds  produced  per  employee  has
increased  every year since 1990  for a cumulative improvement  of 125% over the
five years ended September 30,  1995. Permanent annual savings of  approximately
$18  million and  $30 million, principally  due to the  reengineering of Quantum
Chemical's manufacturing and distribution facilities, were achieved in the  nine
months  ended September 30,  1996 and in 1995,  respectively, bringing the total
savings  since   1992  to   approximately   $125  million.   Quantum   Chemicals
 
                                       34
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
expects  to achieve improvements in the unit cost  of acetic acid as a result of
the conversion of its Syngas  plant from residuum oil  to natural gas, which  is
expected  to be  completed by the  end of  1996. SCM Chemicals  has continued to
improve its competitive cost position by realizing increased economies of  scale
and through the installation of improved manufacturing technologies.
 
       Increase  Production and  Marketing of Value-Added  Products. The Company
will seek to  expand its  position as a  supplier of  less cyclical  value-added
specialty  chemicals, which historically command  higher margins than commodity,
industrial and performance  chemicals, principally by  developing and  acquiring
new  technology  and applications.  In  the first  nine  months of  1996, Glidco
quadrupled  its   capacity  to   produce   the  specialty   fragrance   chemical
dihydromyrcenol and increased its linalool and geraniol capacity by 20% (in each
case  from 1995  levels) in  order to  meet growing  worldwide demand  for these
products. In addition,  in January 1996  Glidco established a  sales office  and
warehouse space in Singapore to serve the growing market in the Pacific Rim.
 
       Emphasize  Management Stock Ownership and Performance-Based Compensation.
In order to align  the interests of the  Company's management and  stockholders,
the  Company has established guidelines for significant investment by management
in Common  Stock. In  addition, management's  annual incentive  compensation  is
dependent upon the achievement of targets based upon operating profit and return
on  capital  employed, and  management's  long-term compensation  (including the
vesting of 75%  of the  awards of restricted  stock made  shortly following  the
Demerger)  is dependent upon the achievement of targets based on 'economic value
added' concepts and the  Company's performance relative  to industry peers.  For
information   relating   to   these  guidelines   and   plans,   see  'Executive
Compensation.'
 
       Provide a Safe and Ethical Workplace. The Company seeks to provide a safe
and ethical workplace environment  that encourages open communication,  personal
development, teamwork and reward for positive contribution to the achievement of
its goals.
 
PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS
 
     The principal products of the Company are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              PRODUCT                                                    USES
- ------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>
QUANTUM CHEMICAL
Polyethylene and Related Products
     Low Density Polyethylene
       ('LDPE').....................  Packaging  for  meats and  produce, household  wraps, toys,  housewares and
                                      coatings for paper, milk and juice cartons.
     High Density Polyethylene
       ('HDPE').....................  Blow-molded bottles  for milk,  juices  and detergents,  industrial  drums,
                                      injection-molded  household goods  and toys, consumer  packaging and liners
                                      for landfills.
     Linear Low Density Polyethylene
       ('LLDPE')....................  Heavy duty bags, stretch wrap,  container lids, trash and merchandise  bags
                                      and toys.
     Ethylene.......................  A raw material for polyethylene and other chemical and polymer products.
Acetyls and Alcohol
     Vinyl Acetate Monomer
       ('VAM')......................  A  raw material for polymers used as  a binder in adhesives and water-based
                                      paints; in copolymer resin used in packaging films; and in the  manufacture
                                      of safety glass and in textile applications.
     Acetic Acid....................  A  raw material for VAM, plastics,  dyes, pharmaceutical and other chemical
                                      compounds.
     Methanol.......................  A raw  material  for  acetic  acid, MTBE,  formaldehyde  and  solvents  for
                                      chemicals, coatings, inks and adhesives.
     Ethyl Alcohol..................  Personal  care products,  pharmaceutical and  household cleaning  and other
                                      consumer products.
     Ethyl Ether....................  Laboratory  reagents,  gasoline  and  diesel  engine  starting  fluids  and
                                      smokeless gun powder.
</TABLE>
 
                                       35
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              PRODUCT                                                    USES
- ------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>
Specialty Polymer Products
     Polypropylene..................  Battery   cases,  automotive  components,   packaging  materials,  luggage,
                                      housewares and appliance parts.
     Colors and Concentrates........  Stock and customer colorants,  anti-block, anti-static and slip  additives,
                                      ultraviolet   inhibitors,  foaming   agents,  processing   aids  and  flame
                                      retardants.
     Wire and cable resins..........  Insulation for power cable, communications cable, CATV and automotive wire.
     Adhesive tie layers............  Food and medical packaging.
     Hot melt adhesive resins.......  Sealants, caulks and adhesives.
     Fuel additives.................  Diesel fuel pour point depressants.
     Rotomolding powders............  Tanks, ductwork, bins, toys and automotive parts.
     Polymeric powders..............  Coatings for glass, metal, paper, textiles, carpets and other plastics,  as
                                      well as processing aids for polyesters.
SCM CHEMICALS
Titanium Dioxide and Related
  Products
     Titanium Dioxide ('TiO2')......  A  pigment produced in  differentiated forms used in  a variety of consumer
                                      and industrial products, including paints and coatings, paper, plastics and
                                      elastomers.
     Titanium Tetrachloride
       ('TiCl4')....................  Used primarily to manufacture  titanium metal for aerospace,  anticorrosion
                                      and medical applications.
     Colored Pigments...............  Artist's colors, durable plastics and automotive coatings.
     Silica Gel.....................  Coatings, food and personal care products.
GLIDCO
Fragrance and Flavor Chemicals
     Turpentine derivatives.........  Fragrance, flavor, pharmaceutical and industrial applications.
</TABLE>
 
QUANTUM CHEMICAL
 
     The  following table  sets forth information  concerning Quantum Chemical's
production capacity for certain of its products:
 
                        QUANTUM CHEMICAL RATED CAPACITY
              (MILLIONS OF POUNDS PER ANNUM, EXCEPT AS INDICATED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         ANTICIPATED
                                                                           1995      CAPACITY BY DECEMBER
                               PRODUCT                                   CAPACITY          31, 1996
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------   --------    --------------------
<S>                                                                      <C>         <C>
LDPE..................................................................     1,555             1,555
LLDPE.................................................................     1,035*            1,215
HDPE..................................................................     1,660             1,850
Ethylene..............................................................     3,500             3,800
Acetic Acid...........................................................       900             1,200**
VAM...................................................................       800               800
Methanol..............................................................       140***            200***
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
  * Includes 250 million pounds of recently restarted LLDPE capacity at  Quantum
    Chemical's Morris, Illinois facility.
 
 ** By December 31, 1998.
 
*** Millions of gallons.
 
                                       36
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
POLYETHYLENE AND RELATED PRODUCTS
 
     Quantum  Chemical is  the largest United  States manufacturer  of LDPE, the
second largest United  States producer  of HDPE  and the  fourth largest  United
States producer of LLDPE, based on reported production capacities.
 
     Quantum  Chemical's  polyethylene  plants are  capable  of  producing 1,555
million pounds of LDPE, 1,035 million  pounds of LLDPE and 1,660 million  pounds
of  HDPE annually.  Quantum Chemical currently  manufactures all  three types of
polyethylene at  its  La  Porte,  Texas  production  complex.  In  addition,  it
manufactures  LDPE at its Morris, Illinois, Port Arthur, Texas and Clinton, Iowa
complexes, HDPE at its Clinton, Port Arthur and Chocolate Bayou, Texas complexes
and LLDPE at its Morris complex. The  Morris and Clinton complexes are the  only
polyethylene  facilities  located  in  the  Midwest  and  enjoy  a  freight cost
advantage over Gulf Coast producers in  delivering products to customers in  the
Midwest  and  on  the  East  Coast  of  the  United  States.  Quantum Chemical's
polyethylene manufacturing  facilities operated  at  an average  operating  rate
(based  on capacity)  of 84% during  the first  nine months of  1996, 87% during
1995, 85% during fiscal 1994 and 81% during fiscal 1993.
 
     In 1996,  Quantum  Chemical  undertook capital  projects  to  increase  its
production capacity with respect to LLDPE and HDPE by approximately 17% and 11%,
respectively,  from  1995  levels. These  projects  include the  restart  of 250
million pounds  of  LLDPE  capacity  at  Morris,  Illinois  in  June  1996,  the
conversion  of  300 million  pounds of  LLDPE  capacity at  Port Arthur  to HDPE
production and construction of a  480 million pound gas  phase LLDPE unit at  La
Porte,  which is expected to be fully operational in February 1997. Expenditures
for these  projects  were and  are  being  funded by  the  Company's  internally
generated cash and borrowings under the Credit Facility.
 
     Ethylene   is  the  principal  raw  material  used  in  the  production  of
polyethylene. Quantum  Chemical  is  currently capable  of  producing  over  3.5
billion  pounds  of ethylene  per  annum at  its  La Porte,  Morris  and Clinton
complexes. Through plant expansions and debottlenecking projects, Quantum is  on
target  to increase its annual ethylene production capacity to approximately 3.8
billion pounds by December 1996.
 
     In addition to producing its own ethylene, Quantum Chemical has  contracted
to  purchase significant  amounts of  ethylene from  Gulf Coast  producers under
certain long-term agreements at prices based on market prices. Quantum  Chemical
sells  on the spot market ethylene supplies  in excess of its requirements. Spot
prices fluctuate and may  be significantly less  than, or significantly  greater
than, the prices that Quantum Chemical has paid for the ethylene purchased under
its  long-term agreements. Quantum Chemical's ethylene purchase obligations will
begin to  decline in  December 1996  and will  be eliminated  by December  2000,
unless Quantum Chemical determines to seek extensions or new agreements. Quantum
Chemical's purchases of ethylene under these contracts approximated $137 million
in the first nine months of 1996 and $194 million, $143 million and $200 million
in  1995, fiscal 1994 and fiscal  1993, respectively. Sales of lesser quantities
of excess ethylene  into the  spot market during  the same  periods resulted  in
losses of $9.8 million, $260,000, $6.4 million and $16 million, respectively.
 
     Quantum  Chemical is  currently participating  in a  feasibility study with
Lyondell Petrochemical  Company  and Union  Carbide  Corporation relating  to  a
jointly  owned ethylene plant that  would have an annual  capacity of 1.5 to 2.0
billion pounds and be scheduled to be operational in 2000. If the parties  agree
to proceed, as to which there can be no assurance, management estimates that the
Company's  proportionate additional capacity  would be approximately  500 to 667
million pounds per annum and its capital expenditure commitment would be in  the
range  of approximately  $175 million  to $200 million,  to be  spent over three
years.
 
     The feedstocks  for ethylene  are natural  gas liquids,  including  ethane,
propane  and butane.  Quantum purchases large  amounts of  these feedstocks from
outside sources and  converts them  into ethylene,  propylene and  a variety  of
marketable  by-products at La  Porte, Morris and Clinton.  While the Company has
agreements providing for the supply of these feedstocks, the contractual  prices
of  these  feedstocks  vary  with  market conditions  and  are  at  times highly
volatile. See 'Risk Factors -- Price Volatility of Certain Raw Materials.'
 
                                       37
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
     Polyethylene is manufactured in  pellet form and  shipped in North  America
primarily  by railcar in 180,000 pound lots.  The remainder is shipped in 40,000
pound hopper trucks, 1,000 pound boxes and 50 pound bags.
 
     Quantum Chemical  sells  its polyethylene  products  in the  United  States
primarily  through its own sales organization. It generally engages export sales
agents to  market its  products in  the rest  of the  world. Quantum  Chemical's
polyethylene operations have an extensive customer base.
 
     Quantum  Chemical's  polyethylene  operations  are  subject  to substantial
competition from other United States and non-United States producers,  including
some  of the world's largest  chemical and integrated oil  companies such as Dow
Chemical,  Union  Carbide  Corporation,  Phillips  Petroleum  Company,   Novacor
Chemical,  Chevron  Chemical,  Exxon Chemical,  Lyondell  Petrochemical Company,
Eastman  Chemical  Company,  Solvay  Polymers,  Formosa  Plastics  and  Westlake
Polymers.  Quantum Chemical competes in the  polyethylene market on the basis of
price, product performance and technical service.
 
ACETYLS AND ALCOHOL
 
     Acetic Acid and VAM. Quantum Chemical  is the second largest United  States
producer of both acetic acid and VAM, based on reported production capacity. Its
acetic  acid  plant at  La Porte  has  an annual  capacity of  approximately 900
million pounds.  Quantum Chemical  uses  approximately 60%  of its  acetic  acid
production  to  produce  VAM  at  La Porte,  which  has  an  annual  capacity of
approximately  800   million   pounds.   It   is   anticipated   that   proposed
debottlenecking  projects  will  expand Quantum  Chemical's  annual  acetic acid
production capacity to 1.2 billion pounds by 1998.
 
     Quantum Chemical's principal competitors in  the production of acetic  acid
and/or VAM are Hoechst-Celanese, American Acetyls, Union Carbide Corporation and
E.I. Dupont de Nemours & Co.
 
     Methanol.  Quantum Chemical produces methanol  and operates a synthesis gas
unit at  La Porte.  Synthesis gas,  a mixture  of carbon  monoxide and  hydrogen
formed by the partial oxidation of a hydrocarbon, is the principal feedstock for
methanol.  The methanol plant has an annual  capacity of 200 million gallons but
an effective capacity of approximately  140 million gallons due to  insufficient
feedstock  from the synthesis gas unit. Quantum Chemical is currently converting
the synthesis  gas plant  from  using residual  crude  oil (residuum)  to  using
natural  gas as a feedstock. When the conversion is completed, which is expected
to occur in November 1996, Quantum Chemical expects that its methanol plant will
have sufficient feedstock  to operate  at full capacity.  Quantum Chemical  uses
approximately  75  million  gallons  of  the  methanol  it  produces  for  other
production processes, including the manufacture of acetic acid.
 
     Ethyl Alcohol and  Ethyl Ether. Quantum  Chemical produces synthetic  ethyl
alcohol  at  its Tuscola,  Illinois  plant by  a  direct hydration  process that
combines water and ethylene. Quantum Chemical  also owns and operates plants  at
Tuscola,  Illinois, Newark,  New Jersey  and Anaheim,  California for denaturing
ethyl alcohol by  the addition of  certain chemicals. In  addition, it  produces
small  volumes of ethyl ether, a by-product  of its ethyl alcohol production, at
Tuscola. Tuscola has an annual  production capacity of approximately 50  million
gallons  of synthetic ethyl alcohol and approximately 5 million gallons of ethyl
ether.
 
SPECIALTY POLYMER PRODUCTS
 
     Quantum Chemical produces specialty polymer products, which are essentially
enhanced grades of  polyethylene and polypropylene.  The Company believes  that,
over  a business cycle, average selling  prices and profit margins for specialty
polymers  tend  to  be  higher  than  selling  prices  and  profit  margins  for
higher-volume commodity polyethylenes.
 
     Polypropylene.  Quantum Chemical manufactures polypropylene using propylene
produced as  a by-product  of  its ethylene  production,  as well  as  purchased
propylene,  at Morris. The plant has the  capacity to produce 280 million pounds
annually for various applications in  the automotive, housewares and  appliances
industries.
 
                                       38
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
     Colors  and Concentrates.  Quantum Chemical produces  color concentrates at
its facilities in Crockett, Texas, Fairport Harbor, Ohio and Heath, Ohio.  Color
concentrates and compounds are specialty polyethylenes that are impregnated with
pigments for sale to converters, who mix the concentrates with larger volumes of
polymers, including polyethylene, to produce colored plastics.
 
     Wire   and  Cable  Resins.  Quantum   Chemical  produces  polyethylene  and
polypropylene resins  used in  various wire  and cable  applications,  including
insulation  and jacketing  for telecommunications, CATV,  electrical power cable
and automotive wiring.
 
     Adhesive Tie Layers.  Quantum Chemical produces  adhesive tie layer  resins
which  are  extrudable  adhesive resins  used  to bond  dissimilar  materials in
multi-layer structures, such as food and medical packages.
 
     Hot Melt Adhesives.  Quantum Chemical  produces hot  melt adhesive  resins,
which  are  specialty resins  used in  the manufacture  of sealants,  caulks and
adhesives.
 
     Rotomolding Powders.  Quantum  Chemical produces  rotomolding  polyethylene
powders,  which are used  in rotomolding, a  specialized process for fabricating
large hollow plastic objects such as tanks, bins, toys and automotive parts.
 
     Polymeric Powders. Quantum Chemical produces polymeric powders, which are a
form of  powdered  polyethylene used  to  coat glass,  metal,  paper,  textiles,
carpets and other plastics.
 
                                       39
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
QUANTUM CHEMICAL'S MANUFACTURING INTEGRATION
 
     The  following  chart is  a simplified  illustration of  Quantum Chemical's
integration of manufacturing processes and material flows.
 
 
                                [CHART] 
 
 
SCM CHEMICALS
 
TITANIUM DIOXIDE AND RELATED PRODUCTS
 
     Titanium Dioxide. SCM Chemicals  is the third largest  producer of TiO2  in
the  world and the second largest producer of TiO2 in the United States. TiO2 is
a white pigment used for imparting  whiteness, brightness and opacity in a  wide
range   of  products,  including  paints   and  coatings,  paper,  plastics  and
elastomers.
 
                                       40
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
     The following  table  sets  forth  information  concerning  SCM  Chemicals'
present  production  capacity  for  TiO2  using  the  chloride-process  and  the
sulfate-process discussed below:
 
                          SCM CHEMICALS RATED CAPACITY
                               (TONNES PER ANNUM)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             ANTICIPATED
                                                                                             CAPACITY BY
                             PROCESS                                  1995 CAPACITY       DECEMBER 31, 1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------   -----------------    -------------------
 
<S>                                                                 <C>                  <C>
Chloride.........................................................       377,000 (83%)        429,000 (90.6%)
Sulfate(1).......................................................        76,000 (17%)         44,000 ( 9.4%)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) The reduction in profitability of SCM Chemicals' anatase business associated
    with the sulfate-process operations led, in the nine months ended  September
    30,  1996, to  a $60  million write-down  of the  carrying value  of related
    assets and provision of $15 million for the costs related to the closure  of
    certain  sulfate-process production as  discussed in Note  4 to the Combined
    Financial Statements. In July 1996, SCM Chemicals announced its intention to
    close its 10,000 tonne sulfate-process plant in Stallingborough, England and
    to scale back production  at its United  States sulfate-process facility  by
    approximately  one-third or  22,000 tonnes.  SCM Chemicals  will continue to
    review its  business and  this could  lead  to a  further reduction  in  its
    sulfate-process  TiO2 capacity and the eventual closure of its United States
    sulfate-process facility if market conditions  do not warrant its  continued
    operation.  SCM  Chemicals'  sulfate-process  manufacturing  operations have
    historically operated at a marginal level.
 
     TiO2 is produced in two crystalline forms: rutile and anatase. Rutile  TiO2
is a more tightly packed crystal that has a higher refractive index than anatase
TiO2   and,  therefore,  better  opacification  and  tinting  strength  in  many
applications. Some rutile TiO2  products also provide  better resistance to  the
harmful  effects  of weather.  Rutile  TiO2 is  the  preferred form  for  use in
coatings, ink  and plastics.  Anatase TiO2  has a  bluer undertone  and is  less
abrasive  than rutile TiO2.  It is often  preferred for use  in paper, ceramics,
rubber and man-made fibers.
 
     TiO2 producers process titaniferous ores that range from brown to black  in
color  to extract a white pigment, using  one of two different technologies. The
older sulfate-process is a wet chemical process that uses concentrated  sulfuric
acid  to extract the TiO2 in either  anatase or rutile form. The sulfate-process
generates significant  volumes of  by-products (including  copperas, gypsum  and
carbon   dioxide)  and  waste   iron  sulfate  and   sulfuric  acid.  The  newer
chloride-process is a  high temperature  process in  which chlorine  is used  to
extract the TiO2 in rutile form, with greater purity and higher control over the
size  distribution of the pigment particles than the sulfate-process permits. In
general, the chloride-process is also less intensive than the sulfate-process in
terms of capital investment, labor and energy and, because much of the  chlorine
can  be recycled,  it produces less  waste subject  to environmental regulation.
Once an intermediate TiO2 pigment has  been produced by either the chloride-  or
sulfate-process,  it  is 'finished'  into  a product  with  specific performance
characteristics  for   particular  end-use   applications  through   proprietary
processes involving surface treatment with various chemicals and combinations of
milling and micronizing.
 
                                       41
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
     The  following is a simplified illustration of SCM Chemicals' manufacturing
processes:
 
 
                                     [CHART] 
 
 
     Due to customer preferences, as well as economic and environmental factors,
the proportion of TiO2 industry  sales represented by chloride-process  pigments
has increased significantly relative to sulfate-process pigments during the last
ten  years and  currently represents  just over  half of  industry capacity. SCM
Chemicals is  the  world's second  largest  producer  of TiO2  by  the  chloride
production  process.  Approximately  91%  of  SCM  Chemicals'  expected year-end
worldwide production  capacity of  473,000 tonnes  per annum  will be  based  on
proprietary chloride-process technology.
 
     SCM  Chemicals'  eight TiO2  plants are  located in  the three  major world
markets for TiO2: North America, Western Europe and the fastest growing  market,
the  Asia/Pacific  region.  Its  North American  plants,  consisting  of  two in
Baltimore, Maryland  and three  in Ashtabula,  Ohio, have  aggregate  production
capacities  of 241,000 tonnes using the chloride-process and 66,000 tonnes using
the sulfate-process, respectively. SCM Chemicals' two plants in Stallingborough,
England have production capacities of  109,000 tonnes (scheduled to increase  to
150,000  tonnes by December 1998) using  the chloride- process and 10,000 tonnes
using the sulfate-process, respectively. In  July 1996, SCM Chemicals  announced
its   intention   to   close   its  10,000   tonne   sulfate-process   plant  in
Stallingborough, England  during the  second  half of  1996  and to  scale  back
production  at its 66,000 tonne  sulfate-process facility in Baltimore, Maryland
by approximately one-third or  22,000 tonnes. SCM  Chemicals' Kemerton plant  in
Western  Australia  has  a  production  capacity  of  79,000  tonnes  using  the
chloride-process. After reflecting  reductions in sulfate-process  manufacturing
capacity,  approximately 60% of SCM Chemicals'  TiO2 production capacity will be
located in the North American market,  approximately 23% will be located in  the
Western   European  market  and  approximately  17%   will  be  located  in  the
Asia/Pacific market.
 
     SCM Chemicals' plants operated at an  average of 87% of installed  capacity
during the first nine months of 1996, 97% of installed capacity during 1995, 93%
during fiscal 1994 and 95% during fiscal 1993.
 
     SCM  Chemicals plans to spend approximately  $120 million over 1996 through
1998  for  an   additional  debottlenecking  project   at  its   Stallingborough
chloride-process  plant that  is expected  to increase  annual TiO2  capacity by
41,000 tonnes. SCM Chemicals had previously  announced plans for a $340  million
expansion of its Kemerton, Western Australia chloride-process plant, involving a
new  production  line, which  would have  increased annual  TiO2 capacity  by an
additional 111,000  tonnes per  annum  by January  1999.  The project  has  been
rephased until market conditions improve. Expenditures
 
                                       42
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
under  the  revised  time frames  will  be  funded by  the  Company's internally
generated cash and  borrowings under  the Credit Facility  and, possibly,  under
other credit facilities permitted under the Credit Facility.
 
     Titanium-bearing  ores  used  in  the  TiO2  extraction  process (ilmenite,
natural rutile and leucoxene) occur as mineral sands and hard rock in many parts
of the world. Mining companies increasingly treat these natural ores to  extract
iron  and other minerals and produce slags or synthetic rutiles with higher TiO2
concentrations, resulting in lower  rates of waste  by-products during the  TiO2
production  process. Ores  are shipped  by bulk  carriers from  terminals in the
country  of  origin  to  TiO2  production  plants,  usually  located  near  port
facilities.  SCM  Chemicals obtains  ores from  a number  of suppliers  in South
Africa, Australia, Canada and Norway, generally pursuant to  three-to-eight-year
term  supply contracts.  RTZ's QIT  subsidiary, and  its affiliate  Richards Bay
Minerals, followed by RGC Limited, are the world's largest producers of titanium
ores and  accounted for  approximately 86%  of the  titanium ores  and  upgraded
titaniferous raw materials purchased by SCM Chemicals in 1995.
 
     Other  major raw  materials used  in the  production of  TiO2 are chlorine,
caustic soda,  petroleum  and  metallurgical coke,  aluminum,  sodium  silicate,
sulfuric  acid, oxygen,  nitrogen, natural  gas and  electricity. The  number of
sources for and availability  of these materials is  specific to the  particular
geographic  region  in  which  the  facility  is  located.  For  SCM  Chemicals'
Australian plant, chlorine and  caustic soda are  obtained exclusively from  one
supplier.  SCM  Chemicals  has  experienced tightness  in  various  raw material
markets, but not to an extent requiring curtailed production. There are  certain
risks related to the utilization of raw materials sourced from less developed or
developing  countries.  For  example,  the  titanium  ore  feedstock  market  is
currently tight, in part as a  result of political instability in Sierra  Leone,
which  has forced  the closure  of a  major natural  rutile mine.  SCM Chemicals
strives to maintain a balanced supply portfolio where possible. A number of  SCM
Chemicals'  raw  material  suppliers  are  significant  to  SCM  Chemicals  and,
accordingly, if one significant  supplier or a  number of significant  suppliers
were  unable to  meet their obligations  under present  supply arrangements, SCM
Chemicals could  suffer reduced  supplies and/or  be forced  to incur  increased
prices for its raw materials. Such an event could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
     Of  the total tonnes  of TiO2 sold  in 1995, approximately  63% was sold to
customers in the paint and coatings industry, approximately 17% to customers  in
the  plastics industry, approximately 17% to customers in the paper industry and
approximately 3%  to  other  customers. SCM  Chemicals'  ten  largest  customers
accounted  for approximately 31% of its TiO2 sales in 1995 and approximately 33%
of such  sales  in the  nine  months ended  September  30, 1996.  SCM  Chemicals
experiences  some seasonality in its sales  because sales of paints and coatings
are highest in the spring and summer months.
 
     TiO2 is sold either  directly by SCM  Chemicals to its  customers or, to  a
lesser  extent, through agents or distributors. It is distributed by rail, truck
and ocean carrier in either dry or slurry form.
 
     The global markets in  which the Company's TiO2  business operates are  all
highly  competitive. SCM  Chemicals competes  primarily on  the basis  of price,
product quality (including  the availability of  high performance products)  and
technical   service.  Certain  of  SCM  Chemicals'  competitors  are  vertically
integrated, producing  titanium-bearing ores  as well  as TiO2.  SCM  Chemicals'
major  competitors are E.I. DuPont de Nemours & Co., Tioxide (a unit of Imperial
Chemical Industries  PLC),  Kronos (a  unit  of NL  Industries)  and  Kerr-McGee
Chemicals  (both directly and through  various joint ventures). DuPont, Tioxide,
SCM  Chemicals,  Kronos  and  Kerr-McGee  Chemicals  collectively  account   for
approximately  61% of world production capacity. New plant capacity additions in
the TiO2  industry  are slow  to  develop  because of  the  substantial  capital
expenditure  and the substantial lead time (3-5 years typically for a new plant)
needed  for  planning,  obtaining   environmental  approvals,  construction   of
manufacturing  facilities and  arranging for  raw materials  supplies. TiO2 also
competes with  other whitening  agents which  are generally  less effective  but
cheaper.  Paper  manufacturers  have,  in  recent  years,  developed alternative
technologies which reduce the amount of TiO2 used in paper. For example,  kaolin
and  calcium carbonate are used extensively as fillers by paper manufacturers in
medium and lower priced products.
 
     Titanium Tetrachloride. SCM Chemicals manufactures a metallurgical grade of
TiCl4 at its Ashtabula, Ohio plant, primarily for sale to United States titanium
metal producers. TiCl4 is produced
 
                                       43
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
as an intermediate product in the chloride-process used for manufacturing  TiO2.
The  Company is the largest  merchant seller of TiCl4  in the United States and,
perhaps, the world.
 
     The majority of the Company's TiCl4  sales are of metallurgical grade  sold
to  titanium sponge producers who convert the product into titanium metal. Other
customers use TiCl4 to produce catalysts for chemical processes and  pearlescent
pigments  for metallic coatings  and cosmetics. Sales  are almost exclusively to
customers in  the United  States. TiCl4  is  distributed by  rail and  truck  as
anhydrous TiCl4 and as titanium oxychloride (an aqueous solution of TiCl4).
 
     Silica  Gel. SCM Chemicals produces  several grades of fine-particle silica
gel  at  its  St.  Helena  plant  in  Baltimore,  Maryland,  and  markets   them
internationally. Fine-particle silica gel is a chemically and biologically inert
form of silica with a particle size ranging from three to ten microns.
 
     The  Company's SiLCRON'r' brand of fine-particle silica is used in coatings
as  a  flattening  (gloss  reduction)  agent  and  to  provide   mar-resistance.
SiLCRON'r'  is also used in foods  and creams, lotions, and pastes. SiL-PROOF'r'
grades of fine-particle silica gel  are chill-proofing agents used to  stabilize
chilled  beer and prevent  clouding. They are  especially important in countries
that prohibit the  use of chemical  additives in beer.  Fine-particle silica  is
distributed in dry form in palletized bags by truck and ocean carrier.
 
     Colored  Pigments. SCM  Chemicals manufactures  a line  of cadmium-selenium
based colored pigments at its St. Helena plant and markets them internationally.
In addition to their  brilliance, cadmium colors are  light stable, heat  stable
and  insoluble. These properties  make them useful,  even irreplaceable, in such
applications as artists' colors, plastics and  glass colors. Due to concern  for
the  toxicity of  heavy metals including  cadmium, SCM  Chemicals has introduced
low-leaching cadmium-based  pigments  that  meet all  United  States  government
requirements  for landfill disposal of non-hazardous waste. Colored pigments are
distributed in dry form in drums by truck and ocean carrier.
 
GLIDCO
 
FRAGRANCE AND FLAVOR CHEMICALS
 
     Glidco is one of  the world's leading producers  of chemicals derived  from
crude  sulfate  turpentine  ('CST'),  a  by-product  of  the  kraft  process  of
papermaking, and is  the largest purchaser  and distiller of  CST in the  world.
Glidco's  primary turpentine-based products are intermediate fragrance chemicals
such as  linalool  and  geraniol,  which provide  the  starting  point  for  the
production  of  a number  of other  fragrance  ingredients. In  addition, Glidco
supplies materials for use as flavors  and some specialty products for a  number
of industrial applications.
 
     Glidco  operates  manufacturing  facilities  in  Jacksonville,  Florida and
Brunswick, Georgia. The Jacksonville site  has facilities for the  fractionation
of  turpentine into  alpha and  beta-pinene, sophisticated  equipment to further
upgrade fragrance chemical products, as well as the manufacturing facilities for
synthetic pine oil, anethole,  methyl chavicol and a  number of other  fragrance
chemicals. Brunswick produces linalool and geraniol from the much more plentiful
component  of crude turpentine,  alpha-pinene, utilizing a  proprietary and, the
Company believes, unique  technology. The  Company believes  that this  provides
Glidco  with a significant advantage in  raw material availability. Linalool and
geraniol produced at Brunswick are further processed at the Jacksonville site to
produce fragrance chemicals including  citral, citronellol and pseudoionone.  In
addition,  in 1996,  to meet the  growing worldwide  demand for dihydromyrcenol,
Glidco commissioned the world's largest dihydromyrcenol facility with a capacity
of over four million pounds per year at Brunswick.
 
     Glidco is  in the  process  of upgrading  and expanding  its  manufacturing
facilities  in  an  effort  to  expand its  production  capacity  and  to insure
continued compliance with environmental regulations. Glidco spent  approximately
$17  million on such  improvements in 1995.  In 1996, it  anticipates spending a
total of approximately $13  million, of which $10  million was spent during  the
first   nine  months  of  1996,  for  projects  including  construction  of  new
fractionation  columns   at   its   Jacksonville  plant   and   the   additional
dihydromyrcenol  capacity referred  to above.  These expenditures  have been and
will be funded by the Company's  internally generated cash and borrowings  under
the Credit Facility.
 
                                       44
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
     CST,  which is  Glidco's key  raw material,  is a  by-product of  the kraft
pulping process. Glidco purchases CST from approximately 50 pulp mills in  North
America.  Additionally, Glidco purchases  quantities of crude  turpentine or its
derivatives from Asia, Europe and South America as business conditions  dictate.
The Company believes that Glidco is the largest purchaser of CST in the world.
 
     Generally,  Glidco seeks to enter into long-term supply contracts with pulp
mills in order  to ensure a  stable supply of  CST. However, since  the sale  of
turpentine  generates relatively insignificant revenues and profits for the pulp
mills that  serve  as  Glidco's  principal  suppliers,  Glidco  has  experienced
tightness  in CST supply,  from time to time,  together with corresponding price
increases. Glidco attempts to work closely and cooperatively with its  suppliers
and  provide them  with incentives  to produce  turpentine. For  example, Glidco
employs two full-time employees whose sole  responsibility is to work with  pulp
mills to permit pulp mills to capture CST more efficiently and economically.
 
     The major use of fragrance chemicals is the production of perfumes, and the
major  consumers of perfumes worldwide are the soap and detergent manufacturers.
Glidco sells directly worldwide to major soap, detergent and fabric  conditioner
manufacturers  and fragrance compounders  and, to a  lesser extent, producers of
cosmetics and  toiletries.  Approximately  80%  of Glidco's  sales  are  to  the
fragrance  chemicals market, with additional  sales to the vitamin intermediates
market and the pine oil cleaners  and disinfectant market. Approximately 60%  of
Glidco's  sales are outside the United States;  in 1995 sales were transacted in
70 different countries. Sales are primarily done through its direct sales force,
while agents and distributors are used  in outlying areas where volume does  not
justify full-time sales coverage.
 
     The  markets  in  which  Glidco  competes  are  highly  competitive. Glidco
competes primarily on the basis of  quality, service and the ability to  conform
its  products to  the technical and  qualitative requirements  of its customers.
Glidco works  closely with  many  of its  customers  in developing  products  to
satisfy  their specific requirements. Glidco's  supply agreements with customers
are typically short-term in duration (up  to one year). Therefore, its  business
is  substantially  dependent  on  long-term  customer  relationships  based upon
quality, innovation and customer service. Customers from time to time change the
formulations of an end product in  which one of Glidco's fragrance chemicals  is
used,  which  may affect  demand  for that  particular  product produced  by the
Company. Glidco's ten largest customers  accounted for approximately 47% of  its
total  sales  in each  of 1995  and the  nine months  ended September  30, 1996.
Glidco's major competitors  are BASF,  Hoffman LaRoche, Kuraray  and Bush  Boake
Allen.
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
     The  Company's  expenditures  for  research  and  development  totalled $31
million in the first  nine months of  1996 and $42 million,  $46 million and  $7
million  in  1995,  fiscal  1994 and  fiscal  1993  (excluding  Quantum Chemical
expenditures  for  fiscal  1993),  respectively.  The  substantial  increase  in
research  and  development  expenditures  from fiscal  1993  to  fiscal  1994 is
attributable to the  inclusion of Quantum  Chemical's expenditures beginning  in
1994.  It  is  anticipated  that,  at  least  in  the  near  term,  research and
development expenditures should  continue at levels  comparable to, or  slightly
higher  than,  those of  1995  and fiscal  1994.  Quantum Chemical  has research
facilities in Cincinnati, Ohio and Morris, Illinois. SCM Chemicals has  research
facilities  in  Baltimore, Maryland,  Stallingborough,  U.K. and  Kemerton, near
Bunbury, Western  Australia. Glidco  has  research facilities  in  Jacksonville,
Florida. The Company's research effort is principally focused on improvements in
process   technology,  product  development,  technical  service  to  customers,
applications research and enhancing product quality.
 
INTERNATIONAL EXPOSURE
 
     The Company generates revenue  from exports (i.e., U.S.  dollar-denominated
sales  outside the United States by domestic operations) as well as revenue from
operations conducted  outside  the  United  States.  Export  sales  amounted  to
approximately  13%,  12% and  8%  of total  revenues  in the  nine  months ended
September 30, 1996 and in 1995  and fiscal 1994, respectively, reflecting  sales
by  Quantum Chemical, SCM  Chemicals and Glidco in  over 70 different countries.
Revenue from foreign operations  amounted to approximately 13%,  10% and 10%  of
total revenues in the nine months ended
 
                                       45
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
September  30,  1996  and in  1995  and fiscal  1994,  respectively, principally
reflecting the operations  of SCM Chemicals  in the United  Kingdom and  Western
Australia;  identifiable  assets of  the foreign  operations represented  13% of
total identifiable assets  at September 30,  1996 and 7%  of total  identifiable
assets  at  each  of December  31,  1995  and December  31,  1994, respectively,
principally  reflecting  the  assets  of  these  SCM  Chemicals  operations.  In
addition,  the Company  obtains a  portion of  its principal  raw materials from
sources outside  the United  States.  SCM Chemicals  obtains  ores used  in  the
production of TiO2 under long-term contracts from a number of suppliers in South
Africa,  Australia,  Canada  and Norway  and  Glidco  obtains a  portion  of its
requirements for crude turpentine or its derivatives from suppliers in Indonesia
and other Asian countries, Europe and South America.
 
     The Company's  export  sales and  foreign  manufacturing and  sourcing  are
subject  to the usual  risks of doing  business abroad, such  as fluctuations in
currency exchange rates, transportation delays and interruptions, political  and
economic instability and disruptions, restrictions on the transfer of funds, the
imposition  of duties and tariffs and import  and export controls and changes in
governmental policies. The Company's exposure to the risks associated with doing
business abroad may increase if, as intended, the Company expands its  worldwide
operations.
 
     The  functional currency of each of the Company's foreign operations is the
local currency. Historically,  the net  impact of currency  translation has  not
been  material to the Company's results of operations or financial position. See
'Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations -- Foreign Currency Matters.'
 
EQUITY INTEREST IN SUBURBAN PROPANE
 
     A  subsidiary of  Quantum Chemical  serves as  general partner  of Suburban
Propane Partners, a Delaware limited partnership whose common units trade on the
NYSE under the  symbol 'SPH.'  In 1996, in  connection with  its initial  public
offering,  Suburban Propane Partners acquired, through an operating partnership,
the propane business and  assets of Quantum  Chemical's former Suburban  Propane
division.  Suburban Propane is  the third largest retail  marketer of propane in
the United States,  serving more  than 700,000  active residential,  commercial,
industrial  and  agricultural  customers  from more  than  350  customer service
centers in more than 40  states. Suburban Propane's operations are  concentrated
in  the east  and west coast  regions of  the United States.  The retail propane
sales volume of Suburban  Propane was approximately  567 million gallons  during
its fiscal year ended September 28, 1996. Based on industry statistics, Suburban
Propane  believes that its retail propane sales volume constitutes approximately
6% of the United  States retail market  for propane. For  its fiscal year  ended
September  28, 1996, Suburban  Propane reported total  revenues of approximately
$707.9 million and net income of  approximately $26.9 million. At September  28,
1996,  Suburban Propane Partners  reported total assets  of approximately $807.4
million.
 
     Quantum Chemical has a 2%  general partnership interest and an  approximate
24%  subordinated limited  partnership interest,  each on  a combined  basis, in
Suburban Propane Partners  and the operating  partnership. Quantum Chemical  has
agreed,  subject to certain limitations, to contribute up to $43.6 million, on a
revolving basis, to  Suburban Propane Partners  to enhance its  ability to  make
quarterly  cash distributions to the limited partners through the quarter ending
March 31,  2001.  Under the  partnership  agreement governing  Suburban  Propane
Partners,  Suburban Propane Partners is managed by, or under the direction of, a
seven-member Board of Supervisors. Two of  the supervisors are appointed by  the
general   partner;  the  holders  of   the  limited  partnership  interests  and
subordinated limited partnership interests,  voting as a  class, elect three  of
the  supervisors; and  these five  supervisors elect  two executive  officers of
Suburban Propane Partners as the remaining two supervisors.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     At September  30,  1996,  the  Company had  approximately  6,980  full  and
part-time employees and contractors, of whom approximately 5,740 were engaged in
manufacturing,  420 were engaged in sales and distribution and 820 had corporate
and  administrative  responsibilities.  Approximately   15%  of  the   Company's
employees  are  represented  by  various  labor  unions.  Of  the  Company's  15
collective
 
                                       46
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
bargaining agreements, 11 expire  in 1997 and four  expire in 1998. The  Company
believes  that the  relations of its  operating subsidiaries  with employees and
unions are generally good.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
     The Company's  business  is  subject  to  extensive  regulation  under  the
Environmental  Laws in effect in the United  States and other countries in which
it  operates.  The  operation  of  any  chemical  manufacturing  plant  and  the
distribution of chemical products entail risks under Environmental Laws, many of
which  provide for substantial  fines and criminal  sanctions for violations and
there can  be  no assurance  that  material costs  or  liabilities will  not  be
incurred.  In particular, the production of ethylene, methanol, TiO2 and certain
other chemicals  involves the  handling,  manufacture or  use of  substances  or
compounds  that may be considered to be toxic or hazardous within the meaning of
certain Environmental Laws, and certain  operations have the potential to  cause
environmental  or other  damage. Potentially  significant expenditures  could be
required in connection with the repair or upgrade of facilities in order to meet
existing or new requirements under Environmental  Laws as well as in  connection
with the investigation and remediation of threatened or actual pollution.
 
     The  Company's  costs  and  operating  expenses  relating  to environmental
matters were approximately  $67 million, $61  million and $60  million in  1995,
fiscal  1994 and  fiscal 1993,  respectively. These  amounts cover,  among other
things, the Company's routine measures to  prevent, contain and clean up  spills
of  materials  that  may  occur  in the  ordinary  course  of  business. Capital
expenditures for environmental compliance and remediation were approximately $22
million and $7 million in 1995  and fiscal 1994, respectively, and are  expected
to  total $25 million in 1996. In addition, capital expenditures for projects in
the normal course of  operations and major  expansions include costs  associated
with  the environmental impact of those  projects which are inseparable from the
overall project cost. Capital  expenditures and, to a  lesser extent, costs  and
operating  expenses relating to environmental matters  for years after 1995 will
be subject to evolving regulatory requirements and will depend on the amount  of
time required to obtain necessary permits and approvals.
 
     From  time to time, various  agencies may serve cease  and desist orders or
notices of violation on an operating  unit or deny its applications for  certain
licenses  or permits, in each case alleging  that the practices of the operating
unit are not consistent with the  regulations or ordinances. In some cases,  the
relevant  operating unit may seek to meet  with the agency to determine mutually
acceptable methods of  modifying or  eliminating the practice  in question.  The
Company  believes that its operating units  should be able to achieve compliance
with the applicable regulations and ordinances in a manner which should not have
a material adverse effect on its business or results of operations. The Illinois
Attorney General's Office has  threatened to file  a complaint seeking  monetary
sanctions  for releases into the environment  at Quantum Chemical's Morris plant
in alleged  violation of  state regulations  and a  civil penalty  in excess  of
$100,000 could result.
 
     Certain  Company Subsidiaries have been named as defendants, PRPs, or both,
in a number of  environmental proceedings associated  with waste disposal  sites
and  facilities currently or  previously owned, operated or  used by the Company
Subsidiaries or their predecessors, some  of which disposal sites or  facilities
are  on the Superfund National Priorities List  of the U.S. EPA or similar state
lists. These  proceedings seek  cleanup costs,  damages for  personal injury  or
property  damage,  or  both. Certain  of  these proceedings  involve  claims for
substantial amounts  individually  ranging in  estimates  from $300,000  to  $45
million.  The Company  believes that  the range  of potential  liability for the
above matters, collectively, which primarily relate to environmental remediation
activities and other environmental proceedings, is between $130 million and $180
million and has accrued $180 million  as of September 30, 1996. One  potentially
significant  matter  in which  a  Company Subsidiary  is  a PRP  is  alleged PCB
contamination of a section  of the Kalamazoo River  from Kalamazoo, Michigan  to
Lake  Michigan for which a remedial investigation/feasibility study is currently
being undertaken. Potential remediation  costs related to  this matter that  are
reasonably  probable have  been included  in the  collective range  of potential
liability referred to above,  as well as  in the loss  accrual on the  Company's
balance  sheet.  The  accrual  also  reflects  the  fact  that  certain  Company
subsidiaries have contractual obligations to indemnify the purchasers of certain
discontinued  operations  against  certain  environmental  liabilities  and  the
Company  has  agreed to  indemnify Hanson  and  the Hanson  Subsidiaries against
 
                                       47
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
certain of such contractual indemnification obligations pursuant to the Demerger
Transactions. See 'Agreements  Between the  Company and Hanson  Relating to  the
Demerger.'  No assurance can be given that  actual costs will not exceed accrued
amounts for sites and indemnification obligations for which estimates have  been
made  and no assurance can be given that costs will not be incurred with respect
to sites and indemnification obligations as  to which no estimate presently  can
be made.
 
     Several   Company  subsidiaries  have  asserted  claims  and/or  instituted
litigation against their insurance carriers alleging that all, or a portion,  of
the  past and future costs of  investigating, monitoring and conducting response
actions at previously or currently owned and/or operated properties and off-site
landfills are the subject of  coverage under various insurance policies.  During
1995, a Company subsidiary entered settlement agreements in one such case with a
number   of   insurance  carriers   relating   to  coverage   for  environmental
contamination at present and  former plant and landfill  sites in the  aggregate
amount  of approximately  $60 million, of  which $47 million  has been received,
with the balance  of such payments  being made over  time. In addition,  several
Company  subsidiaries have asserted claims  and/or instituted litigation against
various entities alleging that they are responsible for all or a portion of such
costs.  Management  is  unable  to  predict  the  outcome  of  such  claims  and
litigation.  Accordingly, for  purposes of financial  reporting and establishing
provisions, the Company has not assumed any such recoveries except where payment
has been  received or  the amount  of liability  or contribution  by such  other
parties has been agreed.
 
     The  Company  cannot  predict  whether  future  developments  in  laws  and
regulations concerning environmental protection will affect its earnings or cash
flow in  a materially  adverse manner  or whether  its operating  units will  be
successful  in meeting future  demands of regulatory agencies  in a manner which
will not materially adversely affect the Company's combined financial condition,
results of operations or liquidity.
 
PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND LICENSES
 
     The Company's subsidiaries have numerous United States and foreign patents,
registered trademarks and trade names,  together with applications and  licenses
therefor.  Quantum  Chemical holds  available for  license to  responsible third
parties proprietary processes it has developed and has entered into a number  of
licensing   arrangements  with  respect  to  the  manufacture  of  polyethylene,
polypropylene and vinyl acetate  monomer. Quantum Chemical  is also licensed  by
others  in the  application of certain  processes. Significant  licenses held by
Quantum Chemical are the  British Petroleum fluid  bed polyethylene process  for
the  production of both LLDPE and HDPE, the Unipol process for the production of
LLDPE, certain processes  for the production  of polyethylene and  polypropylene
and  a British Petroleum  process for the production  of acetic acid. Generally,
upon expiration of the  licenses, the licensee continues  to be entitled to  use
the  technology without payment  of a royalty. SCM  Chemicals generally does not
license its proprietary processes to third parties or hold licenses from others.
While the  patents, licenses,  proprietary technologies  and trademarks  of  the
Company  Subsidiaries  are  considered important,  particularly  with  regard to
processing technologies such as  SCM Chemicals' proprietary chloride  production
process,  and  provide  certain  competitive advantages,  the  Company  does not
consider its  business  as a  whole  to be  materially  dependent upon  any  one
particular patent, license, proprietary technology or trademark.
 
                                       48
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
PROPERTIES
 
     Set  forth  below  is  a  list  of  the  Company's  principal manufacturing
facilities, all but one of which is owned. The Company's operating  subsidiaries
also lease warehouses, stores and offices.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        LOCATION                                                  PRODUCTS
- --------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                       <C>
Quantum Chemical
     Morris, Illinois...................................  LDPE; LLDPE; polypropylene; ethylene
     Clinton, Iowa......................................  LDPE; HDPE; ethylene; tie-layer resins
     LaPorte, Texas.....................................  Ethylene; methanol; LDPE; LLDPE; HDPE; VAM; acetic acid
     Chocolate Bayou, Texas.............................  HDPE
     Port Arthur, Texas.................................  LDPE; HDPE
     Crockett, Texas....................................  Colors and concentrates; wire and cable compounds
     Anaheim, California................................  Denatured ethyl alcohol
     Newark, New Jersey.................................  Denatured ethyl alcohol
     Fairport Harbor, Ohio (leased).....................  Wire and cable compounds, colors and concentrates
     Heath, Ohio........................................  Colors and concentrates
     Tuscola, Illinois..................................  Ethyl alcohol; ethyl ether; wire and cable compounds;
                                                          polyethylene powders
SCM Chemicals
     Baltimore, Maryland (Hawkins Point)................  TiO2
     Ashtabula, Ohio....................................  TiO2
                                                          TiCl4
     Stallingborough, England...........................  TiO2
     Bunbury, Western Australia.........................  TiO2
     Baltimore, Maryland (St. Helena)...................  Colors and silicas
Glidco
     Jacksonville, Florida..............................  Fragrance and flavor chemicals
     Brunswick, Georgia.................................  Fragrance and flavor chemicals
</TABLE>
 
     The  Company believes  that its properties  are well maintained  and are in
good operating condition.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     Together with other alleged past manufacturers of lead pigments for use  in
paint  and lead-based paint, a former subsidiary of a present Company subsidiary
has been  named  as  a defendant  or  third  party defendant  in  various  legal
proceedings  alleging  that  it  (through a  discontinued  operation)  and other
manufacturers are responsible for personal injury and property damage  allegedly
associated  with the use of lead pigments in paint. These proceedings consist of
four cases in the State of New York,  one of which has been brought by The  City
of  New  York,  a class  action  personal injury  case  filed on  behalf  of all
purportedly lead-poisoned children in Louisiana, a similar class action personal
injury case in  Ohio, two  personal injury cases  in Maryland  and one  personal
injury case in each of Pennsylvania and West Virginia. There can be no assurance
that  additional  litigation  will  not be  filed.  The  legal  proceedings seek
recovery under a  variety of  theories, including negligence,  failure to  warn,
breach   of   warranty,   conspiracy,   market   share   liability,   fraud  and
misrepresentation. The plaintiffs in these  actions generally seek to impose  on
the defendants responsibility for alleged damages and health concerns associated
with  the  use  of  lead-based paints.  These  cases  (except  the Pennsylvania,
Maryland and Louisiana  cases which are  on appeal following  judgments for  the
defense)  are in various  pre-trial stages. The  Company is vigorously defending
such litigation. Although liability, if any,  that may result is not  reasonably
capable  of estimation, the  Company currently believes  that the disposition of
such claims in the aggregate  should not have a  material adverse effect on  the
Company's  combined financial position, results  of operations or liquidity. The
pending legal proceedings referred to above  are as follows: Brenner et. al.  v.
American  Cyanamid Company, et. al., commenced in the Supreme Court of the State
of New York on November 9, 1993; The City of New York et. al. v. Lead Industries
Association, Inc., et. al., commenced in the  Supreme Court of the State of  New
York  on June  8, 1989;  Omar J.  Gates v.  American Cyanamid  Company, et. al.,
commenced   in   the   Supreme   Court   of   the   State   of   New   York   on
 
                                       49
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
March 13, 1996; Jennifer German, et. al. v. Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp. et.
al.  v.  Lead Industries  Association, Inc.,  et. al.,  commenced in  the United
States District Court, Southern District of New York on July 26, 1993;  Jackson,
et.  al. v. The  Glidden Co., et. al.,  commenced in the  Court of Common Pleas,
Cuyahoga County, Ohio on August 12, 1992; Jefferson, et. al. v. Lead  Industries
Association,  Inc.,  et. al.,  commenced in  the  United States  District Court,
Eastern District of  Louisiana on  November 28, 1995;  Ritchie, et.  al. v.  The
Glidden  Co., et. al., commenced  in the Circuit Court  of Marshall County, West
Virginia  on  September  24,  1996;   Skipworth  et.  al.  v.  Lead   Industries
Association, Inc., et. al., commenced in the Court of Common Pleas, Philadelphia
County  on  March  17,  1992;  and  Alvin  Wright  et.  al.  v.  Lead Industries
Association Inc., et.  al., commenced in  the Circuit Court  of Baltimore  City,
Maryland on December 29, 1994.
 
     In addition, various laws and administrative regulations have, from time to
time, been enacted or proposed at the federal, state and local levels and may be
proposed  in the future that  seek to (i) impose  various obligations on present
and former manufacturers of lead pigment and lead paint with respect to asserted
health concerns associated with  the use of such  products and (ii)  effectively
overturn  court decisions  in which  the Company's  former subsidiary  and other
defendants have been successful. No legislation or regulations have been adopted
to date which are expected  to have a material  adverse effect on the  Company's
combined financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
 
     The  Company and various Company subsidiaries are defendants in a number of
other pending legal  proceedings incidental  to present  and former  operations.
These  include several proceedings alleging injurious exposure of the plaintiffs
to various  chemicals  manufactured  by the  Company's  subsidiaries  and  other
materials;  typically  such  proceedings  involve  large  claims  made  by  many
plaintiffs against many defendants in  the chemicals industry. The Company  does
not  expect that the outcome of these proceedings, either individually or in the
aggregate, will  have a  material  adverse effect  upon the  Company's  combined
financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
 
     For  information  concerning the  Company's environmental  proceedings, see
'Environmental Matters' above.
 
                   AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND HANSON
                            RELATING TO THE DEMERGER
 
     In connection  with  the Demerger  Transactions,  the Company  and  certain
Company  Subsidiaries, and Hanson and  certain Hanson Subsidiaries, entered into
several agreements for the purpose of giving effect to the Demerger and defining
their ongoing relationship. These agreements were not the result of arm's-length
negotiations, and there  can be no  assurance that each  of such agreements,  or
that  each of the transactions  provided for therein, were  effected on terms at
least as favorable to the Company or to Hanson as could have been obtained  from
unaffiliated  third parties. Additional or modified agreements, arrangements and
transactions may be entered into by the Company, Hanson and/or their  respective
subsidiaries.  Any such future agreements, arrangements and transactions will be
determined, at such time, through arm's-length negotiation between the parties.
 
     The  following  is  a  summary  of  certain  agreements,  arrangements  and
transactions  entered into between  the Company and  Hanson and their respective
subsidiaries. Certain of  these agreements have  been filed as  exhibits to  the
Registration  Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part, and, accordingly,
the following descriptions do  not purport to be  complete and are qualified  in
their entirety by reference to such exhibits.
 
AGREEMENTS TO EFFECT THE TRANSFER OF THE CHEMICALS BUSINESS
 
     Pursuant  to various agreements, certain assets and liabilities relating to
the Non-Chemical Businesses were transferred  by Company Subsidiaries to  Hanson
and  assets and liabilities of the Chemicals Business were transferred by Hanson
to the Company, which  was incorporated for that  purpose in April 1996.  Hanson
and  the Company and their respective subsidiaries each agreed, pursuant to such
agreements, to  execute  and  deliver such  further  assignments,  documents  of
transfer,  deeds  and instruments  as may  be necessary  for the  more effective
implementation of such transfers.
 
     Some assignments and transfers may  require prior consent by third  parties
and  various filings or  recordings with governmental  entities. Some permits or
licenses may  require reapplication  by,  and reissuance  in  the name  of,  the
Company  or a Company Subsidiary. If consent  to the assignment or reissuance of
any permit or license being transferred is not obtained, Hanson and the  Company
have
 
                                       50
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
agreed  to  develop  alternative  approaches  so  that,  to  the  maximum extent
possible, the Company and the Company Subsidiaries receive the benefits of  such
permit  or  license  and discharge  the  duties  and bear  the  costs  and risks
thereunder. The  Company has  agreed  to bear  the  risk that  such  alternative
arrangements  will not provide the Company and the Company Subsidiaries with the
full benefits of such permit or license. The Company believes, however, that  it
will  be able to obtain all necessary consents and reissuances that are material
to the Company's business.
 
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENTS
 
     In connection with the  Demerger Transactions, Hanson  and the Company  and
certain of their respective subsidiaries entered into indemnification agreements
(the  'Indemnification Agreements'). Pursuant to the Indemnification Agreements,
subject to certain exceptions, the  Company and the Company Subsidiaries  agreed
to  indemnify  Hanson  and  the  Hanson  Subsidiaries  against  all liabilities,
litigation and  claims arising  out of  the Chemicals  Business and  liabilities
arising  out  of certain  discontinued operations  of the  Company Subsidiaries,
including contractual  indemnification  obligations  to  purchasers  of  certain
operations,  as well  as liabilities  (including liabilities  under the Exchange
Act) for statements included  in the Information  Statement furnished to  Hanson
shareholders  in  connection  with the  Demerger  (the  'Information Statement')
relating generally  to the  Company and  the Chemicals  Business, but  excluding
liabilities  arising  out  of certain  discontinued  operations  associated with
businesses and assets  being transferred  by Company Subsidiaries  to Hanson  in
contemplation   of  the   Demerger  (the   'Retained  D.O.   Liabilities').  See
'Business -- Legal  Proceedings' for  a description  of one  such Retained  D.O.
Liabilities   relating  to  lead-paint  litigation  against  which  the  Company
indemnified Hanson  pursuant  to  these  arrangements.  Hanson  and  the  Hanson
Subsidiaries  agreed  to  indemnify  the Company  and  the  Company Subsidiaries
against all  liabilities,  litigation  and  claims arising  out  of  all  Hanson
continuing  operations  (other  than  the  Chemicals  Business)  and  all Hanson
discontinued operations (other than the  Retained D.O. Liabilities), as well  as
liabilities  (including  liabilities  under  the  Exchange  Act)  for statements
included in the  Company's Registration Statement  on Form 10  other than  those
relating  generally to the Company and the Chemicals Business, and certain other
liabilities. In addition,  the Company  agreed to indemnify  Hanson against  any
liability  and penalties arising out of a breach of the agreement between Hanson
and the  U.K.  Inland Revenue  regarding  the Company's  status  as a  U.K.  tax
resident.  That agreement  provides that  an amount  equivalent to  U.K. advance
corporation tax  at the  rate in  effect  on October  1, 1996  (25% of  the  net
dividend), together with interest, would be payable in U.S. dollars by Hanson to
the  U.K. Inland Revenue  on the amount  of the stock  dividend for the Demerger
(which U.K. advance  corporation tax,  calculated as provided  in the  agreement
with  the U.K. Inland Revenue  in U.S. dollars using  the average of the closing
prices of the Common Stock on the NYSE for the first ten trading days  following
the Demerger, is estimated to be approximately $421 million and will decrease by
$84.2  million for each complete 12-month period that elapses between October 1,
1996 and the first date on which the Company ceases to be centrally managed  and
controlled in the United Kingdom). See 'Risk Factors -- Possible Effects of Dual
Residence  of  the  Company.'  The foregoing  obligations  will  not  entitle an
indemnified party to  recovery to the  extent any such  liability is covered  by
proceeds received by such party from any third-party insurance policy.
 
     In circumstances in which the potential liability to the Company and Hanson
is  joint, the parties have agreed to share responsibility for such liability on
a mutually  agreed  basis consistent  with  the principles  established  in  the
Indemnification Agreements.
 
     The  Indemnification Agreements also set  forth various procedures relating
to  the  obligations  of  the  parties  thereunder,  including  procedures   for
notification  and  payment  of  claims,  use  and  preservation  of  records and
resolution of disputes. The respective liability  of Hanson and the Company  for
tax-related   matters  is  governed  by  the  Tax  Sharing  and  Indemnification
Agreements described below.
 
TAX SHARING AND INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENTS
 
     A Company  Subsidiary was  the  common parent  of  an affiliated  group  of
corporations  that included the U.S.  Chemicals Business as well  as most of the
U.S. Non-Chemical  Businesses and  filed a  consolidated United  States  federal
income tax return (the 'Consolidated Group').
 
     Hanson  and  certain Hanson  Subsidiaries  (the 'Hanson  Parties')  and the
Company and certain  Company Subsidiaries (the  'Company Parties') entered  into
Tax Sharing and Indemnification
 
                                       51
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
Agreements and, with respect to the foreign subsidiaries, a Deed of Tax Covenant
(collectively,  the 'Tax Sharing Agreements'). Under the Tax Sharing Agreements,
the Company Parties generally are responsible  for and have agreed to  indemnify
the  Hanson Parties with respect to (i)  all federal tax liabilities and federal
tax obligations of the Consolidated Group  for periods prior to October 1,  1996
(other  than  federal  tax  liabilities  and  obligations  of  certain companies
included in the  Non-Chemical Businesses  attributable to periods  prior to  the
acquisition  of those companies  by Hanson), and (ii)  all state tax liabilities
and state tax obligations of any company included in the Non-Chemical Businesses
for any period in which such company was included in a combined, consolidated or
unitary state income tax return with any Company Party. In addition, the Company
Parties generally are responsible  for and have agreed  to indemnify the  Hanson
Parties  with respect  to all tax  liabilities and tax  obligations, both United
States and foreign, imposed on the Company Parties attributable to periods after
October 1, 1996. The Hanson Parties have agreed to indemnify the Company Parties
with respect  to  (i) all  tax  liabilities  and tax  obligations  imposed  upon
Millennium  Overseas Holdings, Ltd. (formerly Hanson Overseas Holdings, Ltd.), a
Company subsidiary,  for periods  prior to  October 1,  1996; and  (ii) all  tax
liabilities  and tax obligations,  both United States  and foreign, imposed upon
the Hanson Parties attributable to periods following completion of the  Demerger
Transactions.
 
CORPORATE TRANSITION AGREEMENT
 
     Hanson  and certain Hanson Subsidiaries and the Company and certain Company
Subsidiaries  entered  into  an  agreement  providing  for  the  allocation   of
retirement,  medical, disability and other  employee pension and welfare benefit
plan liabilities between  the Company  Subsidiaries, on  the one  hand, and  the
Hanson  Subsidiaries, on the  other hand, for the  transfer of certain corporate
assets and obligations by the Company and certain Company Subsidiaries to Hanson
and certain Hanson Subsidiaries and  related matters (the 'Corporate  Transition
Agreement').  The  Corporate Transition  Agreement  generally provides  that the
Company will  continue  to sponsor  and  maintain employee  benefit  plans  (the
'Company  Plans') for the benefit  of the employees who  will be employed by the
Company  and  Company  Subsidiaries  as  of  the  completion  of  the   Demerger
Transactions  (the  'Company Employees'),  and that  Hanson shall  establish and
maintain substantially  identical  'mirror'  plans to  the  Company  Plans  (the
'Hanson  Plans')  for the  benefit  of the  employees  who will  continue  to be
employed by Hanson and Hanson Subsidiaries as of the completion of the  Demerger
Transactions   (the  'Hanson  Employees').  Upon   completion  of  the  Demerger
Transactions  and  satisfaction  of  certain  conditions,  one  of  the   Hanson
Subsidiaries   assumed  sponsorship  of  and   all  responsibility  for  benefit
liabilities under each of the Hanson Plans with respect to the Hanson Employees.
In connection with the Demerger Transactions, assets attributable to the  Hanson
Employees  under  the  Company plans  were  transferred from  the  master trusts
maintained with respect to such plans to mirror trusts established by the Hanson
Subsidiaries. With  respect to  each  Hanson Plan  which  is a  'welfare  plan,'
including  workers compensation, Hanson  is responsible after  completion of the
Demerger Transactions for all claims incurred by the Hanson Employees and  their
dependents,  regardless of  when the  claim was  incurred. With  respect to each
Hanson Plan which is a nonqualified  pension plan and any other stock  incentive
or  bonus plan which  is not funded,  Hanson generally assumed  liability and is
responsible  for  all  benefits  accrued  through  completion  of  the  Demerger
Transactions with respect to the Hanson Employees and their beneficiaries.
 
OTHER AGREEMENTS
 
     The  Company  and  the  Company  Subsidiaries  and  Hanson  and  the Hanson
Subsidiaries also  entered  into  certain other  leases,  operating  agreements,
service  agreements and other agreements that serve to define various aspects of
the relationship that would exist between the parties after the Demerger.  These
agreements include a joint ownership agreement between a Hanson Subsidiary and a
Company Subsidiary relating to the joint ownership of two aircraft, an agreement
between  a Hanson Subsidiary and a Company Subsidiary relating to consulting and
marketing services in Asia and two administrative services agreements between  a
Hanson  Subsidiary  and  Company  Subsidiaries  relating  to  the  management of
insurance services and the management of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries. None  of
such  agreements is expected to materially affect  the Company or its results of
operations.
 
                                       52

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS
 
     The Company Board currently consists of eight persons, who are divided into
three approximately equal classes with each class serving a three-year term. The
following  table sets  forth information as  to those persons  who are currently
directors.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     INITIAL
                                                      TERM
NAME                                                 EXPIRES   POSITION
- --------------------------------------------------   -------   ----------------------------------------------------
 
<S>                                                  <C>       <C>
William M. Landuyt................................     1999    Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Robert E. Lee.....................................     1998    President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
The Rt. Hon. Kenneth Baker CH MP..................     1997    Director
Worley H. Clark, Jr...............................     1998    Director
Martin D. Ginsburg................................     1997    Director
The Rt. Hon. The Lord Glenarthur..................     1998    Director
David J.P. Meachin................................     1997    Director
Martin G. Taylor..................................     1999    Director
</TABLE>
 
     Mr. Landuyt, 41, has  served as Chairman of  the Board and Chief  Executive
Officer  of  the Company  since the  Demerger. Mr.  Landuyt served  as Director,
President and Chief Executive Officer of Hanson Industries from June 1995  until
the  Demerger, as Director  of Hanson from  1992 until the  Demerger, as Finance
Director of  Hanson from  1992 to  May 1995,  and as  Vice President  and  Chief
Financial  Officer  of Hanson  Industries from  1988 to  1992. He  joined Hanson
Industries in 1983.
 
     Mr. Lee,  40,  has served  as  President,  Chief Operating  Officer  and  a
Director  of the Company since the Demerger.  Mr. Lee served as Director, Senior
Vice President and Chief Operating Officer  of Hanson Industries from June  1995
until  the Demerger,  as an  Associate Director  of Hanson  from 1992  until the
Demerger, as Vice  President and  Chief Financial Officer  of Hanson  Industries
from  1992 to June  1995, as Vice  President and Treasurer  of Hanson Industries
from 1990 to 1992, and as Treasurer  of Hanson Industries from 1987 to 1990.  He
joined  Hanson  Industries  in  1982.  Mr.  Lee is  a  member  of  the  Board of
Supervisors of Suburban Propane.
 
     The Rt. Hon. Kenneth  Baker, 61, has  served as a  Director of the  Company
since  the Demerger. Mr. Baker  is a Member of  Parliament in the United Kingdom
and serves  as a  member of  the Nominations  and Communications  Committees  of
Hanson's  Board  of Directors.  He served  as  U.K. Secretary  of State  for the
Environment from 1985  to 1986,  as U.K. Secretary  of State  for Education  and
Science  from 1986 to 1989, as Chairman of the U.K. Conservative Party from 1989
to 1990 and as U.K. Secretary of State for the Home Office from 1990 to 1992. He
is a director  of Hanson, MTT  plc and Bell  Cablemedia plc, and  an adviser  to
Mercury plc, ICL plc and The Blackstone Group.
 
     Mr.  Clark, 64, has served as a Director of the Company since the Demerger,
as President and Chief Executive Officer of Nalco Chemical Company from 1982 and
as Chairman of Nalco  Chemical Company from 1984  until his retirement in  1994.
Mr.  Clark serves on  the Board of Directors  of Merrill Lynch  & Co., Inc.; USG
Corporation;  NICOR,  Inc.;  Diamond   Shamrock  Corporation  and  James   River
Corporation. He is a Trustee of The Rush Presbyterian-St. Luke's Medical Center,
the  Field Museum of Natural  History and Chairman of  the Board of Governors of
the Chicago Lighthouse for the Blind.
 
     Mr. Ginsburg, 64, has served as a Director of the Company since October  8,
1996.  He has been  Professor of Law  at Georgetown University  Law Center since
1980. Mr.  Ginsburg is  of counsel  to the  law firm  of Fried,  Frank,  Harris,
Shriver  & Jacobson  (a partnership including  professional corporations), which
serves as counsel to the Company and the Issuer from time to time and is passing
upon certain legal matters for the Underwriters. See 'Legal Matters.'
 
     The Rt. Hon.  The Lord  Glenarthur, 51,  has served  as a  Director of  the
Company  since  the Demerger,  as  an executive  of  Hanson since  October 1989,
including as Deputy  Chairman of Hanson  Pacific Limited since  March 1994.  The
Lord  Glenarthur served as United Kingdom Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State
at the  Department  of  Health  and  Social  Security  from  1983  to  1985,  as
 
                                       53
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
Minister  of State for Scotland from 1986 to  1987 and as U.K. Minister of State
for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs  from 1987 to 1989.  He is Chairman of  St.
Mary's Hospital NHS Trust and of the British Helicopter Advisory Board.
 
     Mr.  Meachin,  55,  has served  as  a  Director of  the  Company  since the
Demerger. Mr. Meachin has  been Chairman, Chief Executive  and founder of  Cross
Border Enterprises, L.L.C., a private international merchant banking firm, since
its  formation in  1991. He  was a Managing  Director in  the Investment Banking
Division of  Merrill Lynch  & Co.,  Inc. from  1981 to  1991. Mr.  Meachin is  a
director  of The Spartek Emerging Opportunities  of India Fund, Vice Chairman of
the University of Cape Town Fund in New York and a director and past Chairman of
the British American Educational Foundation.
 
     Mr. Taylor, 61, has served as a Director of the Company since the Demerger.
He served as  an executive of  Hanson from 1969,  as a Director  of Hanson  from
1976,  and as Vice Chairman  of Hanson from 1988,  until his retirement in 1995.
Mr. Taylor  served as  an executive  of Dow  Chemical from  1963 to  1969, as  a
director  of UGI  PLC from  1979 to  1982 and  as a  director of  The Securities
Association LTD from 1987 to 1990. He is a director of National Westminster Bank
Plc, Deputy Chairman of Charter plc, a  director of Vickers Plc and a member  of
the Council of the Confederation of British Industry.
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
     The following individuals (in addition to Messrs. Landuyt and Lee) serve as
executive officers of the Company:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  NAME                                                    POSITION
- ----------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<S>                                       <C>
Donald V. Borst.........................
                                          Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of SCM Chemicals
George W. Robbins.......................
                                          Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Glidco
Ronald H. Yocum.........................
                                          Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Quantum Chemical
George H. Hempstead, III................
                                          Senior Vice President -- Law and Administration and Secretary
John E. Lushefski.......................
                                          Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Marie S. Dreher.........................
                                          Vice President -- Corporate Controller
A. Mickelson Foster.....................
                                          Vice President -- Investor Relations
Francis V. Lloyd........................
                                          Vice President -- Tax
James A. Lofredo........................
                                          Vice President -- Corporate Development
Christine F. Wubbolding.................
                                          Vice President and Treasurer
</TABLE>
 
     Mr.  Borst,  60,  has served  as  Chairman, President  and  Chief Executive
Officer of SCM Chemicals since 1990. Mr. Borst joined SCM Corporation in 1984 as
Vice President -- SCM Pigments -- U.S. and was appointed as President and  Chief
Executive  Officer of SCM Chemicals in 1986.  He has over 38 years experience in
the fertilizer and inorganic chemicals sectors of the chemicals industry.
 
     Mr. Robbins,  56, has  served as  Chairman, President  and Chief  Executive
Officer  of Glidco since 1986, as an Associate Director of Hanson since May 1995
and as a Director of Hanson Industries  since June 1995. Mr. Robbins joined  SCM
Corporation  in 1982 as  Vice President and  General Manager of  the SCM Organic
Chemicals Division.  He has  been  associated with  the plastics  and  chemicals
industries for almost 30 years.
 
     Mr.  Yocum,  57, has  served as  President and  Chief Executive  Officer of
Quantum Chemical  Company since  1993 and  as Chairman  since January  1995.  He
joined  Quantum Chemical Corporation in 1987 as a Group Vice President, Research
and Development. He has been associated with the petrochemicals industry for  30
years.
 
     Mr.  Hempstead,  53,  has  served  as  Senior  Vice  President  --  Law and
Administration and Secretary of the Company  since the Demerger, as Senior  Vice
President  -- Law and  Administration of Hanson Industries  from June 1995 until
the Demerger, as an Associate Director  of Hanson from 1990 until the  Demerger,
and  as  a Director  of  Hanson Industries  from  1986 until  the  Demerger. Mr.
Hempstead was Senior  Vice President  and General Counsel  of Hanson  Industries
from 1993 to June 1995 and Vice
 
                                       54
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
President  and  General  Counsel of  Hanson  Industries  from 1982  to  1993. He
initially joined Hanson  Industries in 1976.  Mr. Hempstead is  a member of  the
Board  of  Supervisors  of  Suburban  Propane and  a  director  of  Smith Corona
Corporation.
 
     Mr. Lushefski, 40, has served as Senior Vice President and Chief  Financial
Officer  of the  Company since  the Demerger, and  as Senior  Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer of Hanson Industries from June 1995 until the  Demerger.
He  was Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Peabody Holding Company, a
Hanson Subsidiary which holds its coal mining operations, from 1991 to May  1995
and  Vice President and Controller  of Hanson Industries from  1990 to 1991. Mr.
Lushefski initially joined Hanson  Industries in 1985. Mr.  Lushefski is also  a
director of Smith Corona Corporation.
 
     Ms. Dreher, 38, has served as Corporate Controller of the Company since the
Demerger  and was elected Vice President on October 8, 1996. She was Director of
Planning and  Budgeting  of  Hanson  Industries from  November  1995  until  the
Demerger.  She joined Hanson Industries in  January 1994 as Assistant Controller
with principal  responsibilities focused  on  tax, environmental  and  financial
compliance  matters.  She is  a certified  public  accountant. Prior  to joining
Hanson Industries she was a senior manager of Ernst & Young LLP.
 
     Mr. Foster, 40, has served as  Vice President -- Investor Relations of  the
Company  since  the Demerger,  and as  Vice President  -- Investor  Relations of
Hanson Industries from August 1992 until the Demerger. Mr. Foster held  investor
relations  positions with ARCO and Pacific Enterprises  from 1983 to 1992. He is
the immediate past Chairman of the National Investor Relations Institute.
 
     Mr. Lloyd, 57, has served as Vice President -- Tax of the Company since the
Demerger, and as Vice  President -- Taxes of  Hanson Industries from 1993  until
the Demerger. Mr. Lloyd joined Hanson Industries in 1987 and was Senior Director
of Taxes of Hanson Industries from 1987 to 1993.
 
     Mr.  Lofredo, 40, served as the Company's Director of Corporate Development
since the Demerger and was elected a  Vice President on October 8, 1996. He  was
Director of Corporate Development of Hanson Industries from March 1993 until the
Demerger,  with  his  principal  responsibilities  focused  on  acquisitions and
divestitures. He joined Hanson  Industries in June  1992 as Assistant  Corporate
Controller.  Prior to  joining Hanson  Industries he  was a  senior manager with
Price Waterhouse LLP.
 
     Ms. Wubbolding,  44, has  served as  Vice President  and Treasurer  of  the
Company  since the  Demerger. She was  Vice President of  Hanson Industries from
January 1996  until  the  Demerger,  and Treasurer  from  June  1994  until  the
Demerger.  She  joined  Hanson Industries  in  1976 and  held  various financial
positions, primarily in the treasury area, prior to 1994.
 
DIRECTORS' MEETINGS, COMMITTEES AND FEES
 
     The Company  Board  has  established four  standing  committees,  an  Audit
Committee,  a Compensation Committee,  an Executive Committee  and a Nominations
Committee. Directors who are also officers  or employees of the Company are  not
permitted  to serve  on any  committee other  than the  Executive Committee. The
functions of these standing committees are as follows:
 
          Audit Committee.  The  Audit  Committee  is  responsible  for  matters
     relating  to  accounting policies  and  practices, financial  reporting and
     internal controls. It recommends to the Company's Board the appointment  of
     a  firm  of  independent  accountants  to  audit  the  Company's  financial
     statements and reviews with representatives of the independent  accountants
     the  scope of the  audit of the Company's  financial statements, results of
     audits, audit costs and recommendations  with respect to internal  controls
     and  financial matters. It also reviews  non-audit services rendered by the
     Company's independent accountants and  periodically meets with or  receives
     reports from the Company's principal financial and accounting officers. The
     current members of the Committee are The Rt. Hon. Kenneth Baker, David J.P.
     Meachin and Martin G. Taylor (Chairman).
 
          Compensation   Committee.   The   Compensation   Committee   sets  the
     compensation of  all executive  officers, establishes  policies  concerning
     stock  ownership  by  executive  officers  and  administers  the  Company's
     executive corporation  plans and  programs, including  the Stock  Incentive
     Plan  and the Annual Plan (including setting performance targets and making
     awards under  such  plans). It  also  reviews the  competitiveness  of  the
     Company's management and director
 
                                       55
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
     compensation  and benefit programs and reviews principal employee relations
     policies and procedures. All members of the Compensation Committee must  be
     'Non-Employee  Directors'  within  the  meaning  of  Rule  16b-3  under the
     Exchange Act and 'outside directors'  within the meaning of Section  162(m)
     of  the Code. The current members of the Committee are Worley H. Clark, Jr.
     (Chairman), The Lord Glenarthur and David J.P. Meachin.
 
          Executive Committee. The Executive Committee has the authority to  act
     for  the full Board between regularly scheduled Board meetings with respect
     to such matters as  may be lawfully delegated  by the Board under  Delaware
     law.  The current members of the Committee  are The Rt. Hon. Kenneth Baker,
     The Lord Glenarthur, William M. Landuyt (Chairman) and Martin G. Taylor.
 
          Nominations Committee.  The  Nominations Committee  has  authority  to
     nominate directors to fill vacancies on the Board and to nominate directors
     to  serve as members,  including chairmen, of committees  of the Board. The
     duties of  the  Nominations  Committee include  determining  the  desirable
     balance  of expertise  and composition of  the Board,  seeking out possible
     candidates to  fill  positions  on the  Board,  attracting  such  qualified
     candidates  to the Board,  reviewing management's slate  of directors to be
     elected by shareholders at the annual meeting and recommending to the Board
     the inclusion of the  slate in the Company's  proxy statement. The  current
     members  of the Committee are The Rt. Hon. Kenneth Baker (Chairman), Martin
     D. Ginsburg and Martin G. Taylor.
 
     Directors who are also  full-time employees of the  Company do not  receive
additional  compensation for their services as directors. Non-employee directors
receive an annual cash retainer of  $30,000. In addition, pursuant to the  Stock
Incentive  Plan,  each non-employee  director serving  on  October 31,  1996 was
automatically granted  on such  date  671 shares  of  Common Stock  (the  number
determined  by dividing $15,000 by the average closing price of the Common Stock
during the twenty business days following  the Demerger and, on each October  1,
commencing  in  1997,  each non-employee  director  serving on  such  date shall
automatically be granted  the number  of shares  of Common  Stock determined  by
dividing  $15,000 by the fair  market value of the  Common Stock on the business
day immediately preceding such date.  Non-employee directors are reimbursed  for
all  reasonable  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  Board  and  Committee
meetings. The  Company  also  pays  the premiums  on  directors'  and  officers'
liability and travel accident insurance policies for directors.
 
MILLENNIUM AMERICA
 
     The  directors  of  the  Issuer are  Messrs.  Landuyt,  Lee,  Hempstead and
Lushefski. The executive officers  of the Issuer are  the same as the  executive
officers of the Company.
 
                                       56

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                             EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
HISTORICAL COMPENSATION
 
     The  following table  sets forth  certain information  with respect  to the
compensation for 1995, fiscal 1994 and fiscal 1993 of the individuals who became
the Company's five  most highly  compensated executive  officers (including  the
Chief  Executive Officer) upon the Demerger. During the periods presented, these
individuals were compensated  pursuant to  Hanson's plans  and policies  (except
that,  in  fiscal 1993,  Dr. Yocum  was  compensated pursuant  to the  plans and
policies of Quantum Chemical). All references  in the following tables to  stock
options  relate  to awards  of  options to  purchase  Ordinary Shares  of Hanson
('Ordinary  Shares'),  including   Ordinary  Shares   represented  by   American
Depositary Shares ('ADSs').
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             LONG TERM COMPENSATION
                                                                            ------------------------
                                                    ANNUAL COMPENSATION      SECURITIES       LTIP       ALL OTHER
           NAME AND PRINCIPAL                      ---------------------     UNDERLYING      PAYOUTS    COMPENSATION
              POSITION(1)                  YEAR    SALARY($)    BONUS($)    OPTIONS(#)(4)    ($)(5)        ($)(6)
- ----------------------------------------   ----    ---------    --------    -------------    -------    ------------
 
<S>                                        <C>     <C>          <C>         <C>              <C>        <C>
W. M. Landuyt ..........................   1995      676,218      99,000        602,310        --          228,403(7)
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer     1994      489,251     139,276        271,872        --           16,406
                                           1993      449,247      62,781        230,575        --           15,755
R. E. Lee ..............................   1995      416,250     243,750        --            59,228        12,281
  President and Chief Operating Officer    1994      270,000     175,500        318,329        --           17,138
                                           1993      240,000      50,000        153,143        --           12,904
R. H. Yocum ............................   1995      391,250     512,050(2)     --            49,949       174,282(8)
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer     1994      335,000     381,062        361,347        --            3,198
  of Quantum Chemical                      1993      325,000       --           354,117        --            4,077(8)
D. V. Borst ............................   1995      424,375     294,350        --            64,346        13,840
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer     1994      404,250     164,126        215,086        --           15,925
  of SCM Chemicals                         1993      385,000     153,615         86,034        --           15,837
G. W. Robbins ..........................   1995      334,998     438,900(3)     --            63,098         8,934
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer     1994      290,000     355,250        258,104        --            9,649
  of Glidco                                1993      253,000     200,756         86,034        --            9,599
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) See  'Management'  for  information  concerning  positions  held  by Messrs.
    Landuyt and Lee with Hanson Industries prior to the Dividend Payment Date.
 
(2) Includes $38,500 to be paid in December 1996, $38,500 to be paid in December
    1997 and $127,050 to be paid in December 1998.
 
(3) Includes $33,000 to be paid in December 1996, $33,000 to be paid in December
    1997 and $108,900 to be paid in December 1998.
 
(4) Amounts shown  reflect  the adjustments  made  in connection  with  Hanson's
    demerger of U.S. Industries, Inc., the Demerger and the demerger of Hanson's
    tobacco  business. Fiscal 1994 amounts include securities underlying options
    awarded during the fourth quarter of calendar  1994 and, in the case of  Mr.
    Landuyt,  include 6,746  Ordinary Shares in  fiscal 1994  and 5,721 Ordinary
    Shares in fiscal  1993 which  are held in  the Hanson  Employee Share  Trust
    established  in 1995  to reflect the  option adjustments  made in connection
    with the  demerger of  U.S. Industries,  Inc. Hanson  terminated the  Hanson
    Employee  Share Trust in September 1996 and as a result Mr. Landuyt received
    `L'2,443 (approximately $4,024 at the Noon  Buying Rate on November 8,  1996
    of `L'1 to $1.647).
 
(5) Amounts  shown represent payouts of one-third  of the account balances under
    the Hanson  Industries  1993  Long-Term Incentive  Plan  (the  'Hanson  1993
    LTIP'),  which was terminated  with regard to future  grants as of September
    30, 1995. The remaining account balances  plus interest will be paid out  in
    equal installments in December 1996 and 1997.
 
                                              (footnotes continued on next page)
 
                                       57
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
(footnotes continued from previous page)
 
(6) The amounts shown in this column include the matching employer contributions
    made  under Hanson's  defined contribution  plans for  1995, 1994  and 1993,
    respectively, as  follows: Mr.  Landuyt --  $4,620, $4,620  and $4,497;  Mr.
    Lee  -- $4,220, $4,500 and $4,499; Mr.  Yocum -- $4,500, $2,357, and $3,328;
    Mr. Borst -- $4,620,  $4,620 and $4,497; and  Mr. Robbins -- $4,620,  $4,620
    and  $4,497. Such contributions were invested  in ADSs pursuant to the terms
    of such plan. The amounts shown in this column also include the dollar value
    of insurance premiums paid by or on  behalf of the employer with respect  to
    disability  insurance benefits and, in  certain cases, club membership fees.
    Excluded are certain health, medical and other non-cash benefits provided to
    the individuals named  above that  are generally available  to all  salaried
    employees.
 
(7) Of  the  total,  $213,886 represents  reimbursement  of  expenses (including
    income tax reimbursement payments) incurred in connection with Mr. Landuyt's
    relocation from  the United  Kingdom, where  he served  as Hanson's  Finance
    Director, to the United States.
 
(8) Other  Compensation in  1995 includes  $161,326 of  value realized  upon the
    exercise of certain stock options. Dr. Yocum also received $5,381,245  (plus
    excise  tax  payments  of  $1,997,654)  pursuant  to  the  change-in-control
    provisions  of  employment  agreements  and  benefit  plans  applicable   to
    directors and officers of Quantum Chemical as a result of its acquisition by
    Hanson on September 30, 1993.
 
                            ------------------------
 
     Since  the Demerger, each  of the individuals named  above has continued to
receive his base  salary at  the annual  rate set  in October  1995, subject  to
review  by  the Compensation  Committee. It  is  expected that  the Compensation
Committee  will  review  executive  compensation  in  December  of  each   year,
commencing in December 1996. See 'Change in Control Agreements' below.
 
OPTION GRANTS IN 1995
 
     The following table sets forth information with respect to Mr. Landuyt, the
only individual named in the Summary Compensation Table to receive option grants
during 1995 pursuant to Hanson plans.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                                                                       VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                                    INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                                   ANNUAL RATES OF
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------          STOCK PRICE
                                                   % OF TOTAL                                          APPRECIATION FOR
                               NUMBER OF            OPTIONS                                                 OPTION
                         SECURITIES UNDERLYING     GRANTED TO         EXERCISE                          TERM ($)(2)(3)
                                OPTIONS           EMPLOYEES IN         PRICE          EXPIRATION    -----------------------
                                GRANTED           FISCAL YEAR     (PENCE/SHARE)(1)     DATE(2)         5%           10%
                         ---------------------    ------------    ----------------    ----------    ---------    ----------
 
<S>                      <C>                      <C>             <C>                 <C>           <C>          <C>
W. M. Landuyt.........         $ 602,310              1.51%            114.83           6/18/99     $ 209,568     $ 445,628
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) At  the Noon Buying Rate in effect on  November 8, the exercise price of the
    options was approximately $1.89 per Ordinary Share. The closing price of the
    Ordinary Shares on the London Stock Exchange on November 8, 1996 was  81.25p
    (approximately $1.34).
 
(2) The  expiration  date  and  potential realizable  values  shown  reflect the
    treatment of these options  as a result of  the Demerger. See 'Treatment  of
    Hanson Options and Other Hanson Benefits Following the Demerger' below.
 
(3) Potential  gains are net of exercise price, but before taxes associated with
    exercise.  These  potential  gains   represent  certain  assumed  rates   of
    appreciation  only, based  on the rules  and regulations  of the Commission.
    Actual gains, if any, on the exercise of stock options are dependent on  the
    future performance of the Ordinary Shares and overall market conditions. The
    amounts reflected in this table may not necessarily be achieved.
 
                                       58
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
OPTION EXERCISES IN 1995
 
     The  following table  sets forth the  number of Ordinary  Shares covered by
stock options held by each of the individuals named in the Summary  Compensation
Table  on December 31, 1995.  As a result of the  Demerger, all such options are
exercisable.
 
                AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                       AND FISCAL YEAR END OPTION VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                        SHARES                      UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED      VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                      ACQUIRED ON       VALUE         OPTIONS AT FISCAL       IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
               NAME                   EXERCISE(#)    REALIZED($)         YEAR-END(#)                YEAR-END($)
- -----------------------------------   -----------    -----------    ----------------------    ------------------------
 
<S>                                   <C>            <C>            <C>                       <C>
W.M. Landuyt.......................      --             --                 1,892,837                   17,953
R.E. Lee...........................      --             --                   832,816                    2,436
R.H. Yocum(1)......................     129,360        161,326               361,347                --
D.V. Borst.........................      --             --                   791,516                   10,644
G.W. Robbins.......................      --             --                   593,636                --
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Dr. Yocum  holds options  granted under  a Hanson  option plan  and  options
    granted  by Quantum Chemical  prior to its acquisition  by Hanson, which are
    now exercisable  for  ADSs. For  purposes  of  this table,  ADSs  have  been
    converted into Ordinary Shares.
 
TREATMENT OF HANSON OPTIONS AND OTHER HANSON BENEFITS FOLLOWING THE DEMERGER
 
     All  Hanson options held  by executive officers and  other employees of the
Company and Company Subsidiaries on October 1, 1996 (other than options held  by
U.K.  employees of Company Subsidiaries) immediately vested on that date and are
exercisable for Ordinary Shares until the later of October 1, 1997 and the  date
which  is 42  months from  the respective  date of  grant. All  Quantum Chemical
options now exercisable for ADSs will expire by January 2001. Adjustments to the
number of Ordinary Shares or  ADSs subject to such  options and to the  exercise
prices  thereof were made in  accordance with the provisions  of the option plan
under which  the options  were granted  to reflect  the stock  dividend for  the
Demerger,  and the stock dividend for  the demerger of Hanson's tobacco business
on October 1, 1996, and will be  further adjusted to reflect the proposed  stock
dividend  for  the demerger  of Hanson's  energy business.  With respect  to the
options of  U.K. employees  of Company  Subsidiaries, which  are governed  by  a
separate  Hanson plan, Hanson received shareholder  approval for an amendment to
such plan to provide for the same adjustment to such options.
 
     In fiscal 1993 and  fiscal 1994, certain  individuals who became  executive
officers  or employees of  the Company and  Company Subsidiaries participated in
the  Hanson  1993  LTIP,  an  unfunded  deferred  compensation  plan  of  Hanson
Industries. Participants in the Hanson 1993 LTIP received bonus amounts equal to
30%  of their year-end  bonuses paid based on  certain performance criteria. The
Hanson 1993 LTIP was  terminated with regard to  future grants on September  30,
1995  and  participants became  fully  vested in  all  awards credited  to their
accounts under the Hanson 1993 LTIP  through that date, with such vested  awards
to  be paid out in three equal annual installments (with interest from September
30, 1995) commencing on December 15, 1995. Messrs. Lee, Yocum, Borst and Robbins
will receive $177,702, $149,850, $193,037 and $189,294, plus interest, as  their
respective aggregate payouts under the Hanson 1993 LTIP.
 
     During  fiscal 1993, fiscal 1994 and 1995, Mr. Landuyt was a participant in
a  Hanson  deferred  incentive  plan.  He  is  entitled  to  receive   `L'47,758
(approximately  $78,657 at the Noon Buying Rate  on November 8, 1996) under such
plan. The obligation to pay such amount  was retained by Hanson pursuant to  the
Demerger  Transactions.  Hanson has  decided  to terminate  the  Hanson deferred
incentive plan. Accordingly, it is expected that Mr. Landuyt will receive 15% of
such amount in December 1996 and  the balance thereof upon Hanson's demerger  of
its energy business.
 
                                       59
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
COMPANY STOCK OWNERSHIP GUIDELINES
 
     In  order to promote an ownership perspective  on the part of the Company's
management and link management's accumulation  of personal assets to the  return
realized  by the Company's stockholders, the Company established stock ownership
guidelines for the 32 executive officers and senior managers of the Company  and
Company Subsidiaries who received initial awards of restricted stock pursuant to
the  Stock  Incentive  Plan  shortly  following  the  Demerger.  These executive
officers and  employees are  expected to  achieve targeted  ownership levels  of
Common  Stock within a  five year period  requiring personal investments ranging
from 75% of annual base salary to  300% of annual base salary. The  Compensation
Committee  will  annually review  progress toward  achievement of  the ownership
guidelines.
 
COMPANY INCENTIVE COMPENSATION AND BENEFIT PLANS
 
     The  following  are  descriptions  of  the  current  annual  and  long-term
incentive   compensation  and   benefit  plans   of  the   Company  and  Company
Subsidiaries. These plans are  intended to attract and  retain employees and  to
reward  such employees through  emphasis on performance  and incentive criteria.
The descriptions  are intended  only as  a summary  and are  qualified in  their
entirety by reference to the respective plans, which have been filed as exhibits
to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.
 
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE PLAN
 
     The purpose of the Company's Annual Performance Incentive Plan (the 'Annual
Plan')  is to  attract, retain  and motivate  key employees  of the  Company and
Company Subsidiaries  by  providing  annual  performance-based  cash  awards  to
executive  employees of the Company and Company Subsidiaries who are selected to
participate by  the  Compensation  Committee.  It  became  effective  commencing
October  1, 1996 for  the fourth calendar  quarter of 1996  and for the calendar
year commencing January 1, 1997 subject to stockholder approval at the Company's
1997 annual meeting.
 
     Participants in  the Annual  Plan are  eligible to  receive an  immediately
payable  annual cash performance award ('Annual Performance Award') based on the
attainment  of  specified   performance  goals  established   annually  by   the
Compensation  Committee.  These performance  goals  will be  based  on specified
criteria selected by the  Compensation Committee, which may  include but not  be
limited  to, (i)  the attainment  of certain target  levels of,  or a percentage
increase in,  after-tax or  pre-tax profits  of the  Company including,  without
limitation,  that  attributable to  continuing  and/or other  operations  of the
Company (or a subsidiary,  division or other operational  unit of the  Company);
(ii)  the attainment of  certain target levels  of, or a  specified increase in,
operational cash  flow  of the  Company  (or  a subsidiary,  division  or  other
operational  unit of the Company); (iii) the attainment of certain target levels
of, or  a specified  increase in  return on  invested capital;  and/or (iv)  the
attainment  of certain target  levels of, or a  specified increase in, 'economic
value added' targets based on  a cash flow return  on investment formula of  the
Company (or any subsidiary, division or other operational unit of the Company).
 
     It  is expected that the Compensation Committee  will set for the 1997 plan
year, the performance goals  applicable to all  participants and the  individual
levels  for participation  as a  percentage of  base pay  (ranging from  7.7% to
100%). It is expected  that the maximum Annual  Performance Award attainable  by
each  of the individuals named in the Summary Compensation Table (expressed as a
percentage of base salary) will be as follows: Messrs. Landuyt and Lee  --  100%
and  Messrs.  Yocum,  Borst  and  Robbins    --  75%.  It  is  expected  that  a
participant's receipt of the maximum  Annual Performance Award will require  the
attainment of the 'full' performance goals to be established by the Compensation
Committee.  It is expected that the Compensation Committee will also set minimum
'entry-level' performance goals, which, if attained, would provide for an Annual
Performance Award  of  20%  of  the maximum  Annual  Performance  Award  target,
'expected'  level performance  goals which,  if attained,  would provide  for an
Annual Performance Award  of 60% of  the maximum Annual  Performance Award,  and
that   for  attainments   between  the  'entry-level,'   'expected'  and  'full'
performance goals, the Annual Performance  Award would reflect the  intermediate
level  attained. Under  the Annual  Plan, no  participant may  receive an Annual
Performance Award in the event that entry-level performance
 
                                       60
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
goals are not met  (except as specifically  provided in the  Annual Plan in  the
event of a Change in Control (as defined) or certain other circumstances) and no
participant  may  receive an  Annual  Performance Award  in  any plan  year that
exceeds $3,000,000.
 
     For the fourth  calendar quarter  of 1996, the  Compensation Committee  set
performance  goals for that period utilizing a similar methodology to that to be
used for establishing annual levels and participants will be eligible to receive
awards based on a pro rata portion of applicable full-year goals.
 
     It is expected that  compensation paid under the  Annual Plan for 1997  and
thereafter  to participants  who are 'covered  employees' as  defined in Section
162(m) of the  Code and the  applicable regulations thereunder  will qualify  as
tax-deductible pursuant to the performance-based compensation exception provided
by Section 162(m) of the Code.
 
1996 EXECUTIVE LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
 
     The  1996 LTIP is an unfunded  deferred compensation plan adopted by Hanson
Industries in October 1995. No future awards  will be made under the 1996  LTIP.
Instead,  it is expected  that future deferred  long-term incentive compensation
awards will be made under the comparable provisions of the Stock Incentive  Plan
described below.
 
     The purpose of the 1996 LTIP is to encourage long-term decision-making that
will  enhance the economic value  of the Company. Participants  in the 1996 LTIP
are eligible to receive a cash award  tied to the 'economic value added' to  the
Company  or,  in the  case  of employees  of  certain Company  Subsidiaries, the
'economic value added' to the  relevant Company Subsidiary. The 'economic  value
added' is measured as the product of (i) the total invested capital (as defined)
of  the Company,  or the  relevant Company  Subsidiary, and  (ii) the difference
between (x) gross cash flow (as  defined) divided by total invested capital  and
(y)  the  'estimated  cost  of  capital'  of  the  Company  or  relevant Company
Subsidiary. The  'estimated cost  of  capital' and  the 'economic  value  added'
target levels for the Company and each of the relevant Company Subsidiaries have
been  established for  the three  year period  1996-1998 (the  '1996 Performance
Cycle').  Depending  on  how  actual  'economic  value  added'  over  the   1996
Performance  Cycle  compares  with  the target  levels  established  by Hanson's
Compensation Committee, the participants will be  entitled to a 1996 LTIP  award
of  between 0% and 100% of the  Annual Performance Award that such executive may
receive pursuant to the Annual  Plan. As a Director  of Hanson, Mr. Landuyt  did
not  participate in the  1996 LTIP for  the 1996 Performance  Cycle. The maximum
1996 LTIP award for the 1996 Performance Cycle that may be earned by each of the
other individuals named in the Summary Compensation Table is as follows: Mr. Lee
 --  $367,500;  Dr.  Yocum  --  $307,500;   Mr.  Borst  --  $327,000;  and   Mr.
Robbins -- $262,500.
 
     If  a participant  earns an  award under  the 1996  LTIP, 50%  of the award
earned will vest on the day after the end of the 1996 Performance Cycle and will
be paid within 90 days of the end of the 1996 Performance Cycle. Payment of  the
remaining  50% of the award will be deferred and (subject to vesting over a five
year period following the end of  the 1996 Performance Cycle based on  continued
employment,  subject to  certain exceptions) will  be paid in  five equal annual
installments commencing on the first anniversary of the initial payment.
 
LONG-TERM STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
 
     The purpose of the Stock Incentive Plan is to enhance the profitability and
value of the Company for the benefit of its stockholders by enabling the Company
(i) to  offer employees  of the  Company and  Company Subsidiaries  stock  based
incentives  and other equity interests in  the Company, thereby creating a means
to raise the level of stock ownership  by employees in order to attract,  retain
and  reward such  employees and  strengthen the  mutuality of  interests between
employees and the Company's stockholders and (ii) to make equity based awards to
non-employee  directors,  thereby  attracting,  retaining  and  rewarding   such
non-employee  directors, and  strengthening the  mutuality of  interests between
non-employee directors and  the Company's stockholders.  A maximum of  3,909,000
shares  of Common Stock may be issued or used for reference purposes pursuant to
the Stock Incentive Plan.  The Stock Incentive Plan  provides for the  following
types  of  awards:  (i) stock  options,  including incentive  stock  options and
non-qualified stock options;  (ii) stock appreciation  rights; (iii)  restricted
 
                                       61
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
stock;  (iv) performance units; and (v)  performance shares. The Stock Incentive
Plan also provides for formula grants of Common Stock to non-employee  directors
as  part of their annual retainer,  as described under 'Management -- Directors'
Meetings, Committees and Fees.'
 
     In addition to the initial awards  of restricted stock to approximately  32
executive  officers and  senior managers of  the Company described  below, it is
expected that the Compensation Committee, upon the recommendation of management,
will annually make awards of restricted stock to senior managers of the  Company
and Company Subsidiaries that employ the same 'economic value added' performance
concepts  as will apply to the initial awards of restricted stock and/or to make
awards of stock options. Management also plans to recommend to the  Compensation
Committee that options to acquire Common Stock be granted to other key employees
of  the  Company and  the Company  Subsidiaries  who did  not receive  awards of
restricted stock.
 
     On October 8, 1996, the Compensation Committee awarded a total of 2,912,317
shares of restricted  stock having  a potential  maximum undiscounted  aggregate
fair  market value  on the  date of  the award  (based upon  the average  of the
closing prices of the Common Stock on the NYSE on the first 20 days of  'regular
way' trading) of $65 million to 32 executive officers and senior managers of the
Company. The individuals named in the Summary Compensation Table received awards
of  restricted stock with a potential  maximum undiscounted fair market value on
the date of  the award as  follows: Mr. Landuyt  -- 448,053 shares  with a  fair
market  value of $10,000,000; Mr. Lee -- 313,637 shares with a fair market value
of $7,000,000; and each  of Messrs. Yocum, Borst  and Robbins -- 224,026  shares
with  a fair market value of $5,000,000. The  awards provide that (i) 25% of the
restricted stock  will vest  in equal  installments (i.e.  8 1/3%  of the  total
award)  on each of the third, fourth and  fifth anniversaries of the date of the
award; (ii) 25% of the  restricted stock may be earned  based upon the level  of
achievement  of performance goals for a three-year performance period commencing
on January 1, 1997 established by  the Compensation Committee; (iii) 25% of  the
restricted  stock  may  be  earned  based  upon  the  level  of  achievement  of
performance goals for a  four-year performance period  commencing on January  1,
1997  established by the Compensation Committee;  and (iv) 25% of the restricted
stock may be earned based upon the level of achievement of performance goals for
a five-year performance period commencing on January 1, 1997 established by  the
Compensation  Committee. The performance  goals employ the  same 'economic value
added' formula as was established for the 1996 LTIP. The restricted stock awards
described in  clauses  (ii)  through (iv)  above  qualify  as  performance-based
compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.
 
     Certain  of the  restricted stock  awards provide that,  at the  end of the
relevant performance period, 50%  of the earned  performance related portion  of
the  restricted stock  award shall  fully vest  and be  released from additional
vesting restrictions and  that the  remainder shall  vest in  five equal  annual
installments  commencing on  the first  anniversary of  the end  of the relevant
performance period, subject  to forfeiture under  certain circumstances. Upon  a
Change  in Control (as defined) or if  during a Pre-Change in Control Period (as
defined) the  executive's employment  is terminated  by the  executive for  Good
Reason  (as  defined) or  the  executive has  his  employment terminated  by the
Company without Cause (as defined) or as a result of his death or Disability (as
defined), all restricted stock then still subject to forfeiture will immediately
vest upon the Change in Control. The restricted stock awards provide that if the
executive's employment with the Company or, if applicable, a Company subsidiary,
is terminated  prior to  a Change  in Control  and not  during a  Pre-Change  of
Control Period by reason of his death or Disability (as defined), at the time of
such  termination there shall  vest (i) the unvested  shares of restricted stock
then subject to time vesting, (ii)  any earned unvested award for any  completed
performance period and, (iii) at the end of the applicable performance period, a
pro-rata portion of any earned award for a performance period that has commenced
but  not  yet  ended,  on  the date  of  such  termination.  If  the executive's
employment is  terminated by  the Company  without Cause  prior to  a Change  in
Control  and not during a Pre-Change in Control Period, there shall vest (i) any
earned unvested award for any completed  performance period and (ii) at the  end
of the applicable performance period, a pro-rata portion of any earned award for
a  performance period that has  commenced but not yet  terminated on the date of
such termination.
 
                                       62
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
RETIREMENT PLANS
 
     Each of the  Company's operating  subsidiaries presently  sponsors its  own
pension  benefit plans.  The Company intends  to consider  consolidation of such
plans.
 
     Substantially all  full-time  United  States  non-union  employees  of  the
Company  and its Subsidiaries who  are at least 21  years old and have completed
one year of  service with  Hanson or  the Company  or certain  of the  Company's
majority-owned  subsidiaries  are eligible  to  participate in  their respective
retirement plan.  Employees  will  become  vested in  their  benefit  under  the
retirement  plans after five years of  service. Normal retirement typically will
be the later of  age 65 or  five years of service;  however, employees who  work
beyond their normal retirement age will continue to accrue benefits.
 
     The  following tables set forth the  annual benefits upon retirement at age
65, without  regard to  statutory maximums,  for various  combinations of  final
average  earnings  and  lengths  of  service  which  would  be  payable  to  the
individuals named in the Summary  Compensation Table under the respective  plans
in which they participate assuming they retired in 1996 at the age of 65.
 
Millennium Chemicals Inc. Corporate Retirement Plan
 
     The  following table  shows the  estimated annual  retirement benefits that
would be  payable to  Messrs.  Landuyt and  Lee  under the  Company's  Corporate
Retirement  Plan (the 'Corporate  Retirement Plan') and  the Company's Corporate
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the 'Corporate SERP' and,  collectively,
with  the Corporate Retirement Plan, the 'Corporate Plans'). Messrs. Landuyt and
Lee have 13 and 14 years of Credited Service, respectively, under the  Corporate
Plans.
 
                                CORPORATE PLANS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     ANNUAL BENEFIT FOR YEARS OF CREDITED SERVICE SHOWN(2)
            FINAL 5-YEAR                -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         AVERAGE EARNINGS(1)            5 YEARS    10 YEARS    15 YEARS    20 YEARS    25 YEARS    30 YEARS    35 YEARS
- -------------------------------------   -------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
 
<S>                                     <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
$100,000.............................    13,334      26,668      40,002      53,336      66,670      66,670      66,670
$200,000.............................    26,668      53,336      80,004     106,672     133,340     133,340     133,340
$300,000.............................    40,002      80,004     120,006     160,008     200,010     200,010     200,010
$400,000.............................    53,336     106,672     160,008     213,344     266,680     266,680     266,680
$500,000.............................    66,670     133,340     200,010     266,680     333,350     333,350     333,350
$600,000.............................    80,004     160,008     240,012     320,016     400,020     400,020     400,020
$700,000.............................    93,338     186,676     280,014     373,352     466,690     466,690     466,690
$800,000.............................   106,672     213,344     320,016     426,688     533,360     533,360     533,360
$900,000.............................   120,006     240,012     360,018     480,024     600,030     600,030     600,030
$1,000,000...........................   133,340     266,680     400,020     533,360     666,700     666,700     666,700
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Final Average Earnings includes base salary only.
 
(2) Annual  Benefits are computed on the basis of straight life annuity amounts.
    The pension benefit  is calculated as  follows: (a) plus  (b) multiplied  by
    (c), where (a) is Final Average Earnings times 1.95%, (b) is that portion of
    Final  Average Earnings  in excess  of social  security Covered Compensation
    times .65%, and (c)  is years of  Credited Service to a  maximum of 25  (the
    'Corporate  Retirement Plan  formula'). Annual benefits  under the Corporate
    SERP are calculated as follows: (a)  minus (b) multiplied by (c), where  (a)
    is  Final Average Earnings  times 2.67%, (b) is  the Social Security Benefit
    times 2%, and  (c) is  years of  Credited Service to  a maximum  of 25.  The
    Corporate  SERP benefit is calculated without regard for the limitations set
    forth in  Sections 415  and  401(a)(17) of  the  Code (the  'Corporate  SERP
    formula').  The net  Corporate SERP  benefit is  the difference  between the
    benefits calculated  under the  Corporate Retirement  Plan formula  and  the
    Corporate  SERP formula. The Social Security  offset is not reflected in the
    above table. All capitalized terms used in this paragraph and not  otherwise
    defined have the meanings ascribed to them as in the relevant Corporate Plan
    documents.
 
                                       63
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
Quantum Chemical Retirement Plan
 
     The  following table  shows the  estimated annual  retirement benefits that
would be payable to Dr. Yocum under  the Pension Plan for Eligible Salaried  and
Non-Represented  Employees of  Quantum Chemical (the  'Quantum Retirement Plan')
and the Quantum  Chemical Supplemental Executive  Retirement Plan (the  'Quantum
SERP'  and, collectively with the Quantum Retirement Plan, the 'Quantum Plans').
Dr. Yocum has 11 years of Credited Service under the Quantum Plans. However, Dr.
Yocum's benefits under the Quantum Plans are offset by his accrued benefit under
the retirement plan of a former employer.
 
                                 QUANTUM PLANS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FINAL 5-YEAR                     ANNUAL BENEFIT FOR YEARS OF CREDITED SERVICE SHOWN(2)
  AVERAGE        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EARNINGS(1)      5 YEARS     10 YEARS     15 YEARS     20 YEARS     25 YEARS     30 YEARS     35 YEARS
- ------------     -------     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
 
<S>              <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
 $   100,000       8,147       16,294       24,440       32,587       40,734       48,881       57,027
 $   200,000      16,897       33,794       50,690       67,587       84,484      101,381      118,277
 $   300,000      25,647       51,294       76,940      102,587      128,234      153,881      179,527
 $   400,000      34,397       68,794      103,190      137,587      171,984      206,381      240,777
 $   500,000      43,147       86,294      129,440      172,587      215,734      258,881      302,027
 $   600,000      51,897      103,794      155,690      207,587      259,484      311,381      363,277
 $   700,000      60,647      121,294      181,940      242,587      303,234      363,881      424,527
 $   800,000      69,397      138,794      208,190      277,587      346,984      416,381      485,777
 $   900,000      78,147      156,294      234,440      312,587      390,734      468,881      547,027
 $ 1,000,000      86,897      173,794      260,690      347,587      434,484      521,381      608,277
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Final Average Earnings includes base salary only.
 
(2) Annual Benefits are computed on the basis of straight life annuity  amounts.
    The  pension  benefit is  calculated as  follows:  the sum  of (a)  plus (b)
    multiplied by (c), where (a) is that portion of final average earnings up to
    125% of social security Covered Compensation times 1.4%, (b) is that portion
    of final  average earnings  in excess  of 125%  of social  security  Covered
    Compensation  times 1.75%, and (c) is Credited Service up to a maximum of 35
    years (the 'Quantum  Retirement Plan  formula'). Annual  benefits under  the
    Quantum  SERP are  calculated in the  same manner as  the Quantum Retirement
    Plan except for the  inclusion of benefits that  would otherwise exceed  the
    maximums  provided  under  Sections  415 and  401(a)(17)  of  the  Code (the
    'Quantum SERP  formula'). The  net Quantum  SERP benefit  is the  difference
    between  the benefits calculated  under the Quantum  Retirement Plan formula
    and the Quantum SERP formula. All  capitalized terms used in this  paragraph
    and not otherwise defined have the meanings ascribed to them in the relevant
    Quantum Plan documents.
 
SCM Chemicals and Glidco Retirement Plans
 
     The  following table  shows the  estimated annual  retirement benefits that
would be  payable to  Mr.  Borst under  the  SCM Chemicals  Salaried  Employees'
Retirement Plan and the SCM Chemicals Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan and
to  Mr. Robbins  under the  Glidco Salaried  Employees' Retirement  plan and the
Glidco Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan.  The  provisions  of  the  two
Salaried  Employees' Retirement Plans  (the 'SCM Retirement  Plans') and the two
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (the 'SCM SERPs' and, collectively  with
the  'SCM Retirement Plans,'  the 'SCM Plans')  are virtually identical. Messrs.
Borst and Robbins have 12 and 14 years of Credited Service, respectively,  under
the SCM Plans.
 
                                       64
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                                   SCM PLANS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FINAL 5-YEAR                     ANNUAL BENEFIT FOR YEARS OF CREDITED SERVICE SHOWN(2)
  AVERAGE        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EARNINGS(1)      5 YEARS     10 YEARS     15 YEARS     20 YEARS     25 YEARS     30 YEARS     35 YEARS
- ------------     -------     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
<S>              <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
 $   100,000       7,500       15,000       22,500       30,000       37,500       45,000       45,000
 $   200,000      15,000       30,000       45,000       60,000       75,000       90,000       90,000
 $   300,000      22,500       45,000       67,500       90,000      112,500      135,000      135,000
 $   400,000      30,000       60,000       90,000      120,000      150,000      180,000      180,000
 $   500,000      37,500       75,000      112,500      150,000      187,500      225,000      225,000
 $   600,000      45,000       90,000      135,000      180,000      225,000      270,000      270,000
 $   700,000      52,500      105,000      157,500      210,000      262,500      315,000      315,000
 $   800,000      60,000      120,000      180,000      240,000      300,000      360,000      360,000
 $   900,000      67,500      135,000      202,500      270,000      337,500      405,000      405,000
 $ 1,000,000      75,000      150,000      225,000      300,000      375,000      450,000      450,000
</TABLE>
 
(1) The SCM Plans' definition of 'earnings' is W-2 pay, excluding severance pay,
    prizes,  awards, grievance settlements, overseas  cost of living allowances,
    relocation   allowances,   mortgage   assistance,   executive   perquisites,
    contributions  or benefits under  any plan of  deferred compensation (except
    salary deferrals  under  Code Sections  401(k)  and 125),  and  compensation
    realized under any current or former stock option plan.
 
(2) Annual  benefits are computed on the basis of straight life annuity amounts.
    The pension  benefit is  calculated as  follows: the  sum of  (a) minus  (b)
    multiplied  by (c), where (a)  is Final Average Earnings  times 1.5%, (b) is
    the Social Security Benefit times 1.667%, and (c) is Credited Service up  to
    a  maximum of 30 years (the  'SCM Retirement Plan formula'). Annual benefits
    under the SCM SERPs are calculated in the same manner as the SCM  Retirement
    Plan  formula except  it includes benefits  that would  otherwise exceed the
    maximums provided under Sections  415 and 401(a)(17) of  the Code (the  'SCM
    SERP  formula').  The net  SCM SERP  benefit is  the difference  between the
    benefits calculated under the SCM Retirement  Plan formula and the SCM  SERP
    formula. The Social Security offset is not reflected in the above table. All
    capitalized  terms used in this paragraph and not otherwise defined have the
    meanings ascribed to them in the relevant SCM Plan documents.
 
(3) In addition, certain  other retirement  benefits may become  payable to  Mr.
    Borst pursuant to a prior agreement with Hanson. This agreement provides for
    a guaranteed minimum level of annual retirement benefits (a percent of final
    year's  pay up to a dollar maximum) that may exceed those benefits described
    in the formulas above. The guarantees  are as follows: retirement at age  62
      -- 25% of Annual Earnings (with  a maximum of $129,200), retirement at age
    63  -- 30% of  Annual Earnings (with a  maximum of $203,500), retirement  at
    age  64    --  35% of  Annual  Earnings  (with a  maximum  of  $243,600) and
    retirement at  age  65   --  50%  of  Annual Earnings  (with  a  maximum  of
    $300,000).
 
CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENTS
 
     The  following  is  a summary  of  the  change in  control  agreements (the
'Agreements') that are in effect between  each of the five individuals named  in
the Summary Compensation Table and eight other executive officers of the Company
or  a  Company Subsidiary,  on  the one  hand, and  the  Company or  the Company
Subsidiary by which each such executive officer is employed (the 'Employer'), on
the other  hand.  Subject  to  certain surviving  rights,  the  Agreements  will
terminate  on September  30, 2002,  provided, that  if a  Change in  Control (as
defined below)  has taken  place prior  to termination  of the  Agreements,  the
Agreements  shall continue in full  force and effect during  the two year period
after a Change in Control (the 'Post-Change in Control Period'). In addition  to
providing  rights upon  a Change in  Control (as defined  below), the Agreements
provide the executives certain rights of indemnification.
 
     A 'Change  in Control'  is defined  in  the Agreements  as (i)  any  person
(subject  to  certain exceptions)  becoming the  'beneficial owner'  (within the
meaning of  Rule 13d-3  under  the Exchange  Act),  directly or  indirectly,  of
securities  of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power
of the  Company's outstanding  securities, (ii)  during any  period of  two  (2)
consecutive  years (not  including any period  prior to the  consummation of the
Demerger), individuals who at the
 
                                       65
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
beginning of such period constitute the  Board of Directors of the Company,  and
any  new director (other than a director  designated by a person who has entered
into an agreement with the Company  to effect a transaction described in  clause
(i),  (iii) or  (iv) of this  clause or  a director whose  initial assumption of
office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest  or
other  actual or threatened solicitation of proxies  or consents by or on behalf
of a person other than the Board of Directors of the Company) whose election  by
the  Board  of  Directors of  the  Company  or nomination  for  election  by the
Company's stockholders was  approved by  a vote of  at least  two-thirds of  the
directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the
two  (2) year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously
so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board
of Directors of the  Company; (iii) the merger  or consolidation of the  Company
with any other corporation (subject to certain exceptions), (iv) approval by the
Company's  stockholders of a plan of complete  liquidation of the Company or the
sale of all  or substantially all  of the Company's  assets (subject to  certain
exceptions),  or (v)  in the case  of Messrs.  Yocum, Borst and  Robbins (x) any
person (subject to certain exceptions)  becoming the 'beneficial owner'  (within
the  meaning  of  Rule  13d-3  under the  Exchange  Act)  of  securities  of the
respective subsidiary of which he  is chief executive officer representing  more
than  50% of the combined voting power of its outstanding securities, or (y) the
sale of all or substantially  all of the assets  of such subsidiary (subject  to
certain exceptions).
 
     The  Agreements provide that if during the 180 day period prior to a Change
in Control (the 'Pre-Change  in Control Period') or  the Post-Change in  Control
Period  (collectively  with the  Pre-Change in  Control  Period, the  'Change in
Control Protection Period') (i) the  executive terminates his or her  employment
for  Good Reason (as defined below), (ii)  a Change in Control occurs and during
the Post-Change in Control Period the  executive, subject to a required 180  day
period  of continued employment, in certain circumstances, terminates his or her
employment for any reason (including death), (iii) the executive's employment is
terminated by his or her Employer without Cause or due to disability during  the
Change  in  Control Protection  Period, or  (iv)  the executive's  employment is
terminated by  his or  her  Employer at  or  after the  age  of 65  (in  certain
circumstances)  during the Post-Change in Control  Period, the executive (or, if
applicable, the executive's legal representative)  shall be entitled to  receive
(w)  in a lump  sum within five days  after such termination  (or, if within the
Pre-Change in Control Period, within five days after the Change in Control)  (1)
three  times  the  highest  base  salary paid  within  180  days  prior  to such
termination (provided  that if  the  termination is  based on  disability,  such
payment  shall be offset by the projected  disability benefits to be paid by the
Employer or by  Employer-provided insurance),  and (2) three  times the  highest
annual  bonus paid  or payable to  the executive  for any of  the previous three
completed fiscal years by the  Employer (with the bonus  for any years prior  to
the  Dividend Payment Date  being deemed to equal  the executive's maximum bonus
target), (x)  three years  of  additional service  and compensation  credit  for
pension purposes, (y) three years of the maximum Employer contribution under any
type  of qualified or nonqualified defined  contribution plan; and (z) provision
for the executive's  and his  dependents' health  coverage for  three years.  In
addition,  if the payment  to the executive under  the Agreements, together with
certain other amounts paid to  the executive, exceeds certain threshold  amounts
and  results from a change in ownership  as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the
Code, the  Agreements provide  that  the executive  will receive  an  additional
amount  to cover the federal excise tax and any interest, penalties or additions
to tax with respect thereto on a 'grossed up' basis.
 
     In the  Agreements,  'Cause' is  defined  as the  executive's  (i)  willful
misconduct  with regard to the  Employer or its affiliates  which has a material
adverse effect in the aggregate  on the Employer and  its affiliates taken as  a
whole,  (ii) refusal  to follow  the proper  written direction  of the  board of
directors of the Employer provided that  the executive does not believe in  good
faith that such direction is illegal, unethical or immoral and promptly notifies
the  appropriate  board,  (iii)  conviction for  a  felony  (subject  to certain
exceptions), (iv)  breach of  any fiduciary  duty owed  to the  Employer or  its
affiliates which has a material adverse effect on the Company and its affiliates
taken  as a  whole or  (v) material  fraud with  regard to  the Employer  or its
affiliates. 'Good Reason' is  defined (subject to certain  exceptions) as (i)  a
material diminution in the executive's position, duties or responsibilities from
the executive's highest position held during the Pre-Change in Control Period or
the  assignment of duties  or responsibilities inconsistent  with such position,
(ii) removal from or the failure of the executive to be re-elected to any of his
positions as an  officer with the  Employer, (iii) relocation  of the  principal
United States executive
 
                                       66
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
offices  of the Employer  to a location more  than 25 miles  from where they are
located at the time of  a Change in Control or  a relocation by the Employer  of
executive's  principal office  away from  such principal  United States offices,
(iv) if a  director during  the Pre-Change  in Control,  executive's removal  or
failure  to be reelected to  the Company's Board, (v)  a failure to continue the
executive as  a participant  in, or  to  continue, any  bonus program  in  which
executive  was entitled to participate within  the Pre-Change in Control Period,
(vi) any material breach by a party other than the executive of any provision of
the Agreement, (vii) a reduction by  the Employer of executive's rate of  annual
base  salary within 180 days  prior to a Change in  Control or (viii) failure by
any successor to the Employer to assume the Agreement.
 
     The Agreements do not apply to  a termination of employment outside of  the
Change in Control Protection Period. The Company Subsidiaries presently maintain
customary severance policies applicable to their respective employees.
 
     In  addition  to the  Agreements, approximately  45 executive  officers and
management employees of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries have agreements
with their respective employer which provide severance protection upon a  Change
in Control substantially similar to that provided by the Agreements, except that
(i)  amounts payable and benefits  provided will be determined  by a multiple of
two rather  than  three and  the  payments thereunder  will  be subject  to  the
limitations  of Section 280G(b)(2) of the  Code, (ii) the definitions of 'Cause'
and 'Good Reason'  in certain instances  will have differences  that afford  the
Employer  broader rights, and (iii) the rights of the executive upon a Change in
Control will in certain instances be less.
 
                                       67
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                             SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF
                   CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF COMMON STOCK
 
     The following  table,  which is  based  upon information  provided  to  the
Company,  sets forth  the beneficial  ownership of Common  Stock by  each of the
directors, each  of the  executive officers  named in  the Summary  Compensation
Table  and all  directors and executive  officers as  a group as  of November 1,
1996. Based upon information available  to the Company, as  of the date of  this
Prospectus  no  person is  believed  to own  beneficially  more than  5%  of the
outstanding Common Stock.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 NUMBER OF SHARES
                                                                                   BENEFICIALLY         % OF SHARES
                                     NAME                                             OWNED             OUTSTANDING
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------------       -----------
 
<S>                                                                              <C>                    <C>
William M. Landuyt............................................................         449,770(a)               *
 
Robert E. Lee.................................................................         315,169(b)               *
 
The Rt. Hon. Kenneth Baker CH MP..............................................             742(c)               *
 
Worley H. Clark...............................................................             813(c)               *
 
Martin D. Ginsburg............................................................             671(c)               *
 
The Rt. Hon. The Lord Glenarthur..............................................             971(c)               *
 
David J.P. Meachin............................................................             671(c)               *
 
Martin G. Taylor..............................................................           9,242(c)               *
 
Donald V. Borst...............................................................         228,641(d)               *
 
George W. Robbins.............................................................         226,845(e)               *
 
Ronald H. Yocum...............................................................         224,587(f)               *
 
All directors and executive officers as a group (18 persons)..................       1,909,556               2.5%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
 * Represents less than 1%.
 
 (a) Includes 448,053 shares of restricted Common Stock awarded under the  Stock
     Incentive  Plan,  of  which  336,040 are  subject  to  vesting  pursuant to
     performance criteria  and  the  remainder  of which  are  subject  to  time
     vesting;  306 shares of Common Stock held  in the Company's 401(k) plan for
     Mr. Landuyt's account as  of September 30, 1996;  and 885 shares of  Common
     Stock held in Mr. Landuyt's spouse's name.
 
 (b) Includes  313,637 shares of restricted Common Stock awarded under the Stock
     Incentive Plan,  of  which  235,406  are subject  to  vesting  pursuant  to
     performance  criteria  and  the  remainder of  which  are  subject  to time
     vesting; 392 shares of Common Stock  held in the Company's 401(k) plan  for
     Mr.  Lee's account as of September 30, 1996; 6 shares of Common Stock owned
     directly by  Mr. Lee's  wife,  as to  which  Mr. Lee  disclaims  beneficial
     ownership; and 3 shares of Common Stock owned directly by Mr. Lee's son, as
     to which Mr. Lee disclaims beneficial ownership.
 
 (c) Includes 671 shares awarded under the Stock Incentive Plan.
 
 (d) Includes  224,026 shares of restricted Common Stock awarded under the Stock
     Incentive Plan,  of  which  168,020  are subject  to  vesting  pursuant  to
     performance  criteria  and  the  remainder of  which  are  subject  to time
     vesting; and 3,754 shares of Common Stock held in the Company's 401(k) plan
     for Mr. Borst's account as of September 30, 1996.
 
 (e) Includes 224,026 shares of restricted Common Stock awarded under the  Stock
     Incentive  Plan, the 168,020 are subject to vesting pursuant to performance
     criteria and the  remainder of  which are  subject to  time vesting;  1,600
     shares  of Common Stock held in the  Company's 401(k) plan for Mr. Robbin's
     account as of September 30, 1996; and  71 shares of Common Stock held in  a
     trust  of which Mr. Robbins  is trustee, as to  which Mr. Robbins disclaims
     beneficial ownership.
 
                                              (footnotes continued on next page)
 
                                       68
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
(footnotes continued from previous page)
 
 (f) Includes 224,026 shares of restricted Common Stock awarded under the  Stock
     Incentive  Plan,  of  which  168,020 are  subject  to  vesting  pursuant to
     performance criteria  and  the  remainder  of which  are  subject  to  time
     vesting;  and 206 shares of Common Stock  held in the Company's 401(k) plan
     for Dr. Yocum's account as of September 30, 1996.
 
                            ------------------------
 
     Stock ownership  guidelines  have been  established  for the  32  executive
officers  and  senior  managers  of the  Company  and  Company  subsidiaries who
received awards  of restricted  stock shortly  after the  Demerger. Under  these
guidelines,  these  individuals  are expected  to  achieve, within  a  five year
period, targeted ownership levels of Common Stock requiring personal investments
ranging from  75% of  annual base  salary to  300% of  annual base  salary.  See
'Executive Compensation -- Company Stock Ownership Guidelines.'
 
                         DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES
 
     The  following is a description of the Notes and Debentures offered hereby.
Unless otherwise specified, the description applies to all of the Securities.
 
     The Securities  will  be issued  under  the indenture  to  be dated  as  of
November  27, 1996 (the 'Indenture'), among the Issuer, the Company and The Bank
of New York, as trustee  (the 'Trustee'). The Securities  will be issued in  two
series  as the  7% Senior  Notes due  November 15,  2006 and  the 7  5/8% Senior
Debentures due November 15,  2026, which will rank  pari passu with each  other.
Each  series of Securities will bear interest  at the respective rates per annum
set forth in  ' --  Maturity, Principal and  Interest.' The  Securities will  be
irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company. See ' -- Guarantees.'
 
     The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those
made  part of the Indenture by reference to  the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended (the 'Trust  Indenture Act').  The Securities  are subject  to all  such
terms,  and Holders of  Securities are referred  to the Indenture  and the Trust
Indenture Act for a statement of those  terms. A copy of the Indenture has  been
filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, of which this Prospectus is a
part.
 
     The  following  summary of  certain provisions  of  the Indenture  does not
purport to be complete and is subject to the provisions of the Indenture and the
Securities, including  the  definitions therein  of  certain terms  used  below.
Capitalized terms used in this section and not otherwise defined in this section
have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. Unless otherwise
indicated,  all references in this section to  (i) the Company are to Millennium
Chemicals Inc. and not to its subsidiaries and (ii) the Issuer are to Millennium
America Inc. and not to its subsidiaries.
 
RANKING
 
     The Securities and the Guarantees  will be unsecured senior obligations  of
the  Issuer and  the Company,  respectively, and will  rank pari  passu with all
other existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of, and will
be senior in  right of  payment of principal  and interest  to all  subordinated
indebtedness  of, the Issuer  and the Company,  respectively. The Securities and
the Guarantees will be effectively subordinated  to (i) all existing and  future
secured  indebtedness of the Issuer and the  Company, to the extent of the value
of  the  assets  securing  such  indebtedness,  (ii)  all  existing  and  future
indebtedness (including guarantees) of any subsidiaries of the Issuer and of the
Company  (other than the Issuer) and (iii) all existing and future guarantees by
the subsidiaries of the Issuer and of the Company (other than the Issuer) of the
Issuer's and the Company's indebtedness.
 
     Each of  the Issuer  and the  Company are  holding companies  that  operate
through  subsidiaries. Accordingly,  the ability of  each of the  Issuer and the
Company to service  their indebtedness, including  the Securities, is  dependent
upon   the  cash  flow  and  ability   to  pay  dividends  of  their  respective
subsidiaries. The Issuer's  and the  Company's rights  and the  rights of  their
respective creditors, including
 
                                       69
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
Holders  of the Securities, to participate in  the assets of any subsidiary upon
such subsidiary's liquidation or recapitalization  will be subject to the  prior
claims of such subsidiary's creditors.
 
     At  September 30,  1996, on a  pro forma  basis after giving  effect to the
Demerger Transactions,  the Tender  Offer and  the Offering,  the Issuer  (on  a
consolidated basis) had indebtedness of approximately $2.5 billion, of which $51
million  represented  indebtedness  of  its  subsidiaries.  The  Company  (on  a
consolidated basis) had  additional indebtedness  of $40 million,  all of  which
represented   indebtedness  of  subsidiaries  other  than  the  Issuer  and  its
subsidiaries.
 
     The Indenture does not (i) restrict the incurrence of additional  unsecured
indebtedness  by  the  Company or  the  Issuer  (although it  does  restrict the
incurrence of additional unsecured indebtedness  by certain subsidiaries of  the
Issuer);  (ii) prohibit  a consolidation,  merger, sale  of assets,  dividend or
other similar transaction that may adversely affect the creditworthiness of  the
Company  or the Issuer  or the successor  or combined entity  of either thereof;
(iii) prohibit  a change  in  control of  the Company  or  the Issuer;  or  (iv)
restrict a highly leveraged transaction involving the Company or the Issuer.
 
MATURITY, PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST
 
     The  Securities  will be  issued in  the  aggregate principal  amount, bear
interest at the  rate per annum  and have  the stated maturity  of principal  as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   PRINCIPAL
SERIES                               AMOUNT        INTEREST RATE      STATED MATURITY
- ------------------------------    ------------     -------------     -----------------
 
<S>                               <C>              <C>               <C>
Notes                             $500,000,000               7%      November 15, 2006
Debentures                        $250,000,000           7 5/8%      November 15, 2026
</TABLE>
 
     The  Securities will bear interest at  the rate shown above until maturity,
payable semi-annually  in  arrears on  May  15 and  November  15 of  each  year,
commencing  May 15, 1997 to the persons who are registered Holders of Securities
at the close of  business on the  April 30 or  October 31 immediately  preceding
such  interest  payment  date.  The  Indenture  provides  that  interest  on the
Securities will be  computed on the  basis of  a 360-day year  of twelve  30-day
months.  Principal  of,  and interest  on,  the  Securities will  be  payable in
immediately available funds, and, subject to the terms of the Indenture and  the
limitations applicable to Global Securities, the Securities will be exchangeable
and  transferable at  an office or  agency of the  Issuer, one of  which will be
maintained for such purpose in The City of New York (which initially will be the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee) or such other office or agency  permitted
under  the Indenture; provided, however, that payment of interest may be made at
the option of the Issuer by check mailed to the person entitled thereto as shown
on the Security  Register on  the Regular Record  Date. The  Securities will  be
issued  only in registered  form without coupons, in  denominations of $1,000 or
any  integral  multiple  thereof.  No  service  charge  will  be  made  for  any
registration  of transfer or exchange of Securities, except for any tax or other
governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.
 
     Settlement  for  the  Securities  will  be  made  by  the  Underwriters  in
immediately  available funds. All payments of principal of, and interest on, the
Securities will  be  made by  the  Issuer to  the  Paying Agent  in  immediately
available  funds. The Securities  will trade in  DTC's Same-Day Funds Settlement
System until  maturity, and  secondary market  trading for  the Securities  will
therefor settle in immediately available funds.
 
GUARANTEES
 
     Pursuant  to the  Guarantees, the  Company irrevocably  and unconditionally
will guarantee  the performance  of  the Issuer  under  the Securities  and  the
punctual  payment when and as due, whether upon maturity, acceleration, call for
redemption or otherwise, of principal of, and interest on, the Securities.
 
     The Company will be released from  the Guarantees, and the Guarantees  will
terminate,  if the obligations of the Issuer  under the Indenture are assumed by
an acquiring or successor Person (that is not a direct or indirect Subsidiary of
the Company) pursuant to  the consolidation, merger and  sale provisions of  the
Indenture. See ' -- Consolidation, Merger and Certain Sales of Assets.' (Section
1101)
 
                                       70
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
REDEMPTION
 
     Except  as noted below, the Securities are not subject to redemption by the
Issuer prior to maturity.
 
     If, as the result of any change in or any amendment to the laws,  including
any  applicable double taxation treaty or  convention, of the United Kingdom (or
any Other  Jurisdiction, as  defined  below under  '  -- Payment  of  Additional
Amounts'),  or  of  any  political  subdivision  or  taxing  authority  thereof,
affecting taxation, or any change in  the application or interpretation of  such
laws,  double taxation treaty  or convention, which  change or amendment becomes
effective on or after the original issuance date of any series of Securities (or
such later  date  on which  any  assignee of  the  Issuer, the  Company  or  any
successor  corporation  to  the  Issuer  or the  Company  becomes  such),  it is
determined by  the  Issuer, the  Company  or  such assignee  (which  terms,  for
purposes of the remainder of this paragraph, include any successor thereto) that
(i) the Issuer, the Company or an assignee, would be required to make additional
payments in respect of principal or interest on the next succeeding date for the
payment  thereof, or (ii)  based upon an  opinion of independent  counsel to the
Issuer, the Company  or an  assignee, as  a result of  any action  taken by  any
taxing  authority of, or any action brought in a court of competent jurisdiction
in, the United Kingdom (or an  Other Jurisdiction) or any political  subdivision
or  taxing authority thereof or therein (whether or not such action was taken or
brought with respect to the Issuer,  the Company or its assignee), which  action
is  taken or brought on or after the  original issuance date of such series (or,
in certain circumstances,  such later  date on  which a  corporation becomes  an
assignee),  the circumstances  described in clause  (i) would  exist, the Issuer
may, at its option, redeem such series of  Securities in whole at any time at  a
redemption  price (the  'Tax Redemption Price')  equal to 100%  of the principal
amount thereof plus accrued interest to the date fixed for redemption.  (Section
1301)
 
RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS
 
  Limitation on Liens
 
     The  Indenture provides that the  Issuer will not, and  will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to,  issue, incur,  create, assume or  guarantee any  Debt
secured  by a mortgage,  lien, pledge or  other encumbrance (a  'Lien') upon any
Restricted  Property  ('Secured  Debt')  without  effectively  and  concurrently
providing  that the Securities (and, if the Issuer shall so determine, any other
Debt that is not  subordinate in right  of payment to  the Securities) shall  be
secured  equally and ratably with  (or prior to) such Debt  so long as such Debt
shall be so secured. This restriction will not apply to:
 
<TABLE>
     <S>      <C>
     (i)      Liens existing on the date of the Indenture;
     (ii)     Liens affecting property of a Person existing at  the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or  at
              the time it is merged into or consolidated with the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time
              of  a  sale,  lease or  other  disposition  of the  properties  of  such Person  as  an  entirety or
              substantially as an entirety to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;
     (iii)    Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition or lease thereof or incurred to secure payment
              of all or part of the purchase price thereof or to secure Debt incurred prior to, at the time of, or
              within 185 days  after the acquisition  for the  purpose of financing  all or part  of the  purchase
              price;
     (iv)     Liens  on property to secure all  or part of the cost of  construction or improvements thereon or to
              secure Debt  incurred prior  to,  at the  time  of, or  within 185  days  after completion  of  such
              construction or making of such improvements, to provide funds for any such purpose;
     (v)      Liens  securing Debt of the  Issuer or any Restricted  Subsidiary owing to the  Issuer or to another
              Subsidiary of the Issuer;
     (vi)     Liens required by  any contract or  statute in  order to permit  the Issuer or  its Subsidiaries  to
              perform  any contract or  subcontract made by  it with or at  the request of  the United States, any
              State of the  United States, another  country or any  department, agency or  instrumentality of  the
              foregoing;
     (vii)    Liens securing only the Securities and/or the Guarantees;
</TABLE>
 
                                       71
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
     <S>      <C>
     (viii)   Liens to secure bids, tenders, contracts (other than contracts for the repayment of borrowed money),
              leases,  statutory  obligations,  surety and  appeal  bonds, performance  or  return-of-money bonds,
              progress payments, customs  duties and  other obligations  of like  nature arising  in the  ordinary
              course of business; and
 
     (ix)     Any  extension, renewal, refinancing, refunding or  replacement (or successive extensions, renewals,
              refinancings, refundings or replacements) of any  Lien or Debt secured by  any Lien, in whole or  in
              part,  that is referred to in the foregoing  clauses (i) through (viii); provided, however, that the
              principal amount of  Debt so secured  pursuant to this  clause (ix) shall  not exceed the  principal
              amount  of  Debt so  secured (plus  the aggregate  amount  of premiums,  other payments,  costs, and
              expenses required to be paid  or incurred in connection  with such extension, renewal,  refinancing,
              refunding  or  replacement)  at the  time  of  such extension,  renewal,  refinancing,  refunding or
              replacement, and  that such  extension,  renewal, refinancing,  refunding  or replacement  shall  be
              limited  to all or the part of the property (including improvements, alterations and repairs on such
              property) subject to the  encumbrance so extended, renewed,  refinanced, refunded or replaced  (plus
              improvements, alterations and repairs on such property).
</TABLE>
 
     In addition, the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary may, without securing
the  Securities, issue,  incur, create, assume  or guarantee Secured  Debt in an
aggregate principal amount  which, together with  (without duplication) (a)  the
aggregate  principal amount  of all  other Secured  Debt of  the Issuer  and the
Restricted Subsidiaries  (other than  Debt  permitted to  be secured  under  the
provisions  described in  clauses (i)  through (ix)  inclusive, above),  (b) the
aggregate Value  of Sale  and  Lease-Back Transactions  of  the Issuer  and  the
Restricted  Subsidiaries (other than Sale  and Lease-Back Transactions permitted
under the provisions described in clauses (i) and (ii) under ' -- Limitation  on
Sale  and Lease-Back Transactions'),  and (c) the  aggregate principal amount of
all Funded Debt of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Funded Debt permitted
to be  incurred under  the provisions  described in  clauses (i)  through  (vii)
inclusive under ' -- Limitation on Restricted Subsidiary Funded Debt'), does not
at  the time of such incurrence exceed  15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.
(Section 1007)
 
     The  term  'Consolidated  Net  Tangible  Assets'  means,  at  any  date  of
determination,  the total amount  of assets (less  applicable reserves and other
properly deductible items) after deducting therefrom (i) all current liabilities
(excluding any thereof which are by  their terms extendible or renewable at  the
option of the obligor thereon to a time more than 12 months after the time as of
which  the amount thereof is being  computed and excluding current maturities of
long term debt),  and (ii) the  value (net  of any applicable  reserves) of  all
goodwill,  trade names,  trademarks, purchased  technology, patents, unamortized
debt discount and other  like intangible assets,  all as set  forth on the  most
recent  balance sheet of the Issuer  and its consolidated Subsidiaries, computed
in accordance with GAAP.
 
     The term 'Debt' means  (without duplication), with  respect to any  Person,
whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person and whether
or not contingent, (i) every obligation of such Person for money borrowed (other
than  letters  of credit),  (ii) every  obligation of  such Person  evidenced by
bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) every obligation of
such Person issued  or assumed  as the deferred  purchase price  of property  or
services,  if and to the extent that such obligation would appear as a liability
upon a  balance sheet  of such  Person  prepared in  accordance with  GAAP  (but
excluding  trade accounts payable or accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary
course of  business), and  (iv) every  obligation  of the  type referred  to  in
clauses (i) through (iii) above of another Person and all Debt of another Person
the  payment  of  which,  in  either case,  such  Person  has  guaranteed  or is
responsible  or  liable,  directly  or  indirectly,  as  obligor,  guarantor  or
otherwise.
 
     The  term 'Person' means any  individual, corporation, partnership, limited
liability company,  joint  venture,  association,  joint-stock  company,  trust,
unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof.
 
     The  term  'Restricted Property'  means  (i) any  land,  land improvements,
buildings and fixtures (to the  extent they constitute real property  interests,
including  any leasehold  interest therein)  constituting a  principal corporate
office or a manufacturing, distribution  or warehouse facility (other than  such
as  are determined in good faith  by the Board of Directors  of the Issuer to be
immaterial to the total business
 
                                       72
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
conducted by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole) and (ii) any
shares of capital stock or indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary.
 
     The term 'Restricted Subsidiary' means  any Subsidiary of the Issuer  which
owns  Restricted Property and is  organized under the laws  of a jurisdiction in
the United States.
 
     The term 'Subsidiary' means, with  respect to any Person, any  corporation,
association  or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting
power of shares of securities entitled (without regard to the occurrence of  any
contingency)  to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof
is at the time owned  or controlled, directly or  indirectly, by such Person  or
one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof.
 
  Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions
 
     The  Indenture provides that the  Issuer will not, and  will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any arrangement with any Person (other than
the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary), providing for the leasing to the  Issuer
or  a  Restricted  Subsidiary for  a  period of  more  than three  years  of any
Restricted Property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer
or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person (other  than
the  Issuer or a Restricted  Subsidiary), to which funds have  been or are to be
advanced by  such Person  on the  security  of the  leased property  (each  such
arrangement, a 'Sale and Lease-Back Transaction') unless:
 
<TABLE>
     <S>    <C>
     (i)    The  Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary applies or commits  to apply an amount equal to the Value of
            such Sale  and Lease-Back  Transaction to  the repayment,  redemption or  retirement (other  than  any
            mandatory repayment, redemption or retirement or by way of payment at maturity) within 185 days of the
            effective  date  of such  Sale and  Lease-Back Transaction  of Debt  of the  Issuer or  any Restricted
            Subsidiary which by its terms (a) matures at (or is extendible or renewable, at the sole option of the
            obligor without the consent of the obligee, to) a date more than 12 months after the date of  creation
            of such Debt, and (b) is not subordinated to the Securities or the Guarantees; or
     (ii)   The Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary applies the net proceeds of the sale to investment in another
            Restricted Property within 185 days prior or subsequent to such sale.
</TABLE>
 
     In addition, the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a Sale
and   Lease-Back  Transaction  with  a   Value  which,  together  with  (without
duplication)  (a)  the  aggregate  Value  of  all  other  Sale  and   Lease-Back
Transactions  of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Sale and
Lease-Back Transactions permitted under the provisions described in clauses  (i)
and  (ii) above), (b) the aggregate principal  amount of all Secured Debt of the
Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Debt permitted to be  secured
under  the  provisions described  in clauses  (i)  through (ix)  inclusive under
' -- Limitation on Liens'), and (c) the aggregate principal amount of all Funded
Debt of the  Restricted Subsidiaries  (other than  Funded Debt  permitted to  be
incurred  under the provisions  described in clause  (i) through (vii) inclusive
under ' -- Limitation  on Restricted Subsidiary Funded  Debt'), does not at  the
time  of entering into exceed 15%  of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. (Section
1008)
 
     The term 'Value' means, with respect to a Sale and Lease-Back  Transaction,
at  the time of  determination, the amount equal  to the greater  of (a) the net
proceeds of the sale or  transfer of the property  leased pursuant to such  Sale
and  Lease-Back Transaction and (b) the fair  value of such property at the time
of entering into such  Sale and Lease-Back Transaction;  for purposes of  clause
(b)  of this sentence, fair value shall  be determined by the Board of Directors
of the Issuer in its good faith judgment.
 
  Limitation on Restricted Subsidiary Funded Debt
 
     The Indenture  provides that  the  Issuer will  not permit  any  Restricted
Subsidiary  to issue, incur,  create, assume or guarantee  any Funded Debt. This
restriction will not apply to:
 
          (i) Funded Debt of any Restricted  Subsidiary existing on the date  of
     the Indenture;
 
          (ii)  Funded  Debt of  a  Person existing  at  the time  it  becomes a
     Restricted Subsidiary or at the time it is merged into or consolidated with
     a  Restricted   Subsidiary  or   at  the   time  of   a  sale,   lease   or
 
                                       73
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
     other  disposition  of the  properties  of such  Person  as an  entirety or
     substantially as an entirety to a Restricted Subsidiary;
 
          (iii) Funded Debt  incurred prior to,  at the time  of, or within  185
     days  after  the  acquisition of  property  or  assets for  the  purpose of
     financing all or part of the purchase price;
 
          (iv) Funded Debt incurred prior to, at the time of, or within 185 days
     after the construction, improvement or development of property or assets to
     provide funds for any such purpose;
 
          (v) Funded Debt  owing by  a Restricted  Subsidiary to  the Issuer  or
     another Subsidiary of the Issuer (or to the Company or any other Subsidiary
     of the Company during such time as the Guarantees remain in effect);
 
          (vi)  Funded Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary (a) that serves as a cash
     management company for the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (or for the  Company
     and  its Subsidiaries during such time  as the Guarantees remain in effect)
     and has  no other  material operations  or business,  (b) that,  for  every
     transfer of funds to it, records a corresponding liability on its books and
     records to the transferor thereof, and (c) whose assets will not materially
     exceed its liabilities; and
 
          (vii)  Any extension,  renewal, refinancing,  refunding or replacement
     (or  successive   extensions,   renewals,   refinancings,   refundings   or
     replacements)  of  any Funded  Debt  referred to  in  any of  the foregoing
     clauses (i) through (vi); provided,  however, that the principal amount  of
     the Funded Debt incurred pursuant to this clause (vii) shall not exceed the
     principal  amount of Funded Debt so extended, renewed, refinanced, refunded
     or replaced (plus the aggregate  amount of premiums, other payments,  costs
     and  expenses  required to  be  paid or  incurred  in connection  with such
     extension, renewal, refinancing, refunding or  replacement) at the time  of
     such extension, renewal, refinancing, refunding or replacement.
 
          In  addition, a Restricted Subsidiary may issue, incur, create, assume
     or guarantee Funded Debt in  an aggregate principal amount which,  together
     with  (without duplication) (a) the aggregate principal amount of all other
     Funded  Debt  of  the  Restricted  Subsidiaries  (other  than  Funded  Debt
     permitted  to be  incurred under  the provisions  described in  clauses (i)
     through (vii) inclusive above), (b)  the aggregate principal amount of  all
     Secured Debt of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Debt
     permitted  to  be secured  under the  provisions  described in  clauses (i)
     through (ix)  inclusive under  '  -- Limitation  on  Liens'), and  (c)  the
     aggregate  Value of Sale  and Lease-Back Transactions  (other than Sale and
     Lease-Back  Transactions   described  in   clauses  (i)   and  (ii)   under
     ' -- Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions'), does not at the time
     of such incurrence exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. (Section
     1009)
 
          The  term 'Funded Debt' means Debt that  by its terms (i) matures more
     than one  year from  the date  of  original issuance  or creation  or  (ii)
     matures  within one year from such date,  but is renewable or extendible at
     the option of the obligor to a date more than one year from such date.
 
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER AND CERTAIN SALES OF ASSETS
 
     The Indenture provides  that the Issuer  may merge or  consolidate with  or
into any other Person or sell or convey all or substantially all of its property
to any Person in a single transaction or a series of transactions, if (i) (a) in
the case of a merger or consolidation, the Issuer is the surviving Person or (b)
in  the case of a merger or consolidation  where the Issuer is not the surviving
Person and in the case of such a sale or conveyance, the successor or  acquiring
Person  is  a  corporation, partnership,  trust  or other  entity  organized and
validly existing  under the  laws  of any  domestic jurisdiction  and  expressly
assumes  the due and punctual payment of  the principal of, and interest on, the
Securities and  the performance  and  observance of  all  of the  covenants  and
conditions  of the Indenture to be performed and observed by the Issuer and (ii)
no default in  the performance  of any covenant  or condition  of the  Indenture
shall  arise  as a  result  of such  merger or  consolidation,  or such  sale or
conveyance. In the  event a successor  Person (other than  a direct or  indirect
Subsidiary   of  the  Company)  assumes  the  obligations  of  the  Issuer,  all
obligations of the  Issuer shall  terminate. In  addition, if  the acquiring  or
successor  Person is  not a  direct or indirect  Subsidiary of  the Company, the
obligations of the  Company under  the Guarantees will  terminate and  be of  no
further force and effect.
 
                                       74
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
     The  Indenture also provides that the Company may merge or consolidate with
or into any  other Person  or sell  or convey all  or substantially  all of  its
property  to any Person in a single  transaction or a series of transactions, if
(i) (a) in the case of a  merger or consolidation, the Company is the  surviving
Person  or (b) in the case of a merger or consolidation where the Company is not
the surviving Person and in the case of such a sale or conveyance, the successor
or acquiring  Person  is  a  corporation, partnership,  trust  or  other  entity
organized  and validly existing under the  laws of any domestic jurisdiction and
expressly assumes the Guarantees  and the performance and  observance of all  of
the  covenants and conditions of  the Indenture to be  performed and observed by
the Company and (ii) no default in the performance of any covenant or  condition
of  the Indenture shall  arise as a  result of such  merger or consolidation, or
such sale or conveyance. In the event a successor Person (other than a direct or
indirect Subsidiary of the Company) assumes the obligations of the Company,  all
obligations  of  the  Company  under  the  Indenture  and  the  Guarantees shall
terminate. (Sections 801 and 802)
 
     Although there is  a developing body  of case law  interpreting the  phrase
'substantially all,' as used in Section 909 of the New York Business Corporation
Law,  there  is no  precise  established definition  of  the phrase  as  used in
indentures under applicable New York  law. Accordingly, the circumstances  under
which  a holder  of the  Securities would be  able to  prove a  violation of the
foregoing covenant as a result of a sale, conveyance, transfer or lease or other
disposition of less  than all  of the  assets of the  Company or  the Issuer  to
another Person are uncertain.
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
 
     The Indenture defines an Event of Default with respect to the Securities as
being any one of the following events:
 
<TABLE>
     <S>     <C>
     (i)     Default for 30 days in payment of any interest installment on the Securities when due and payable;
     (ii)    Default  in payment of principal of, or Tax Redemption Price or Additional Amounts in respect of, the
             Securities when due and payable;
     (iii)   Default for 60 days, after notice to the Company and the Issuer by the Trustee or to the Company  and
             the  Issuer and  the Trustee by  Holders of not  less than 25%  in aggregate principal  amount of the
             outstanding Securities at any  one time, in performance  of any other covenant  of the Issuer or  the
             Company in the Indenture;
     (iv)    Default resulting in acceleration of maturity of any Debt (other than the Securities) of the Company,
             the  Issuer, any  material Subsidiary of  the Company existing  on the  date of the  Indenture or any
             material Subsidiary  of the  Issuer  in an  amount  aggregating in  excess  of $20,000,000,  if  such
             acceleration  has not been rescinded or  annulled within 30 days after  notice to the Company and the
             Issuer by the Trustee or  to the Company and the  Issuer and the Trustee by  the Holders of not  less
             than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities at any one time;
     (v)     The  rendering of  a final  judgment or  judgments (not  subject to  appeal) against  the Issuer, the
             Company, any material Subsidiary of the Company existing on the date of the Indenture or any material
             Subsidiary of the  Issuer in an  aggregate amount in  excess of $50,000,000,  which remain  unstayed,
             undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days thereafter; and
     (vi)    Certain  events in bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization  with respect to the Issuer, the Company,
             any material  Subsidiary of  the  Company existing  on the  date  of the  Indenture or  any  material
             Subsidiary of the Issuer. (Section 501)
</TABLE>
 
     If  an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause
(vi) above) shall occur  and be continuing,  the Trustee or  the Holders of  not
less  than 25% in aggregate principal  amount of the Securities then outstanding
may declare the  principal and  interest on  all the  Securities to  be due  and
payable.  Upon such  declaration, such principal  and interest shall  be due and
payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in clause (vi) above shall
occur and be continuing, then all the Securities shall automatically become  due
and  payable immediately. Any Event of Default may be waived by the Holders of a
majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities, except
in the case
 
                                       75
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
of a failure to pay principal of or interest on, or the Tax Redemption Price  or
Additional Amounts with respect to, the Securities. (Section 502)
 
     The Indenture requires the Issuer and the Company to file annually with the
Trustee an Officers' Certificate as to the absence of certain defaults under the
terms  of the  Indenture. The Indenture  provides that the  Trustee may withhold
notice to the Holders  of the Securities  of any default  (except in payment  of
principal, interest, Tax Redemption Price or Additional Amounts) if it considers
it in the interest of the Holders of the Securities to do so. (Sections 1011 and
602)
 
     Subject  to the provisions of  the Indenture relating to  the duties of the
Trustee, including its duty to act with  the required standard of care, in  case
an  Event of Default shall occur and  be continuing, the Indenture provides that
the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers
under the Indenture at  the request, order  or direction of  the Holders of  the
Securities  unless such  Holders shall  have offered  to the  Trustee reasonable
indemnity. Subject  to such  provisions for  indemnification and  certain  other
rights  of the Trustee, the Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the  outstanding Securities shall have  the right to  direct
the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available
to  the  Trustee or  exercising any  trust  or power  conferred on  the Trustee.
(Sections 603 and 512)
 
MODIFICATION AND WAIVER
 
     Modifications of, and amendments to, the Indenture, the Securities and  the
Guarantees  may be  made by  the Issuer,  the Company  and the  Trustee with the
consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the Securities;  provided, however,  that no such  modification or  amendment
may,  without the  consent of the  Holder of each  outstanding Security affected
thereby: (i) extend the fixed maturity of the Securities, or reduce the rate  or
extend  the  time of  payment  of interest  thereon,  (ii) reduce  the principal
amount, the interest, the Additional Amounts or the Tax Redemption Price,  (iii)
change  the currency in  which the Securities  are payable, and  (iv) impair the
right to institute suit for the enforcement  of any payment on, or with  respect
to, any Security. The Company may not be released from the Guarantees (except as
specifically  provided for in the Indenture)  without the consent of the Holders
of not less than 90% in aggregate  principal amount of the Securities. See  also
'  -- Guarantees' and '  -- Consolidation, Merger and  Certain Sales of Assets.'
(Section 902)
 
     Modifications of, and amendments to, the Indenture, the Securities and  the
Guarantees  may be made by the Trustee without  the consent of any Holder of the
Securities or  the Issuer  or the  Company,  to, among  other things,  cure  any
ambiguity,  defect or inconsistency, provide for  the assumption of the Issuer's
or the Company's obligations to the Holders of Securities as contemplated  above
under  ' --  Consolidation, Merger  and Certain  Sales of  Assets,' or  make any
change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder of the
Securities. (Section 901)
 
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE; DEFEASANCE
 
     The Issuer  may  terminate its  obligations  under the  Indenture  and  the
Company's  obligations under the  Guarantees by, among  other things, delivering
all outstanding Securities to the Trustee for cancellation and paying or causing
to be paid  all sums payable  under the Indenture  and the Securities.  (Section
401)
 
     In  addition, the Issuer may, at any  time following the 91st day after the
applicable conditions set forth below have been satisfied, terminate (i) all its
obligations under the Securities and  the Indenture ('legal defeasance  option')
and the Company's obligations under the Indenture and the Guarantees or (ii) its
obligations  and the Company's obligations, in each case, to comply with certain
restrictive covenants as described under 'Restrictive Covenants -- Limitation on
Liens,'  'Restrictive   Covenants  --   Limitation   on  Sale   and   Lease-Back
Transactions,'  'Restrictive  Covenants --  Limitation on  Restricted Subsidiary
Funded Debt'  and  ' --  Consolidation,  Merger  and Certain  Sales  of  Assets'
('covenant  defeasance option').  The Issuer  may exercise  its legal defeasance
option notwithstanding its  prior exercise  of its  covenant defeasance  option.
(Sections 1202 and 1203)
 
                                       76
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
     The  Issuer  may  exercise  its legal  defeasance  option  or  its covenant
defeasance option only if:
 
<TABLE>
     <S>     <C>
     (i)     The Issuer irrevocably deposits  with the Trustee  as trust funds in  trust, specifically pledged  as
             security  for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the holders of the Securities (a) money or (b)
             U.S. government obligations, which through the payment  of interest and principal in respect  thereof
             in accordance with their terms will provide (without any reinvestment of such interest or principal),
             not  later than one day before the due date of any  payment, money, in an amount, in the opinion of a
             nationally recognized firm  of independent public  accountants expressed in  a written  certification
             thereof  delivered to  the Trustee at  or prior to  the time of  such deposit, sufficient  to pay and
             discharge each installment of principal and interest on the outstanding Securities on the dates  such
             installments of principal and interest are or may become due;
     (ii)    No  Default or Event of Default  with respect to the Indenture  or the Securities shall have occurred
             and be continuing on the date of such deposit, as evidenced to the Trustee in a certificate of a duly
             authorized officer of the Issuer (an  'Officer's Certificate') delivered to the Trustee  concurrently
             with such deposit;
     (iii)   The Issuer delivers to the Trustee an opinion of legal counsel who shall be acceptable to the Trustee
             (an 'Opinion of Counsel') to the effect that the trust arising from such deposit shall not constitute
             an  'investment company' under the Investment  Company Act of 1940, or  such trust shall be qualified
             under such Act or exempt from regulation thereunder;
     (iv)    In the case of the legal defeasance option, the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of  Counsel
             stating that (a) the Issuer has received a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or (b) since the
             date  of the Indenture there  has been a change  in the applicable Federal  income tax law, in either
             case, to the effect that, and based thereon  such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the  Holders
             of the Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result
             of  such defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner
             and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred;
     (v)     In the case  of the covenant  defeasance option,  the Issuer delivers  to the Trustee  an Opinion  of
             Counsel  to the effect that the Holders of the Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for
             Federal income tax purposes as a  result of such covenant defeasance  and will be subject to  Federal
             income  tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case
             if such covenant defeasance had not occurred;
     (vi)    The Issuer has paid or duly provided for payment  of all amounts then due to the Trustee pursuant  to
             the terms of the Indenture; and
     (vii)   The  Issuer has delivered  to the Trustee  an Officer's Certificate  and an Opinion  of Counsel, each
             stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance of the Securities have been complied with  as
             required by the Indenture. (Section 1204)
</TABLE>
 
PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS
 
     The  Indenture provides that any amounts paid, or caused to be paid, by the
Company or its assignee (or any successor to the Company or such assignee) under
the Guarantees, or paid by any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture, will
be paid without  deduction or  withholding for any  and all  present and  future
taxes,  levies,  imposts  or  other  governmental  charges  whatsoever  imposed,
assessed, levied  or collected  by or  for  the account  of the  United  Kingdom
(including  any  political  subdivision  or  taxing  authority  thereof)  or the
jurisdiction of incorporation or residence (other than the United States or  any
political  subdivision thereof) of any assignee  of the Company or any successor
to the Issuer or the Company,  or any political subdivision or taxing  authority
thereof (an 'Other Jurisdiction'), or, if deduction or withholding of any taxes,
levies,  imposts or other governmental charges shall  at any time be required by
the United Kingdom or  an Other Jurisdiction, the  Company, its assignee or  any
relevant  successor  will  (subject  to  timely  compliance  by  the  Holders or
beneficial owners of  the relevant Securities  with any relevant  administrative
requirements)  pay, or  cause to be  paid, such  additional amounts ('Additional
Amounts') in respect of principal or interest as may be necessary in order  that
the  net amounts paid to the Holders of  the Securities or the Trustee under the
Indenture, as the  case may  be, pursuant to  the Indenture  or the  Guarantees,
after such deduction or
 
                                       77
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
withholding,  shall equal the  respective amounts of  principal and interest, as
specified in the Securities, to which such Holders or the Trustee are  entitled;
provided,  however, that  the foregoing  shall not apply  to (i)  any present or
future taxes, levies, imposts or other governmental charges which would not have
been so imposed, assessed, levied or collected but for the fact that the  Holder
or  beneficial owner  of the  relevant Security  is or  has been  a domiciliary,
national or resident of, engages or  has been engaged in business, maintains  or
has  maintained a permanent establishment, or  is or has been physically present
in, the United Kingdom  or an Other  Jurisdiction, or otherwise  has or has  had
some connection with the United Kingdom or an Other Jurisdiction (other than the
holding  or ownership  of a  Security, or  the collection  of principal  of, and
interest on, or the enforcement of,  a Security or Guarantee), (ii) any  present
or  future taxes, levies, imposts or  other governmental charges which would not
have been so imposed, assessed, levied or collected but for the fact that, where
presentation is required, the relevant  Security was presented more than  thirty
days  after the date such  payment became due or  was provided for, whichever is
later, (iii) any present or future taxes, levies, imposts or other  governmental
charges  which  are  payable otherwise  than  by deduction  or  withholding from
payments on  or in  respect of  the  relevant Security  or Guarantee,  (iv)  any
present  or future  taxes, levies, imposts  or other  governmental charges which
would not  have been  so imposed,  assessed,  levied or  collected but  for  the
failure  to  comply, on  a sufficiently  timely  basis, with  any certification,
identification or  other  reporting  requirements  concerning  the  nationality,
residence,   identity  or  connection  with  the  United  Kingdom  or  an  Other
Jurisdiction or  any other  relevant jurisdiction  of the  Holder or  beneficial
owner  of the relevant Security, if such  compliance is required by a statute or
regulation of the  United Kingdom  or an Other  Jurisdiction, or  by a  relevant
treaty,  as a condition to relief or  exemption from such taxes, levies, imposts
or other governmental charges, (v) any present or future taxes, levies,  imposts
or  other  governmental  charges  (A)  which would  not  have  been  so imposed,
assessed, levied or collected if the  beneficial owner of the relevant  Security
had  been the Holder of such Security, or  (B) which, if the beneficial owner of
such Security had held the Security as  the Holder of such Security, would  have
been  excluded pursuant to clauses  (i) through (iv) above,  or (vi) any estate,
inheritance, gift, sale, transfer, personal property or similar tax,  assessment
or other governmental charge.
 
     The  Indenture does not provide for  the payment of additional amounts with
respect to the Indenture or the  Guarantees due to any deduction or  withholding
requirement imposed by any governmental unit other than the United Kingdom or an
Other  Jurisdiction  (including any  taxing  authority or  political subdivision
thereof). (Section 301)
 
PROVISION OF INFORMATION TO HOLDERS OF THE SECURITIES
 
     So long as  any of  the Notes or  Debentures are  outstanding, the  Company
shall  file with  the Commission,  and shall  provide to  the Trustee,  and upon
written request,  the Holders  of such  Securities, with  copies of  the  annual
reports, quarterly reports and other information, documents and reports that are
or  would be required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Sections 13(a)
or 15(d) of the Exchange  Act, without cost to the  Trustee or such Holders.  In
the  event that  the Company is  not permitted  to file such  documents with the
Commission, the Company  shall file such  documents with the  Trustee and,  upon
written request, provide Holders of such Securities copies thereof, without cost
to such Holders. If the Securities are no longer guaranteed, or if the Issuer is
required  to file such  information, documents and  reports separately under the
applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, the Issuer will be  required
to  make such  filings and to  provide such  materials to the  Trustee and, upon
written request, to the Holders. (Section 1010)
 
NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES OR STOCKHOLDERS
 
     No officer, director, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Issuer,  the
Company  or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any personal liability
in respect of the obligations of the Issuer or the Company under the Guarantees,
the Securities or the  Indenture by reason  of his, her or  its status as  such.
(Section 118)
 
BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM
 
     Each  of the Notes and the Debentures will  be issued in the form of one or
more fully registered  certificates registered in  the name of  Cede & Co.,  the
nominee of DTC. Except as provided below,
 
                                       78
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
owners of beneficial interests in the certificates for the Securities registered
in the name of DTC ('Global Securities') will not be entitled to have the Global
Securities  registered in  their names  and will not  receive or  be entitled to
receive physical delivery of  the Global Securities  in definitive form.  Unless
and  until definitive Securities are issued to owners of beneficial interests in
the  Global  Securities,  such  owners  of  beneficial  interests  will  not  be
recognized  as Holders of the Securities by the Trustee. Hence, until such time,
owners of beneficial  interests in the  Global Securities will  only be able  to
exercise  the rights  of Holders  indirectly through  DTC and  its participating
organizations.  Except  as  set  forth  below,  the  certificates  may  not   be
transferred  except as a whole by DTC to a nominee of DTC or by a nominee of DTC
to DTC or another nominee of DTC or by DTC or any nominee to a successor of  DTC
or a nominee of such successor.
 
     DTC  has  advised the  Issuer that  it is  a limited-purpose  trust company
organized under  the  banking  laws  of  the  State  of  New  York,  a  'banking
organization'  within the meaning of such banking  laws, a member of the Federal
Reserve System, a  'clearing corporation'  within the  meaning of  the New  York
Uniform  Commercial  Code and  a 'clearing  agency'  registered pursuant  to the
provisions of  Section  17A  of  the  Exchange Act.  DTC  was  created  to  hold
securities  for its participants and to  facilitate the clearance and settlement
of securities transactions  among its  participants in  such securities  through
electronic   book-entry  changes  in  accounts   of  the  participants,  thereby
eliminating the need  for physical  movement of  securities certificates.  DTC's
direct  participants  include  securities  brokers  and  dealers  (including the
Underwriters), banks, trust companies,  clearing corporations and certain  other
organizations,  some of which (and/or their  representatives) own DTC. Access to
DTC's book-entry system  is also available  to others, such  as banks,  brokers,
dealers  and  trust  companies  that  clear  through  or  maintain  a  custodial
relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly. Persons who  are
not  participants  may  beneficially own  securities  held by  DTC  only through
participants.
 
     DTC advises that  pursuant to  procedures established  by it  (i) upon  the
issuance  of  the Global  Securities  by the  Issuer,  DTC will  credit,  on its
book-entry registration  and  transfer  system,  the  accounts  of  participants
designated  by  the  Underwriters  with  the  amount  of  the  Global Securities
purchased by the Underwriters, and (ii) ownership of beneficial interests in the
certificates representing the Global Securities will be limited to  participants
or persons that may hold interests through participants. Ownership of beneficial
interests  by participants in  the Global Securities  will be shown  on, and the
transfer of  that ownership  interest  will be  effected only  through,  records
maintained   by  DTC   (with  respect   to  participants'   interests)  and  the
participants. The  laws  of  some  states require  that  certain  purchasers  of
securities  take physical delivery  in definitive form  of such securities. Such
laws may impair the ability to own, transfer or pledge beneficial interests in a
Global Security.
 
     Neither the Issuer,  the Company, the  Trustee, any Paying  Agent, nor  the
Security  Registrar will have any responsibility  or liability for any aspect of
the records relating to,  or payments made on  account of, beneficial  ownership
interests  in  the  certificates  representing  the  Global  Securities  or  for
maintaining, supervising or  reviewing any records  relating to such  beneficial
ownership interests.
 
     Principal  and interest payments on the Global Securities registered in the
name of  DTC's nominee  will be  made by  the Trustee  to DTC's  nominee as  the
registered  owner of  the certificates  relating to  the Global  Securities. The
Indenture provides that the Issuer, the  Company and the Trustee will treat  the
persons in whose names the Global Securities are registered (DTC or its nominee)
as  the owners of the Global Securities  for the purpose of receiving payment of
principal and  interest on  the Global  Securities and  for all  other  purposes
whatsoever.  Therefore, neither  the Issuer,  the Company,  the Trustee  nor the
Paying Agent  has any  direct responsibility  or liability  for the  payment  of
principal or interest on the Global Securities to owners of beneficial interests
in  the  certificates relating  to the  Global Securities.  DTC has  advised the
Issuer, the Company, and the Trustee that its present practice is, upon  receipt
of  any payment of principal or interest,  to immediately credit the accounts of
the participants with such payment in amounts proportionate to their  respective
holdings  in  principal  amount  of  beneficial  interests  in  the certificates
relating to the Global Securities, as shown  on the records of DTC. Payments  by
participants  and indirect participants to owners of beneficial interests in the
certificates relating  to the  Global Securities  will be  governed by  standing
instructions  and customary practices,  as is now the  case with securities held
for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in 'street name,' and
will be the responsibility of the participants or indirect participants.
 
                                       79
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
     If DTC is at any time unwilling  or unable to continue as depository and  a
successor  depository is not appointed by the  Issuer or the Company, the Issuer
will issue Securities in definitive form in exchange for the total amount of the
certificates representing the Global Securities. In addition, the Issuer may  at
any  time determine not to have Securities represented by Global Securities and,
in such event, the Issuer will  issue Securities in definitive form in  exchange
for  the total amount of the certificates representing the Global Securities. In
addition, if any event shall have happened and be continuing that constitutes an
Event of  Default with  respect  to the  Securities,  the owners  of  beneficial
interests  in certificates for the Global Securities will be entitled to receive
Securities in certificated form  in exchange for  the book-entry certificate  or
certificates  representing the Global Securities. In any such instance, an owner
of a  beneficial interest  in such  certificates will  be entitled  to  physical
delivery  in definitive  form of Securities  equal in amount  to such beneficial
interest and to have such Securities registered in its name.
 
     The information in this  section concerning DTC and  DTC's system has  been
obtained  from sources that the  Issuer and the Company  believe to be reliable,
but is subject to any changes to the arrangements between the Issuer and DTC and
any changes to such procedures that  may be instituted unilaterally by DTC,  and
neither the Issuer or the Company takes responsibility for the accuracy thereof.
 
TRANSFER OR EXCHANGE
 
     A  Holder  may  transfer  or exchange  Securities  in  accordance  with the
Indenture and subject to  the limitations applicable  to Global Securities.  The
Security  Registrar  may  require  a  Holder,  among  other  things,  to furnish
appropriate endorsements and transfer  documents, and the  Issuer may require  a
Holder  to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.
The Security Registrar  is not  required to  transfer or  exchange any  Security
selected  for redemption, or any Security for a period of 15 days before mailing
of a notice of redemption. (Section 306)
 
NOTICE TO HOLDERS
 
     Notice to  Holders of  Securities  will be  given  in writing  and  mailed,
first-class postage prepaid or delivered by recognized overnight courier, to the
addresses  of such Holders as they may appear in the Security Register. (Section
107)
 
TITLE
 
     Prior to due presentment  of a Security for  registration of transfer,  the
Company,  the Issuer, the Trustee  and any agent of  the Company, the Issuer, or
the Trustee may treat the  Person in whose name  such Security is registered  as
the  owner thereof, whether or not such Security may be overdue, for the purpose
of making payment and for all other purposes. (Section 310)
 
GOVERNING LAW
 
     The Indenture  and the  Securities will  be governed  by and  construed  in
accordance with the law of the State of New York. (Section 113)
 
TRUSTEE
 
     The  Indenture provides that, except during  the continuance of an Event of
Default, the Trustee will perform only such duties as are specifically set forth
in the Indenture. If  an Event of  Default has occurred  and is continuing,  the
Trustee will use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise of the rights
and  powers vested  in it by  the Indenture  as a prudent  person would exercise
under the circumstances in  the conduct of such  person's own affairs.  (Section
601)
 
     The  Indenture contains limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it
become a creditor of the Issuer or  the Company, to obtain payment of claims  in
certain  cases or to  realize on certain  property received by  it in respect of
such claims, as  security or otherwise.  The Trustee is  permitted to engage  in
other  transactions;  provided, however,  that  if it  acquires  any conflicting
interest, it must eliminate such conflict or resign. (Section 608 and 613)
 
     The Bank of New York is the Trustee under the Indenture. The Issuer and its
affiliates maintain banking  relationships in  the ordinary  course of  business
with the Trustee. Among other things, the
 
                                       80
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
Trustee  is a lending bank  under the Credit Facility  and the Trustee under the
indenture relating to the Pre-Demerger  Notes. See 'Management's Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.'
 
                           CERTAIN TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
     The following discussion of taxation is intended only as a summary and does
not  purport to be a complete analysis  of all potential tax effects relevant to
the Securities. The statements of United  Kingdom and United States tax law  set
forth  below are based on the  laws, regulations and administrative and judicial
decisions applicable as of the date of  this Prospectus, and are subject to  any
changes  in  relevant United  Kingdom or  United States  authorities, or  in the
income tax treaty between  the United States and  the United Kingdom,  occurring
after  that date. Any such changes, which could be retroactive, could affect the
continuing validity of this discussion.
 
     Persons considering the purchase of Securities should consult their own tax
advisors concerning the application of United States federal and United  Kingdom
income  tax laws,  as well  as the  laws of  any state,  local, or  other taxing
jurisdiction applicable to their particular situations.
 
UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAXATION
 
     The following  discussion summarizes  the  material United  States  federal
income  tax ('income tax') aspects of the acquisition, ownership and disposition
of the Securities.
 
     This discussion does not address  the income tax consequences of  ownership
of  Securities not held as capital assets  within the meaning of section 1221 of
the United States Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the 'Code'),  the
income  tax consequences to Holders of Securities not entitled to the benefit of
a United Kingdom  double taxation treaty  or convention which,  like the  double
taxation  treaty between  United States and  the United Kingdom,  provides for a
zero rate  of  withholding tax  with  respect to  interest,  or the  income  tax
consequences  to investors subject to special treatment under the federal income
tax laws,  such  as  dealers  in  securities  or  foreign  currency,  tax-exempt
entities,  banks, insurance companies, persons that hold Securities as part of a
'straddle' or as  a 'hedge'  against currency risk  or that  have a  'functional
currency'  other than  the United States  dollar, and  investors in pass-through
entities. In addition, this  discussion is generally limited  to the income  tax
consequences  to  initial  holders  of Securities,  and  does  not  describe any
consequences arising  out  of  the  tax  laws  of  any  state,  local  or  other
jurisdiction or any estate or gift tax consequences.
 
     Holders  Who Are United  States Persons. A  'US Holder' is  a holder who or
which is (or is deemed to be, for income tax purposes) (i) a citizen or resident
of the  United States,  a corporation  organized under  the laws  of the  United
States  or any political subdivision thereof, or  an estate or trust, the income
of which is  includible in gross  income for income  tax purposes regardless  of
source,  or (ii) otherwise  subject to income tax  on a net  basis in respect of
income from the Securities. (For taxable years beginning after December 31, 1996
(or for a trust's preceding taxable year, if the trustee so elects), a trust  is
a  US Holder if,  and only if  (i) a court  within the United  States is able to
exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust, and (ii)  one
or  more United  States trustees have  the authority to  control all substantial
decisions of the trust).
 
     Interest on a  Security (and any  additional amounts paid  with respect  to
interest)  will be  taxable to  a US Holder  as ordinary  income at  the time it
accrues or is received, in accordance with the US Holder's method of  accounting
for  income tax purposes. Upon the disposition  of a Security by sale, exchange,
redemption or repayment, a US Holder will generally recognize gain or loss equal
to the difference between (i) the amount realized on the disposition (other than
amounts attributable to accrued interest and any additional amounts with respect
thereto), and  (ii) the  US Holder's  tax basis  for the  Security. Because  the
Security will have been held as a capital asset, any gain or loss will generally
constitute  capital gain or loss, and will  be long-term capital gain or loss if
the US Holder held the Security for more than one year. For certain US  Holders,
long-term  capital gains are  subject to United  States federal income  tax at a
rate less than that applicable to ordinary income.
 
     Holders Who Are  Not United  States Persons. Interest  (and any  additional
amounts paid with respect to interest) on a Security held by a holder who is not
a  US Holder (a  'Non US Holder') will  not be subject  to United States federal
income  or  withholding  tax,  provided  that   (1)  the  Non  US  Holder   does
 
                                       81
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
not  actually or  constructively own  10% or more  of the  total combined voting
power of all classes  of stock of the  Issuer entitled to vote,  (2) the Non  US
Holder is not (a) a bank receiving interest pursuant to a loan agreement entered
into  in  the ordinary  course of  its trade  or business,  or (b)  a controlled
foreign corporation  related  to  the  Issuer through  a  stock  ownership,  (3)
interest  on the  Securities is not  effectively connected with  a United States
trade or  business of  the holder  (or in  the case  of a  treaty resident,  not
attributable to a permanent establishment, or fixed base, in the United States),
and (4) either (a) the beneficial owner of a Security certifies to the Issuer or
its agent, under penalties of purjury, that it is not a US Holder and provides a
completed  Form  W-8  ('Certificate of  Foreign  Status'), or  (b)  a securities
clearing  organization,  bank  or   other  financial  institution  which   holds
customers'  securities in  the ordinary  course of its  trade or  or business (a
'financial institution') certifies to the  Issuer or its agent, under  penalties
of perjury, that a Form W-8 has been received by it from the beneficial owner or
by  an intermediate financial institution, and  furnishes the Issuer with a copy
of the Form W-8.
 
     If any of the  requirements described in  provisos (1), (2)  or (4) of  the
preceding  paragraph are  not satisfied  with respect  to a  Non US  Holder, the
otherwise applicable 30% income  tax (generally payable  by withholding) may  be
reduced  or eliminated  if the  Non US Holder  is entitled  to the  benefit of a
United States income tax convention. If the Requirement described in proviso (3)
of the preceding paragraph  is not satisfied,  income tax will  apply as if  the
holder were a US Holder (i.e., on a net basis at ordinary graduated rates).
 
     Subject  to the discussion below concerning  'backup withholding,' a Non US
Holder will not be subject to income tax on gain realized on the disposition  of
a  Security by sale, exchange,  redemption or repayment, unless  (1) the gain is
effectively connected with a trade or  business carried on by the holder  within
the  Untied  States or,  generally,  if a  United  States income  tax convention
applies, the gain  is attributable  to a United  States permanent  establishment
maintained  by the holder, (2) subject to  certain exceptions, the Non US Holder
is an individual (or a  trust or estate) who or  which is present in the  United
States  for 183 days or more in the  taxable year of disposition, or (3) the Non
US Holder is subject  to certain provisions  of the U.S.  tax law applicable  to
certain former citizens and residents of the United States.
 
     Information  Reporting  and  'Backup'  Withholding.  In  general,  as  to a
beneficial owner who  is a  US Holder  (other than  a corporation),  information
reporting  will apply  to payments of  interest on, and  proceeds of redemption,
sale or other disposition of,  a Security. Backup withholding  at a rate of  31%
with  respect to the above  payments will generally apply  only when a US Holder
(again  other  than  a  corporation)  fails  to  provide  an  accurate  taxpayer
identification number or otherwise comply with the applicable rules.
 
     The  Company must report annually to the IRS  and to each Non US Holder any
interest that is subject to withholding or that would be subject to  withholding
but  for the exceptions described  above under the heading  'Holders Who are Not
United States Persons.'  Copies of these  information returns may  also be  made
available  under the  provisions of  a specific treaty  or agreement  to the tax
authorities of the country in which the Non US Holder resides.
 
     A beneficial owner who is  a Non US Holder  will be subject to  information
reporting  and backup withholding with respect  to proceeds from the disposition
of, a Security to or  through the United States office  of a broker, unless  the
Non  US Holder certifies  as to its  foreign status or  otherwise establishes an
exemption.
 
     In the case of a payment of proceeds from the disposition of Securities  to
or  through a foreign office of a broker that is either a U.S. person or a 'U.S.
related' person (as defined), the  regulations require information reporting  on
the  payment unless the  broker has documentary  evidence in its  files that the
owner is a Non US Holder and the broker has no knowledge to the contrary. Backup
withholding will not apply to payments made through a foreign office of a broker
that is a U.S. person or a U.S. related person (absent actual knowledge that the
payee is a U.S. person).
 
     Any amounts withheld from a payment to a beneficial owner under the  backup
withholding rules will be returned or allowed as a credit against the beneficial
owner's  income  tax  liability,  provided  that  the  required  information  is
furnished to the United States Internal Revenue Service.
 
                                       82
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
     Beneficial owners of  Securities should  consult their tax  advisors as  to
their  qualification for exception from backup withholding and the procedure for
obtaining such an exemption.
 
UNITED KINGDOM INCOME TAXATION
 
     Payments by the Company under the Guarantee of principal and interest on  a
Security  received by  a beneficial  owner not  otherwise taxable  in the United
Kingdom will generally be exempt from United Kingdom tax. However, the Company's
understanding of current Inland Revenue practice is that where a United  Kingdom
company  is obligated to make  a payment of interest  under a guarantee which in
default would be enforced in the United Kingdom, that payment will have a United
Kingdom source.  Accordingly, the  payment  will be  subject to  United  Kingdom
withholding  tax in  the absence of  an available exemption  under an applicable
double taxation treaty or convention.
 
     Such an  exemption should  be available  under the  double taxation  treaty
between  the  United  States and  the  United  Kingdom to  beneficial  owners of
Securities who  timely satisfy  the  conditions for  exemption therein  and  who
comply  with the relevant administrative arrangements. If, however, an exemption
is not available and a United Kingdom withholding tax is imposed on a payment in
respect of interest (or any  additional interest) under the Company  Guarantees,
subject   to  the  exceptions   set  forth  above   under  'Description  of  the
Securities -- Payment of Additional Amounts,'  the Company or its successors  or
assigns  will be obligated to pay or cause to be paid such additional amounts in
respect of the  relevant interest  as may  be necessary  in order  that the  net
amount of interest (and additional amounts) paid to a Holder of a Security shall
equal the amount of interest to which such Holder is entitled. If the Company is
required to pay additional amounts by reason of current Inland Revenue practice,
the   Issuer  could  not   redeem  the  Securities.   See  'Description  of  the
Securities -- Redemption.'
 
     Beneficial owners of Securities should consult their own tax advisors as to
the conditions for exemption and the relevant administrative arrangements.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The validity of the Securities offered hereby will be passed upon by  Weil,
Gotshal  & Manges LLP, New York, New  York. Certain legal matters will be passed
upon for  the  Underwriters by  Fried,  Frank,  Harris, Shriver  &  Jacobson  (a
partnership  including professional corporations), New York, New York. Martin D.
Ginsburg, a director of  the Company, is  of counsel to the  law firm of  Fried,
Frank,  Harris, Shriver & Jacobson,  which serves as counsel  to the Company and
the Issuer from time to time.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     The combined financial statements  of the Company as  of December 31,  1995
and  1994  and for  the year  ended December  31, 1995,  the three  months ended
December 31, 1994 and  the two fiscal  years in the  period ended September  30,
1994,  the consolidated financial statements of Quantum Chemical Corporation for
the nine months  ended September 30,  1993, and the  financial statement of  the
Company  as of April 18, 1996 included  in this Prospectus have been so included
in reliance on  the reports  of Price Waterhouse  LLP, independent  accountants,
given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
     The financial statements of SCM Chemicals Limited for the fiscal year ended
September  30,  1993, not  separately presented  in  this Prospectus,  have been
audited by Ernst &  Young, chartered accountants,  whose report thereon  appears
herein.  Such financial statements, to the extent they have been included in the
financial statements of the Company, have been so included in reliance on  their
report  given  on  the  authority  of  said  firm  as  experts  in  auditing and
accounting.
 
     The financial statements of HMB Holdings Inc. as of September 30, 1995  and
October  1, 1994 and for  each of the three years  in the period ended September
30, 1995, not  separately presented  in this  Prospectus, have  been audited  by
Ernst & Young LLP, independent accountants, whose report thereon appears herein.
Such  financial  statements,  to  the  extent they  have  been  included  in the
financial statements of the Company, have been so included in reliance on  their
report  given  on  the  authority  of  said  firm  as  experts  in  auditing and
accounting.
 
                                       83

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC. -- COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
     Report of Price Waterhouse LLP........................................................................    F-2
     Report of Ernst & Young LLP (HMB Holdings Inc.).......................................................    F-3
     Report of Ernst & Young (SCM Chemicals Limited).......................................................    F-4
     Combined Balance Sheets -- September 30, 1996, December 31, 1995 and 1994.............................    F-5
     Combined Statements of Operations -- Nine Months Ended September 30, 1996 and 1995, Years Ended
      December 31, 1995, September 30, 1994 and 1993 and Three Months Ended December 31, 1994..............    F-6
     Combined Statements of Changes in Invested Capital -- Nine Months Ended September 30, 1996, Year Ended
      December 31, 1995, Three Months Ended December 31, 1994 and Years Ended September 30, 1994 and
      1993.................................................................................................    F-7
     Combined Statements of Cash Flows -- Nine Months Ended September 30, 1996 and 1995, Years Ended
      December 31, 1995 and September 30, 1994 and 1993 and Three Months Ended December 31, 1994...........    F-8
     Notes to Combined Financial Statements................................................................    F-9
     Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts......................................................   F-31
QUANTUM CHEMICAL CORPORATION -- CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
     Report of Price Waterhouse LLP........................................................................   F-32
     Consolidated Statement of Operations -- Nine Months Ended September 30, 1993..........................   F-33
     Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows -- Nine Months Ended September 30, 1993..........................   F-34
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................................................   F-35
MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC. FINANCIAL STATEMENT:
     Report of Price Waterhouse LLP........................................................................   F-40
     Balance Sheet.........................................................................................   F-41
     Note to Balance Sheet.................................................................................   F-41
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors
  and Shareholders of
  HANSON PLC
 
     We  have audited the combined  financial statements of Millennium Chemicals
Inc. (the 'Company' -- see Note 1) listed in the accompanying index on Page  F-1
as  of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and for the year ended December 31, 1995, the
three months ended  December 31, 1994  and the  two fiscal years  in the  period
ended  September 30, 1994. These financial  statements are the responsibility of
the Company's management; our responsibility is  to express an opinion on  these
financial  statements  based  on our  audits.  We  did not  audit  the financial
statements of SCM  Chemicals Limited  for the  fiscal year  ended September  30,
1993, which statements reflect 23% of combined total revenues. The SCM Chemicals
Limited  financial statements, which are  prepared in accordance with accounting
principles generally  accepted in  the  United Kingdom,  were audited  by  other
auditors  whose  report  thereon  has  been furnished  to  us,  and  our opinion
expressed herein,  insofar  as  it  relates to  the  amounts  included  for  SCM
Chemicals Limited, is based solely on the report of the other auditors and audit
procedures  performed by  us in relation  to management's  conversion of certain
financial  statement  information  of   SCM  Chemicals  Limited  determined   in
accordance  with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom,
into corresponding amounts determined  in accordance with accounting  principles
generally  accepted in the  United States. We  also did not  audit the financial
statements of  HMB Holdings  Inc.  ('Cornerstone') for  the fiscal  years  ended
September 30, 1995, 1994 and 1993, which statements reflect net assets, included
herein  as  net assets  of  Discontinued Businesses  to  be sold  to  Hanson PLC
('Hanson'), of $3,024 and  $3,065 at September 30,  1995 and 1994,  respectively
and income from discontinued operations of $15, $38 and $23 for the fiscal years
ended  September 30,  1995, 1994 and  1993, respectively.  Those statements were
audited by other auditors whose report thereon has been furnished to us, and our
opinion expressed herein,  insofar as  it relates  to the  amounts included  for
Cornerstone, is based solely on the report of other auditors.
 
     We  conducted  our audits  in accordance  with generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We  believe  that  our  audits  and the  reports  of  other  auditors  provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, based on our audits and the reports of other auditors,  the
combined financial statements referred to above, present fairly, in all material
respects,  the financial  position of  the Company as  of December  31, 1995 and
1994, and the results of  its operations and its cash  flows for the year  ended
December  31, 1995, the three months ended  December 31, 1994 and the two fiscal
years ended September 30, 1994, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
 
Morristown, New Jersey
July 2, 1996, except for Notes 12 and 13, as to
which the date is October 30, 1996
 
                                      F-2
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
To the Board of Directors
  and Stockholders of
  HMB HOLDINGS INC.
 
     We have audited the consolidated balance  sheets of HMB Holdings Inc.  (the
'Company')  as  of  September 30,  1995  and  October 1,  1994  and  the related
consolidated statements of  income, changes  in stockholder's  equity, and  cash
flows  for each of the  three years in the period  ended September 30, 1995 (not
presented separately herein). These financial statements are the  responsibility
of  the Company's  management. Our  responsibility is  to express  an opinion on
these financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted  our audits  in accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used  and significant estimates made by  the
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present  fairly,
in  all material respects,  the consolidated financial  position of HMB Holdings
Inc. at September 30, 1995 and October  1, 1994 and the consolidated results  of
its  operations and  its cash flows  for each of  the three years  in the period
ended September  30,  1995  in conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.
 
ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
Hackensack, New Jersey
November 7, 1995, except for Note 12,
as to which the date is July 2, 1996.
 
                                      F-3
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
To the Board of Directors of
  SCM CHEMICALS LIMITED
 
     We  have  audited  the profit  and  loss  account and  statements  of total
recognised gains  and losses  and cash  flow of  SCM Chemicals  Limited for  the
fiscal  year ended September  30, 1993 (not  presented separately herein). These
financial statements are  the responsibility  of the  company's management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion  on these financial statements based on
our audit.
 
     We conducted our audit in accordance with United Kingdom auditing standards
which do not  differ in  any significant  respect from  United States  generally
accepted  auditing standards. Those  standards require that  we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable assurances about whether the financial statements
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An
audit  also includes  assessing the  accounting principles  used and significant
estimates made by the  management, as well as  evaluating the overall  financial
statement  presentation. We believe  that our audit  provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present  fairly,
in  all material respects,  the results of  the operations and  cash flow of SCM
Chemicals Limited for  the fiscal year  ended September 30,  1993 in  conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom.
 
                                          ERNST & YOUNG
                                          Chartered Accountants
 
Hull, England
February 10, 1994
 
                                      F-4
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
                            COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            PRO FORMA                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                          SEPTEMBER 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,   ------------------------
                                                          1996 (NOTE 2)       1996           1995         1994
                                                          -------------   -------------   -----------  -----------
<S>                                                       <C>             <C>             <C>          <C>
                                                           (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)
 
                         ASSETS
Current assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents..........................  $       388     $     388       $      412   $      367
     Trade receivables, net.............................          514           514              502          515
     Inventories........................................          454           454              554          462
     Other current assets...............................           75           115              221          224
     Net assets of Discontinued Businesses to be sold to
       Hanson...........................................           --           617            3,772           --
                                                          -------------   -------------   -----------  -----------
          Total current assets..........................        1,431         2,088            5,461        1,568
                                                          -------------   -------------   -----------  -----------
Property, plant and equipment, net......................        1,977         1,977            2,262        2,153
Investments and other assets............................          344           336              278          451
Net assets of Discontinued Businesses to be sold to
  Hanson................................................           --            --               --        3,757
Goodwill................................................        1,778         1,778            2,042        2,095
                                                          -------------   -------------   -----------  -----------
          Total assets..................................  $     5,530     $   6,179       $   10,043   $   10,024
                                                          -------------   -------------   -----------  -----------
                                                          -------------   -------------   -----------  -----------
 
            LIABILITES AND INVESTED CAPITAL
Current liabilities:
     Notes payable......................................  $       230     $     222       $      113   $      247
     Current maturities of long-term debt...............           11            11               11            5
     Trade accounts payable.............................          134           134              178          147
     Income taxes payable...............................           30            30               --         (108 )
     Accrued expenses and other liabilities.............          443           443              575          544
                                                          -------------   -------------   -----------  -----------
          Total current liabilities.....................          848           840              877          835
Non-current liabilities:
     Long-term debt.....................................        2,283         3,650            3,304        3,274
     Deferred income taxes..............................          129           225              171          136
     Other liabilities..................................          973           963              890          921
                                                          -------------   -------------   -----------  -----------
          Total liabilities.............................        4,233         5,678            5,242        5,166
                                                          -------------   -------------   -----------  -----------
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 9 & 10)
Stockholders' Equity/Invested capital...................        1,297           501            4,801        4,858
                                                          -------------   -------------   -----------  -----------
          Total liabilities and invested capital........  $     5,530     $   6,179       $   10,043   $   10,024
                                                          -------------   -------------   -----------  -----------
                                                          -------------   -------------   -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                  See notes to combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   NINE MONTHS                                        FISCAL YEAR
                                                      ENDED                          THREE MONTHS        ENDED
                                                  SEPTEMBER 30,       YEAR ENDED        ENDED        SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                -----------------    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    --------------
                                                 1996       1995         1995            1994         1994     1993
                                                -------    ------    ------------    ------------    ------    ----
<S>                                             <C>        <C>       <C>             <C>             <C>       <C>
                                                   (UNAUDITED)
 
Net sales....................................   $ 2,279    $2,939       $3,800           $908        $3,288    $862
Less operating costs and expenses:
     Cost of products sold...................     1,711     1,866        2,458            589         2,470     595
     Depreciation and amortization...........       152       180          241             59           247      44
     Selling, development and administrative
       expenses..............................       136       203          259             57           227      84
     Asset impairment and related closure
       costs.................................        75      --         --              --             --       --
                                                -------    ------    ------------      ------        ------    ----
          Operating income...................       205       690          842            203           344     139
Interest expense, primarily to a related
  party......................................       171       181          240             60           206      14
Interest income..............................       (25)      (20)         (25)            (5)          (19)    (24)
Gain on sale of Suburban Propane.............      (210)     --         --              --             --       --
Equity in earnings of Suburban Propane.......       (32)     --         --              --             --       --
Other expense, net...........................        31        65           73              5            26      (2)
                                                -------    ------    ------------      ------        ------    ----
          Income from continuing operations
            before provision for income
            taxes............................       270       464          554            143           131     151
Provision for income taxes...................      (167)     (188)        (223)           (59)          (65)    (48)
                                                -------    ------    ------------      ------        ------    ----
          Income from continuing
            operations.......................       103       276          331             84            66     103
(Loss)/income from discontinued operations
  (net of income taxes of ($1,269), $3, $22,
  $5, $11 and $23)...........................    (3,167)     --             18             12            28      20
                                                -------    ------    ------------      ------        ------    ----
          Net (loss) income..................   $(3,064)   $  276       $  349           $ 96        $   94    $123
                                                -------    ------    ------------      ------        ------    ----
                                                -------    ------    ------------      ------        ------    ----
</TABLE>
 
                  See notes to combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
               COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN INVESTED CAPITAL
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                        <C>
Balance at October 1, 1992..............................................................................   $ 4,519
Net income..............................................................................................       123
Contribution of capital.................................................................................       815
Net transactions with affiliates........................................................................         8
Translation adjustment..................................................................................       (22)
                                                                                                           -------
 
Balance at September 30, 1993...........................................................................     5,443
Net income..............................................................................................        94
Net transactions with affiliates........................................................................      (912)
Translation adjustment..................................................................................        13
                                                                                                           -------
 
Balance at September 30, 1994...........................................................................     4,638
Net income..............................................................................................        96
Net transactions with affiliates........................................................................       136
Translation adjustment..................................................................................       (12)
                                                                                                           -------
 
Balance at December 31, 1994............................................................................     4,858
Net income..............................................................................................       349
Dividend to parent......................................................................................    (1,617)
Net transactions with affiliates........................................................................     1,212
Translation adjustment..................................................................................        (1)
                                                                                                           -------
 
Balance at December 31, 1995............................................................................     4,801
Net (loss) (unaudited)..................................................................................    (3,064)
Net transactions with affiliates (unaudited)............................................................    (1,237)
Translation adjustment (unaudited)......................................................................         1
                                                                                                           -------
 
Balance at September 30, 1996 (unaudited)...............................................................   $   501
                                                                                                           -------
                                                                                                           -------
</TABLE>
 
                  See notes to combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-7
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                       THREE MONTHS
                                                                                                       YEAR ENDED       ENDED
                                                          -----------------------------------------   DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 1996                  1995               1995           1994
                                                          -------------------   -------------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                       <C>                   <C>                   <C>            <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
     Income from continuing operations..................        $   103               $   276           $    331        $   84
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
       provided by operating activities:
          Depreciation and amortization.................            152                   180                241            59
          Asset impairment and related closure costs....             75              --                   --            --
          Provision for deferred income taxes...........             64                    34                 35            17
          Gain on sale of business......................           (210)             --                   --            --
     Changes in assets and liabilities:
          (Increase) decrease in trade receivables......            (12)                    4                 13           (29)
          Decrease (increase) in inventories............             66                   (61)               (92)          (46)
          Decrease (increase) in other current assets...             80                   139                  8          (150)
          (Increase) decrease in investments and other
            assets......................................            (66)                  121                173          (129)
          (Decrease) increase in trade accounts
            payable.....................................            (13)                   43                 32             5
          (Decrease) increase in accrued expenses and
            other liabilities and income taxes
            payable.....................................            (50)                  102                 86            33
          Increase (decrease) in other liabilities......             91                   (87)               (32)           26
          Other -- net..................................       --                    --                   --                 6
                                                               --------              --------         ------------      ------
               Net cash provided by (used in) operating
                 activities.............................            280                   751                795          (124)
Cash flows from investing activities:
     Capital expenditures...............................           (223)                 (201)              (276)          (30)
     Proceeds from sale of business.....................            733              --                   --            --
     Proceeds from sale of fixed assets.................              7                    26                 30             5
                                                               --------              --------         ------------      ------
               Cash provided by (used in) investing
                 activities.............................            517                  (175)              (246)          (25)
Cash flows from financing activities:
     Dividend to parent.................................       --                      (1,617)            (1,617)       --
     Net transactions with affiliates...................         (1,237)                1,506              1,212           136
     Proceeds from long-term debt.......................            306              --                       40            29
     Repayment of long-term debt........................       --                          (5)                (4)          (26)
     Increase (decrease) in notes payable...............            109                  (111)              (134)           29
                                                               --------              --------         ------------      ------
               Cash (used in) provided by financing
                 activities.............................           (822)                 (227)              (503)          168
                                                               --------              --------         ------------      ------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash.................              1                    14                 (1)          (12)
                                                               --------              --------         ------------      ------
          (Decrease) increase in cash and cash
            equivalents.................................            (24)                  363                 45             7
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period........            412                   367                367           360
                                                               --------              --------         ------------      ------
          Cash and cash equivalents at end of period....        $   388               $   730           $    412        $  367
                                                               --------              --------         ------------      ------
                                                               --------              --------         ------------      ------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                            FISCAL YEAR
                                                          ENDED SEPTEMBER
                                                                30,
                                                          ---------------
                                                           1994     1993
                                                          -------   -----
 
<S>                                                       <C>       <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
     Income from continuing operations..................  $    66   $ 103
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
       provided by operating activities:
          Depreciation and amortization.................      247      44
          Asset impairment and related closure costs....    --       --
          Provision for deferred income taxes...........      178       8
          Gain on sale of business......................    --       --
     Changes in assets and liabilities:
          (Increase) decrease in trade receivables......      (90)     16
          Decrease (increase) in inventories............       97     (29)
          Decrease (increase) in other current assets...       41       8
          (Increase) decrease in investments and other
            assets......................................      206     (73)
          (Decrease) increase in trade accounts
            payable.....................................      (18)     (2)
          (Decrease) increase in accrued expenses and
            other liabilities and income taxes
            payable.....................................     (272)    (40)
          Increase (decrease) in other liabilities......     (227)    156
          Other -- net..................................        4       2
                                                          -------   -----
               Net cash provided by (used in) operating
                 activities.............................      232     193
Cash flows from investing activities:
     Capital expenditures...............................     (109)    (28)
     Proceeds from sale of business.....................    --       --
     Proceeds from sale of fixed assets.................       16       1
                                                          -------   -----
               Cash provided by (used in) investing
                 activities.............................      (93)    (27)
Cash flows from financing activities:
     Dividend to parent.................................    --       --
     Net transactions with affiliates...................     (912)      8
     Proceeds from long-term debt.......................    3,205      15
     Repayment of long-term debt........................   (2,658)   --
     Increase (decrease) in notes payable...............      143     (87)
                                                          -------   -----
               Cash (used in) provided by financing
                 activities.............................     (222)    (64)
                                                          -------   -----
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash.................       13     (22)
                                                          -------   -----
          (Decrease) increase in cash and cash
            equivalents.................................      (70)     80
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period........      430     350
                                                          -------   -----
          Cash and cash equivalents at end of period....  $   360   $ 430
                                                          -------   -----
                                                          -------   -----
</TABLE>
 
                  See notes to combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-8

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
NOTE 1 -- BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY
 
     In contemplation of the demerger (the 'Demerger') of the Chemicals Business
(as  defined below) from Hanson PLC, all the issued and outstanding common stock
or net operating assets of Quantum Chemical Corporation, SCM Chemicals Inc., SCM
Chemicals Limited, and  SCM Chemicals  Ltd. and  Glidco Inc.  and certain  other
assets  and  interests will  be transferred  to  Millennium Chemicals  Inc. (the
'Company'). The Company will, in turn, issue shares representing all of its then
outstanding common stock,  par value  $.01 per share,  together with  associated
preferred  stock purchase rights  (collectively the 'Common  Stock') to Hanson's
shareholders on a  pro rata  basis on  the payment  date for  the dividend  (the
'Stock  Dividend') declared by Hanson, on October 1, 1996 (the 'Dividend Payment
Date'). At  September 30,  1996, the  Company had  no separate  legal status  or
existence. These financial statements are presented on a going concern basis and
include  only  the historical  net  assets and  results  of operations  that are
directly related  to  the  Company's  operations.  Consequently,  the  financial
position,  results of operations  and cash flows  may not be  indicative of what
would have  been  reported  if the  Company  had  been a  separate  entity.  All
significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
 
     The   accompanying  combined  financial  statements  include  the  combined
operations, assets and liabilities of the chemical businesses currently held  by
Hanson  PLC ('Hanson') and  conducted by Quantum  Chemical Corporation ('Quantum
Chemical'), SCM Chemicals  Inc., SCM  Chemicals Limited and  SCM Chemicals  Ltd.
(collectively  'SCM  Chemicals') and  Glidco Inc.  ('Glidco') and  certain other
interests currently owned, directly or indirectly, by Hanson (collectively,  the
'Chemicals Business'). Not included in the combined financial statements are net
assets  of certain other  non-chemicals businesses which  have historically been
owned by  the  Company  but  which  will  be sold  to  Hanson  in  a  series  of
transactions  prior to the  Dividend Payment Date  and a $1.9  billion loan (the
'Hanson Loan'),  not associated  with  the Chemicals  Businesses which  will  be
repaid as part of the demerger transactions. See Note 2 for a description of the
demerger transactions and the pro forma capitalization of the Company upon their
completion.
 
     In  addition,  the  combined  financial  statements  include  the  combined
operations and  net assets  of certain  non-chemicals businesses  ('Discontinued
Businesses')  which  the Company  owned at  September 30,  1996, but  which upon
completion of the Demerger was sold to Hanson on October 6, 1996.
 
     As part  of the  Demerger  transactions, on  the  day before  the  Dividend
Payment  Date, the Company entered  into an agreement to  sell to Hanson, on the
fifth day following the  Stock Dividend, the stock  and net operating assets  of
the Discontinued Businesses of which it had legal ownership for cash aggregating
their  fair market  value. The Discontinued  Businesses consist  of the building
materials operations  of HMB  Holdings Inc.  ('Cornerstone') and  the  materials
handling  business  of  Grove  North America  ('Grove  Worldwide').  Since these
operations will  not be  part of  the Company  upon completion  of the  demerger
transactions,  their historical net  assets and results  of operations have been
presented in the  accompanying financial statements  as discontinued  operations
for  all  periods  presented. Any  difference  between the  proceeds  from these
transactions and  the underlying  carrying  value of  the  net assets  of  these
operations will be accounted for as a capital transaction and, accordingly, will
not  affect the Company's results of operations.  See Note 5 for the composition
of the net assets of these operations.
 
     Combined herein are the net operating  assets and results of operations  of
Suburban  Propane  ('Suburban')  which was  acquired  as a  division  of Quantum
Chemical on September 30, 1993. In March 1996, the Company sold a 73.6% interest
in Suburban through an initial public  offering of 21,562,500 common units in  a
new  master limited  partnership ('MLP'),  Suburban Propane  Partners, L.P., and
received aggregate proceeds from the sale of common units and issuance of  notes
of  the  Suburban  Propane  operating partnership,  Suburban  Propane,  L.P., of
approximately $831 (including approximately $98 of accounts receivable which the
Company retained ownership in at the time of sale),
 
                                      F-9
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
NOTE 1 -- BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY -- CONTINUED
resulting in  a  pre-tax  gain of  $210.  The  Company will  retain  a  combined
subordinated  and  general partnership  interest  of 26.4%  in  Suburban Propane
Partners L.P., and Suburban Propane, L.P., and has accounted for this continuing
interest on an equity basis effective January 1, 1996.
 
     The Company provided certain corporate, general and administrative services
to certain other  indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries  of Hanson  ('Affiliates'),
including  legal, finance, tax, risk  management and employee benefits services.
Charges for these services, which were allocated to the Affiliates based on  the
respective  revenues of  the Company and  the Affiliates,  reduced the Company's
selling and administrative  expense by  $14 and $22  for the  nine months  ended
September  30, 1996 and 1995, respectively, $26  for the year ended December 31,
1995, $35  and $43  for the  fiscal years  ended September  30, 1994  and  1993,
respectively, and $7 for the three months ended December 31, 1994. The Company's
management  believes such  method of  allocation is  reasonable. In  addition, a
subsidiary of  the Company  has controlled,  on a  centralized basis,  all  cash
receipts  and disbursements received or made by such Affiliates. The net results
of such transactions  are included in  the combined balance  sheets as  Invested
Capital.
 
     Hanson  acquired the common stock of Quantum Chemical on September 30, 1993
in  exchange  for  consideration  consisting  of  42  million  Hanson   American
Depositary  Shares  ('ADSs'), representing  210  million Hanson  ordinary shares
which had  a market  value at  that date  of $815.  The acquisition  of  Quantum
Chemical was accounted for under the purchase method and, accordingly, the value
of  the purchase  consideration of  $815 plus the  fair market  value of Quantum
Chemical's liabilities was allocated to the assets of Quantum Chemical based  on
their  fair market value. As  a result of this  allocation, goodwill arose in an
original amount of  $2,097, representing  the excess  of purchase  consideration
over  the  fair  value of  Quantum  Chemical's net  assets  excluding previously
recorded goodwill. Following  the merger  all the outstanding  common shares  of
Quantum  Chemical were contributed to a subsidiary of the Company in the form of
additional paid-in-capital valued at approximately $815.
 
     Had the acquisition and related contribution by Hanson of Quantum  Chemical
occurred as of the beginning of fiscal 1993, the Company's results of operations
on a pro forma, unaudited basis for fiscal 1993 would have been as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                   <C>
Net sales..........................................   $3,194
Net loss...........................................      (88)
</TABLE>
 
     The  accompanying financial statements  at September 30,  1996 and 1995 and
all references made to the amounts for the periods then ended are unaudited  and
have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  the  rules  and  regulations  of the
Securities and  Exchange  Commission. They  include  all adjustments  which  the
Company  considers necessary for  a fair statement of  the results of operations
and financial  position  for the  interim  periods presented.  Such  adjustments
consisted  only of normal recurring items except as otherwise disclosed in Notes
4 and 5.
 
NOTE 2 -- PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
 
     Presented together with the historical Combined Balance Sheet at  September
30,  1996 is a  pro forma balance  sheet of the  Company as of  that date giving
effect to the completion of a series of transactions in order to effectuate  the
Demerger  and the  recapitalization of  the Company  assuming completion  of the
Tender Offer and issuance of new debt securities. Such transactions include  (i)
the transfer of the Non-Chemicals Businesses to Hanson on September 30, 1996 and
the  repayment of the Allocated Loan (as defined  in Note 7) on October 1, 1996,
(ii) the transfer of the Discontinued Businesses to Hanson and repayment of  the
Hanson  Loan on October  6, 1996, (iii)  a net capital  contribution from Hanson
pursuant to the demerger  agreements to arrive  at debt of  the Company, net  of
cash and cash equivalents, upon Demerger of $2.017 billion, (iv) 100% acceptance
of the Tender
 
                                      F-10
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
NOTE 2 -- PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED) -- CONTINUED
Offer  for the Exchangeable  Notes and (v)  the issuance of  $750 million of new
debt securities.  These  transactions  will change  the  capitalization  of  the
Company  upon Demerger. The following details  the capitalization of the Company
on a historical and pro forma basis as of September 30, 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      (IN MILLIONS)
                                                 AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
                                                --------------------------
                                                                      PRO
                                                ACTUAL               FORMA
                                                -----                -----
 
<S>                                             <C>                  <C>
Short-term debt:
     Notes payable...........................   $222                 $230
     Other...................................    11                   11
                                                -----                -----
          Total short-term...................   $233                 $241
                                                -----                -----
                                                -----                -----
Long-term debt:
     New Credit Facility.....................   300                  1,497
     Exchangeable Notes......................   1,036                 --
     New Senior Notes and Debentures.........    --                  750
     Allocated Loan..........................   2,250                 --
     Other...................................    64                   36
                                                -----                -----
          Total long-term debt...............   $3,650               $2,283
                                                -----                -----
                                                -----                -----
Stockholders' equity:
     Preferred Stock, 25,000,000 shares, par
      value $.01 per share, authorized; none
      issued and outstanding.................    --                   --
     Common Stock, 225,000,000 shares, par
      value $.01 per share, authorized;
      77,324,605 shares issued and
      outstanding (as adjusted)..............    --                    1
     Paid-in capital.........................    --                  1,296
     Invested capital........................   501                   --
                                                -----                -----
          Total stockholders' equity.........   $501                 $1,297
                                                -----                -----
                                                -----                -----
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 3 -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     Year End:  Prior to  January 1,  1995,  the fiscal  year of  the  Company's
subsidiaries  ended on  the Saturday nearest  to September 30  and is designated
herein as  having  ended on  September  30  for the  convenience  of  reference.
Effective  January  1, 1995,  the Company's  reporting period  was changed  to a
calendar year to conform with the  business year most prevalent in the  Chemical
industry.  Accordingly, interim December 31, 1994 data contained herein reflects
results of operations for the  13 week period ended  on the Saturday closest  to
December 31, and is designated as December 31 for convenience of reference.
 
     Operating  results for  the three months  ending December 31,  1993 were as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                               <C>
Sales..........................................      $ 789
Operating income...............................         67
Net income.....................................         17
</TABLE>
 
     During the three months ended December  31, 1993 (unaudited) cash and  cash
equivalents  used for continuing  operations and investing  activities were $477
and  $16,  respectively.  Cash  and  cash  equivalents  provided  by   financing
activities  were $425. The net  effect of these activities  resulted in cash and
cash equivalents decreasing from $544 at September 30, 1993 to $476 at  December
31, 1993.
 
                                      F-11
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
NOTE 3 -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- CONTINUED
 
     The  reporting  year  end  of the  Discontinued  Businesses  which  will be
transferred to Hanson on the fifth day following the Stock Dividend has been and
will continue  to be  upon  demerger September  30. Accordingly,  the  financial
position  and results of  operations for these businesses  have been included in
the combined financial statements  of the Company  using their fiscal  reporting
periods  and thereby  reflecting a  three-month lag  to the  Company's reporting
period beginning with the period ending December 1994.
 
     Use of Estimates:  The preparation  of financial  statements in  conformity
with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to make
estimates and  assumptions  that  affect  the reported  amounts  of  assets  and
liabilities  at the date of the financial  statements and the reported amount of
revenues and expenses during the  reporting period. Actual results could  differ
from those estimates.
 
     Cash and Cash Equivalents: Cash and Cash equivalents include investments in
short-term  deposits  and  commercial  paper  with  banks  which  have  original
maturities of ninety days or less.  Approximately $327 at September 30, 1996  is
represented  by sterling denominated  deposits carried at  then current exchange
rates. In addition, investments and  other assets include approximately $111  in
restricted cash at September 30, 1996.
 
     Trade Receivables: Trade receivables consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                            SEPTEMBER 30,    ------------
                                                1996         1995    1994
                                            -------------    ----    ----
                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                         <C>              <C>     <C>
Trade receivables........................       $ 522        $518    $530
Allowance for doubtful accounts..........          (8)        (16)    (15)
                                               ------        ----    ----
                                                $ 514        $502    $515
                                               ------        ----    ----
                                               ------        ----    ----
</TABLE>
 
     Inventories:  Inventories are stated at the  lower of cost or market value.
For certain  U.S. operations  cost is  determined under  the last-in,  first-out
(LIFO)  method.  The first-in,  first out  (FIFO)  method is  used by  all other
subsidiaries. Inventories valued on a LIFO basis were approximately $30, $22 and
$17 less than the amount of such inventories valued at current cost at September
30, 1996 and December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
     Inventories consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                            SEPTEMBER 30,    ------------
                                                1996         1995    1994
                                            -------------    ----    ----
                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                         <C>              <C>     <C>
Finished products........................       $ 234        $337    $261
In-Process products......................          13          17      19
Raw materials............................         146         144     138
Other inventories........................          61          56      44
                                               ------        ----    ----
                                                $ 454        $554    $462
                                               ------        ----    ----
                                               ------        ----    ----
</TABLE>
 
     Property, Plant and Equipment: Property,  plant and equipment is stated  on
the basis of cost. Depreciation is provided by the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the assets, generally 20 to 40 years for buildings and
5 to 25 years for machinery and equipment.
 
                                      F-12
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
NOTE 3 -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- CONTINUED
 
     Property, plant and equipment consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                              SEPTEMBER 30,    ----------------
                                                                  1996         1995      1994
                                                              -------------    ------    ------
                                                               (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                           <C>              <C>       <C>
Land and buildings.........................................      $   285       $  341    $  313
Machinery and equipment....................................        2,472        2,612     2,364
Leasehold improvements.....................................            4            6         6
                                                              -------------    ------    ------
                                                                   2,761        2,959     2,683
Allowance for depreciation and amortization................          784          697       530
                                                              -------------    ------    ------
                                                                 $ 1,977       $2,262    $2,153
                                                              -------------    ------    ------
                                                              -------------    ------    ------
</TABLE>
 
     Goodwill:  Goodwill represents  the excess of  the purchase  price over the
fair value of assets  allocated to acquired companies  including $2,097 and  $94
originally  allocated  to  Quantum  Chemical  and  SCM  Chemicals, respectively.
Goodwill is being  amortized using  the straight-line method  over forty  years.
Management   periodically  evaluates  goodwill  for   impairment  based  on  the
anticipated future cash flows attributable to its operations. Such expected cash
flows, on  an undiscounted  basis, are  compared to  the carrying  value of  the
tangible  and intangible  assets, and if  impairment is  indicated, the carrying
value of goodwill is  adjusted. In the opinion  of management, no impairment  of
goodwill exists at September 30, 1996. Accumulated amortization aggregated $164,
$149  and $96 at September  30, 1996, December 31,  1995 and 1994, respectively.
Amortization of  goodwill amounted  to $35  and $44  for the  nine months  ended
September  30, 1996 and 1995, respectively, $58  for the year ended December 31,
1995, $58  and $3  for  the fiscal  years ended  September  30, 1994  and  1993,
respectively, and $14 for the three months ended December 31, 1994.
 
     Environmental  Liabilities  and  Expenditures:  Accruals  for environmental
matters are recorded in operating expenses when it is probable that a  liability
has  been incurred and the amount of  the liability can be reasonably estimated.
Accrued liabilities are exclusive of claims against third parties (except  where
payment  has been received  or the amount  of liability or  contribution by such
other parties,  including insurance  companies,  has been  agreed) and  are  not
discounted.  In general, costs related  to environmental remediation are charged
to expense. Environmental costs are capitalized if the costs increase the  value
of the property and/or mitigate or prevent contamination from future operations.
 
     Foreign  Currency  Translation:  Assets and  liabilities  of  the Company's
foreign subsidiaries  are translated  at the  exchange rates  in effect  at  the
balance  sheet dates, while  revenue, expenses and cash  flows are translated at
average exchange rates for  the reporting period.  Translation gains and  losses
are  reported as a component of Invested Capital in the combined balance sheets.
Gains (losses)  resulting from  foreign currency  transactions are  included  in
Other  expense, net and aggregated $3.0 for  the nine months ended September 30,
1996, $12.9 for the year ended December 1995, $2.3 and $2.0 for the fiscal years
ended September 30, 1994 and 1993, respectively, and ($1.0) for the three months
ended December 31, 1994.
 
     Federal Income  Taxes: Deferred  tax assets  and liabilities  are  computed
based  on the difference between the financial statement and income tax bases of
assets and liabilities using the enacted marginal tax rate. Deferred income  tax
expenses  or credits  are based on  the changes  in the asset  or liability from
period to period.
 
     The United  States  earnings of  the  Company  have been  included  in  the
consolidated  federal income tax  return filed by  Hanson's ultimate U.S. parent
which will be a subsidiary  of the Company following  the Demerger and which  is
combined  herein. Pursuant to an informal  tax allocation agreement, the Company
provided  for  income  taxes  as  if  it  filed  separate  income  tax  returns.
Accordingly,   the  Company  has  not  reflected  in  the  historical  financial
statements certain tax benefits arising out of the
 
                                      F-13
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
NOTE 3 -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- CONTINUED
consolidated  tax   group   (including   certain   predecessor   entities,   the
'Consolidated  Group')  that  will  become allocable  to  the  Company  once the
Demerger is completed.
 
     Upon completion  of  the  Demerger,  certain  other  operations  of  Hanson
previously  included  in the  Consolidated Group  will no  longer qualify  to be
members of the  Consolidated Group  and, accordingly, will  file the  applicable
income  tax returns in the appropriate jurisdictions. The Company and certain of
its subsidiaries will enter into tax sharing and indemnification agreements with
Hanson or  its  subsidiaries  in  which  the  Company  and/or  its  subsidiaries
generally  will agree  to indemnify  Hanson or  its subsidiaries  for income tax
liabilities attributable to periods when such other operations were included  in
the consolidated tax returns of the Consolidated Group.
 
     Dual  Residence: The Company is organized under the laws of Delaware and is
subject to United States  federal income taxation  of corporations. However,  in
order  to  obtain clearance  from the  U.K.  Inland Revenue  as to  the tax-free
treatment of the  Stock Dividend  for U.K. tax  purposes for  Hanson and  Hanson
shareholders,  Hanson agreed with the U.K.  Inland Revenue that the Company will
continue to be  centrally managed and  controlled in the  United Kingdom for  at
least  five years following  the Dividend Payment Date.  Hanson also agreed with
the U.K. Inland Revenue that the Company's  Board of Directors will be the  only
medium  through which strategic control and  policy making powers are exercised,
and that board  meetings almost invariably  will be held  in the United  Kingdom
during  such  five-year period.  In the  agreement to  effect the  Demerger, the
Company will agree not to take, or  fail to take, during such five-year  period,
any  action that would result in a breach of, or constitute non-compliance with,
any of the representations and undertakings made by Hanson in Hanson's agreement
with the  U.K.  Inland  Revenue.  The  Company's  By-Laws  provide  for  similar
constraints.
 
     Hanson's  agreement with  the U.K. Inland  Revenue provides that  if at any
time during  the  five-year period  following  the Dividend  Payment  Date,  the
Company  ceases to be regarded as centrally managed and controlled in the United
Kingdom, the Stock  Dividend will no  longer be regarded  as tax-free to  Hanson
under  U.K. law  (although the  Stock Dividend  will continue  to be  treated as
tax-free under  U.K. law  to Hanson  shareholders). The  Company will  indemnify
Hanson  against  any liability  and penalties  arising  out of  a breach  of the
agreement between  Hanson  and  the  U.K. Inland  Revenue  referred  to  in  the
preceding   paragraph.   The  Company   and  Hanson   estimate  that,   if  such
indemnification obligation were to arise immediately after the Dividend  Payment
Date, it would amount to approximately $421.
 
     If  the Company ceases to  be a U.K. tax resident  at any time, the Company
will be deemed for purposes of U.K. corporation tax on chargeable gains to  have
disposed of all of its assets at such time. In such a case, the Company would be
liable  for U.K. corporation tax on chargeable  gains on the amount by which the
fair market value of those assets at the time of such deemed disposition exceeds
the Company's tax basis in  those assets. The tax basis  of the assets would  be
calculated  in pounds sterling, based on the fair market value of the assets (in
pounds sterling  at  the time  of  acquisition of  the  assets by  the  Company)
adjusted  for U.K.  inflation. Accordingly,  in such  circumstances, the Company
could incur a tax liability even though it has not actually sold the assets  and
even though the underlying value of the assets may not have actually appreciated
(due  to currency movements). Since it is impossible to predict the future value
of  the  Company's  assets,  currency  movements  and  inflation  rates,  it  is
impossible to predict the magnitude of such liability, should it arise.
 
     Research  and Development: The cost of  research and development efforts is
expensed as incurred.  Such costs  aggregated $31 and  $31 for  the nine  months
ended September 30, 1996 and 1995, respectively, $42 for the year ended December
31,  1995, $46 and  $7 for the fiscal  years ended September  30, 1994 and 1993,
respectively, and $9 for the three months ended December 31, 1994.
 
     Fair Value  of Financial  Instruments:  The fair  value of  all  short-term
financial  instruments are estimated to approximate their carrying value because
of their short maturity. The Company has from
 
                                      F-14
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
NOTE 3 -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- CONTINUED
time to  time  utilized forward  exchange  contracts, currency  swaps  or  other
derivative products to hedge its risk in foreign or other operations.
 
     Earnings Per Share: Historical earnings per share are not presented because
there  is no  separate identifiable  pool of  capital for  the periods  prior to
incorporation upon which a per share calculation could be based.
 
     Long-Term Incentive Plan: The  Company has adopted  a Stock Incentive  Plan
for  the purpose of enhancing the profitability and value of the Company for the
benefit of its stockholders. A maximum  of 3,909,000 shares of Common Stock  may
be issued or used for reference purposes pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plan.
 
     The  Stock Incentive Plan  provides for the following  types of awards: (i)
stock  options,  including  incentive  stock  options  and  non-qualified  stock
options;   (ii)  stock   appreciation  rights;  (iii)   restricted  stock;  (iv)
performance  units;  and  (v)  performance  shares.  On  October  8,  1996,  the
Compensation  Committee of the  Company's Board of  Directors awarded restricted
stock having  an  undiscounted  fair  market  value on  the  date  of  grant  of
approximately  $65 to 32 executive officers.  The vesting schedule for the award
is as follows: (i) three equal tranches aggregating 25% of the total award  will
vest  in each  of October  1999, 2000  and 2001;  and (ii)  three equal tranches
aggregating 75%  of  the total  award  will be  subject  to the  achievement  of
'economic   value  added'  performance   criteria  to  be   established  by  the
Compensation Committee for each of  three performance cycles commencing  January
1, 1997 and ending December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001, respectively. If and to the
extent  such  criteria are  achieved,  half of  the  25% tranche  relating  to a
particular performance  cycle  of  the  award  will  vest  immediately  and  the
remainder  will vest in  five equal annual installments  commencing on the first
anniversary of the end of the cycle.
 
     In addition  to  the  initial  awards of  restricted  stock  to  the  above
officers, it is expected that the Compensation Committee, upon recommendation of
management,  annually will make awards of restricted stock to senior managers of
the Company that employs the same 'economic value added' performance concepts.
 
NOTE 4 -- IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS AND RELATED CLOSURE COSTS
 
     Effective January  1,  1996, the  Company  adopted Statement  of  Financial
Accounting  Standards  No. 121  (SFAS 121),  'Accounting  for the  Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets  and  for Long-Lived  Assets  to  be Disposed  Of.'  SFAS  121
established guidelines for reviewing recoverability of long-lived assets used in
operations  when indicators of impairment are  present and the undiscounted cash
flows estimated  to be  generated by  those  assets are  less than  the  assets'
carrying  amount. Impairment losses under SFAS 121 are measured by comparing the
estimated fair value of the assets to their carrying amount. Except for  certain
assets of one of the Discontinued Businesses to be sold to Hanson, the effect of
adoption was not material. (See Note 5 -- Net Assets of Discontinued Business to
be Sold to Hanson).
 
     During the nine months ended September 30, 1996, the Company recorded a $60
non-cash  charge  ($39  after-tax)  to  reduce  the  carrying  value  of certain
property, plant and equipment employed in sulfate-process manufacturing of  TiO2
caused  by changes in  current market conditions.  Intense price competition has
been experienced,  and is  expected  to continue  as  customers of  the  anatase
products associated with the sulfate-process operations seek more cost efficient
manufacturing  inputs to their applications. As a result of the deterioration of
market conditions in  the TiO2  industry, in July  1996 the  Company decided  to
implement   a  program  which  includes   a  reduction  of  its  sulfate-process
manufacturing capacity  both  in  the  UK  and  US,  rephasing  chloride-process
expansion  programs in  the UK and  Australia and announced  increases in global
selling  prices   for  TiO2.   The  10,000   tonne  sulfate-process   plant   in
Stallingborough,  England  will be  closed and  production  at its  66,000 tonne
 
                                      F-15
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
NOTE 4 -- IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS AND RELATED CLOSURE COSTS -- CONTINUED
sulfate-process facility in Baltimore, Maryland will be reduced by approximately
one-third.  The  carrying   value  of  plant   and  equipment  associated   with
sulfate-process  manufacturing  was  reduced by  $60  in the  nine  months ended
September 30, 1996 as a result  of evaluating the recoverability of such  assets
under  the unfavorable market conditions existing at that time. In addition, $15
of closure  costs associated  with the  implementation of  this plan  have  been
accrued  in the quarter ended  September 30, 1996. The  amount of the write-down
was determined  by  comparison  to the  fair  value  of the  related  assets  as
determined  based  on the  projected discounted  cash  flows identified  to such
assets. If market  conditions continue to  deteriorate, it may  be necessary  to
further  reduce operations at  the Baltimore facility  and accrue for additional
closure costs.
 
NOTE 5 -- NET ASSETS OF DISCONTINUED BUSINESSES TO BE SOLD TO HANSON
 
     Net assets of  Discontinued Businesses  to be  sold to  Hanson include  the
historical  net assets of  the Cornerstone and  Grove Worldwide businesses which
are  not  intended  to  be  a  part  of  the  Company  following  the   demerger
transactions.  Cornerstone is engaged  in the production  and sale of aggregates
products  and  concrete  and  in  construction  contracting.  Grove  Worldwide's
business  is the  manufacture and  sale of hydraulic  cranes. The  stock and net
assets of such companies will be sold  to Hanson on the fifth day following  the
Stock  Dividend  and  accordingly  have been  reflected  herein  as Discontinued
Operations. (See Note 1.) In January 1996, Hanson announced its plan to  demerge
the  Chemicals  Businesses;  such plan  includes  the sale  of  the Discontinued
Businesses by  the Company.  Because adoption  of SFAS  121 on  January 1,  1996
precedes the date this plan was announced, the SFAS 121 charge predates the date
at  which such businesses may be  accounted for as discontinued operations under
APB 30. As presented in the accompanying combined balance sheets, the historical
net assets of these businesses are comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  
                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                              SEPTEMBER 30,    ------------------
                                                                  1996          1995       1994
                                                              -------------    -------    -------
                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>              <C>        <C>
Current assets.............................................      $   738       $   710    $   584
Non-current assets.........................................        2,078         7,126      7,126
Current liabilities........................................         (378)         (364)      (346)
Non-current liabilities....................................       (1,821)       (3,700)    (3,607)
                                                              -------------    -------    -------
Net assets of Discontinued Businesses to be sold to
  Hanson...................................................      $   617       $ 3,772    $ 3,757
                                                              -------------    -------    -------
                                                              -------------    -------    -------
</TABLE>
 
     The following  represents the  results of  operations of  the  Discontinued
Businesses.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               NINE MONTHS
                                           ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,               YEAR ENDED
                                 ---------------------------------------    DECEMBER 31,
                                       1996                  1995               1995
                                 -----------------    ------------------    ------------
                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                              <C>                  <C>                   <C>
Sales.........................        $ 1,444               $1,216             $1,722
                                     --------              -------          ------------
Pre-tax (loss) income.........         (4,436)                   3                 40
Tax (benefit) provision.......         (1,269)                   3                 22
                                     --------              -------          ------------
Net (loss) income.............        $(3,167)              $    0             $   18
                                     --------              -------          ------------
                                     --------              -------          ------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                       FISCAL YEAR
                                   ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                              -----------------------------
                                1994            1993
                              ---------   -----------------
 
<S>                              <C>      <C>
Sales.........................$  1,589         $ 1,835
                              ---------        -------
Pre-tax (loss) income.........      39              43
Tax (benefit) provision.......      11              23
                              ---------        -------
Net (loss) income.............$     28         $    20
                              ---------        -------
                              ---------        -------
</TABLE>
 
     As  discussed in Note 4, on January  1, 1996, the Company adopted SFAS 121,
'Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to
be Disposed Of.' Prior to the  adoption of this pronouncement, asset  impairment
was  evaluated  at  an operating  company  level  based on  the  contribution of
operating profits  and  undiscounted  cash  flows  being  generated  from  those
operations.  Under this policy,  assets used in  Cornerstone's operations, which
are comprised of approximately 20  separate operating companies, were  evaluated
for impairment based on gross margins and cash flows
 
                                      F-16
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
NOTE   5   --   NET  ASSETS   OF   DISCONTINUED   BUSINESSES  TO   BE   SOLD  TO
HANSON -- CONTINUED
generated by  each  separate  operating  company  in  a  given  business  cycle.
Evaluation  of  Cornerstone's  assets  at  this level  does  not  result  in any
impairment.
 
     SFAS 121 requires the impairment review to be performed at the lowest level
of asset grouping for which there are identifiable cash flows which represents a
change  from  the  level  at  which  the  previous  accounting  policy  measured
impairment.  In the case of Cornerstone,  economic groupings of assets were made
based on local marketplaces and could consist of both active and inactive quarry
operations and hot mix asphalt facilities managed together as a single operating
unit. Evaluation of assets at this lower grouping level indicated an  impairment
of  certain  of those  assets. The  impairment  loss was  measured based  on the
difference between estimated  discounted cash  flows and the  carrying value  of
such   assets.  Considerable  management  judgement  is  necessary  to  estimate
discounted future  cash  flows  and,  accordingly,  actual  results  could  vary
significantly from such estimates.
 
     The   initial  non-cash  charge  resulting  from  adopting  the  evaluation
methodology provided  by  SFAS 121,  was  $4,497 ($3,206  after  income  taxes),
principally related to certain of Cornerstone's aggregate related assets.
 
NOTE 6 -- INCOME TAXES
 
     Combined  income from continuing operations before income taxes consists of
the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    NINE MONTHS                                                      FISCAL YEAR
                                ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,       YEAR ENDED        THREE MONTHS         ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                              -----------------------    DECEMBER 31,    ENDED DECEMBER 31,    ------------------------
                                 1996          1995          1995               1994              1994          1993
                              -----------    --------    ------------    ------------------    ----------    ----------
                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                           <C>            <C>         <C>             <C>                   <C>           <C>
Pretax income
     United States.........     $   251        $401          $473               $133             $  102         $122
     Foreign...............          19          63            81                 10                 29           29
                              -----------    --------      ------             ------           ----------    ----------
                                $   270        $464          $554               $143             $  131         $151
                              -----------    --------      ------             ------           ----------    ----------
                              -----------    --------      ------             ------           ----------    ----------
</TABLE>
 
     The components of income taxes are:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    NINE MONTHS                                                      FISCAL YEAR
                                ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,       YEAR ENDED        THREE MONTHS         ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                              -----------------------    DECEMBER 31,    ENDED DECEMBER 31,    ------------------------
                                 1996          1995          1995               1994              1994          1993
                              -----------    --------    ------------    ------------------    ----------    ----------
                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                           <C>            <C>         <C>             <C>                   <C>           <C>
Federal
     Current...............     $    73        $ 90          $145               $ 27             $ (127)        $  1
     Deferred..............      (1,209)         69            54                 30                188           45
Foreign income taxes.......           9          21            29                  4                  8           14
State and local income
  taxes....................          25          11            17                  3                  7           11
                              -----------    --------      ------             ------           ----------    ----------
                                $(1,102)       $191          $245               $ 64             $   76         $ 71
                              -----------    --------      ------             ------           ----------    ----------
                              -----------    --------      ------             ------           ----------    ----------
</TABLE>
 
     Income taxes are included in the financial statements as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    NINE MONTHS                                                      FISCAL YEAR
                                ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,       YEAR ENDED        THREE MONTHS         ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                              -----------------------    DECEMBER 31,    ENDED DECEMBER 31,    ------------------------
                                 1996          1995          1995               1994              1994          1993
                              -----------    --------    ------------    ------------------    ----------    ----------
                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                           <C>            <C>         <C>             <C>                   <C>           <C>
Continuing Operations......     $   167        $188          $223               $ 59              $ 65          $ 48
Discontinued Operations....      (1,269)          3            22                  5                11            23
                              -----------    --------      ------                ---               ---           ---
                                $(1,102)       $191          $245               $ 64              $ 76          $ 71
                              -----------    --------      ------                ---               ---           ---
                              -----------    --------      ------                ---               ---           ---
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-17
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
NOTE 6 -- INCOME TAXES -- CONTINUED
 
     The Company's effective income tax rate differs from the amount computed by
applying the statutory federal income tax rate as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           NINE MONTHS                                                   FISCAL YEAR
                                       ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,      YEAR ENDED       THREE MONTHS        ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                      ----------------------   DECEMBER 31,   ENDED DECEMBER 31,   -----------------------
                                         1996         1995         1995              1994             1994         1993
                                      -----------   --------   ------------   ------------------   ----------   ----------
                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                   <C>           <C>        <C>            <C>                  <C>          <C>
Statutory federal income tax rate...      35.0%       35.0%        35.0%             35.0%            35.0%        34.0%
Basis difference relating to
  Suburban..........................      21.4          --           --                --               --           --
State and local income taxes, net of
  federal benefit...................       6.1         4.4          4.2               4.5              3.0          2.2
Provision for nondeductible
  expenses, primarily goodwill
  amortization......................       4.8         3.7          4.0               3.4             15.8          0.5
Non-taxable foreign interest
  income............................      (2.5)       (1.2)        (1.2)             (1.2)            (4.2)        (5.0)
Utilization of net operating
  losses............................      (7.2)       (4.6)        (3.3)             (4.0)           --           --
Other...............................       4.3         3.2          1.6               3.6             (0.7)         0.2
                                      -----------   --------      -----             -----            -----        -----
Effective income tax rate for
  continuing operations.............      61.9        40.5         40.3              41.3             48.9         31.9
                                      -----------   --------      -----             -----            -----        -----
                                      -----------   --------      -----             -----            -----        -----
Discontinued operations effective
  income tax rate...................      28.6        98.7         55.4              29.4             28.3         53.9
                                      -----------   --------      -----             -----            -----        -----
                                      -----------   --------      -----             -----            -----        -----
</TABLE>
 
     The difference  between  the  effective income  tax  rate  on  discontinued
operations  and  the  statutory federal  income  tax rate  primarily  relates to
non-deductible goodwill amortization and tax depletion.
 
     Deferred income taxes  reflect the net  tax effects of  tax attributes  and
temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for
financial  reporting  purposes and  the amounts  used  for income  tax purposes.
Significant components of the Company's deferred tax liabilities and assets  are
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            SEPTEMBER 30,    ------------
                                                                                1996         1995    1994
                                                                            -------------    ----    ----
                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                         <C>              <C>     <C>
Deferred tax assets:
     Environmental and legal obligations.................................       $  37          38      26
     Other postretirement benefits and pension obligations...............         118         118     116
     Net operating loss carryforwards....................................      --              70     115
     Other accruals......................................................         128         111     112
                                                                               ------        ----    ----
          Total deferred tax assets......................................         283         337     369
                                                                               ------        ----    ----
Deferred tax liabilities:
     Excess of book over tax basis in property, plant and equipment......         392         470     467
     Other...............................................................         116          28      28
                                                                               ------        ----    ----
          Total deferred tax liabilities.................................         508         498     495
                                                                               ------        ----    ----
          Net deferred tax liabilities ($10 in 1995 and 1994 classified
            in current assets)...........................................       $ 225        $161    $126
                                                                               ------        ----    ----
                                                                               ------        ----    ----
</TABLE>
 
     Certain  of the  federal income tax  returns of the  Consolidated Group and
certain of  the state  income  tax returns  of  the Company's  subsidiaries  are
currently  under examination by the Internal  Revenue Service. In the opinion of
management, any assessments which  may result will not  have a material  adverse
effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.
 
                                      F-18
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
NOTE 7 -- LONG-TERM DEBT AND CREDIT ARRANGEMENTS
 
     The  debt included in the combined  balance sheets reflects the obligations
directly  related  to  the  Company.  Excluded  from  such  amounts  are   other
obligations  which, upon the  Demerger, are not anticipated  to carryover to the
Company as a separate entity.
 
     The detail of long-term debt is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        SEPTEMBER 30,    ----------------
                                                                            1996          1995      1994
                                                                        -------------    ------    ------
                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                                     <C>              <C>       <C>
New credit facility..................................................      $   300         --        --
2.39% Senior Exchangeable Discount Notes, Due 2001 (net of
  unamortized discount of $219, $251 and $291).......................        1,036       $1,004    $  964
Allocated Loan bearing interest at 7.0% Due 2003.....................        2,250        2,250     2,250
Debt payable through 2007 at interest rates ranging from 4% to 11%...           75           61        65
Less current maturities of long-term debt............................          (11)         (11)       (5)
                                                                        -------------    ------    ------
                                                                           $ 3,650       $3,304    $3,274
                                                                        -------------    ------    ------
                                                                        -------------    ------    ------
</TABLE>
 
     The Issuer (as defined in Note  12) and the Company, as guarantor,  entered
into  a Credit Agreement,  dated as of  July 26, 1996  (the 'Credit Agreement'),
with Bank of America National  Trust and Savings Association, as  administrative
agent ('Bank of America'), The Chase Manhattan Bank, as documentation agent, and
various participating banks and other institutional lenders for the provision of
a  credit  facility (the  'Credit  Facility') to  the  Issuer and  certain other
Company subsidiaries designated from time to time by the Company (together  with
the Issuer, the 'Borrowing Subsidiaries').
 
     The  Credit  Facility consists  of a  five-year unsecured  revolving credit
facility in an amount up to $2.25 billion. Borrowings under the Credit  Facility
may  consist  of  standby  loans (i.e.,  committed  revolving  credit  loans) or
uncommitted competitive loans  offered by  syndicated banks  through an  auction
mechanism  (or  both, at  the option  of  the respective  Borrowing Subsidiary).
Standby loans and competitive  loans may be borrowed  in either U.S. dollars  or
other  currencies. The proceeds  of the Credit  Facility may be  used to provide
working capital to the Borrowing Subsidiaries and for general corporate purposes
of the Borrowing  Subsidiaries, including the  repurchase of Exchangeable  Notes
pursuant to the Tender Offer or otherwise. Certain proceeds were previously used
for repayment of portions of the Company's indebtedness to Hanson.
 
     The interest rates under the standby loans are based upon, at the option of
the  respective Borrowing  Subsidiaries, (i)  the London  interbank offered rate
('LIBOR'), (ii) the New  York interbank offered rate  ('NIBOR') or (iii) in  the
case  of U.S. dollar  loans, the higher of  Bank of America's  prime rate or the
federal funds rate  plus 0.5% ('ABR').  Interest rates based  on LIBOR or  NIBOR
will  be increased by a  spread of between 13.5  and 47.5 basis points depending
upon the actual ratings (the 'Ratings')  by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group  and
Moody's Investors Service Inc. of senior unsecured non-credit enhanced long-term
debt  issued by the Issuer and guaranteed  by the Company (or issued directly by
the Company) or, if there is no such debt, the indicative rating of the  Company
by  such rating agencies. Based on the current Ratings, the spread over LIBOR is
presently 27.5 basis  points. No spread  is charged on  ABR loans. The  interest
rates  under the competitive loans will be  obtained from those bids selected by
the applicable Borrowing Subsidiary.
 
     A commitment fee is payable to the lenders under the Credit Facility on the
aggregate amount of the commitments, whether used or unused, at a rate per annum
of between 6.5 and 25 basis points  depending upon the Ratings. Loans under  the
Credit Facility may be repaid and then reborrowed. Based on the current Ratings,
the commitment fee is presently 15 basis points.
 
                                      F-19
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
NOTE 7 -- LONG-TERM DEBT AND CREDIT ARRANGEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
     During March 1994, one of the Company's subsidiaries issued $1,255 of 2.39%
Senior  Exchangeable  Discount  Notes Due  2001.  The  notes were  issued  at an
original issue discount to par ('OID') of 20.326%, reflecting an issue price  of
$796.74  per $1,000  principal amount at  maturity. The stated  interest rate of
2.39% per annum combined  with the implicit interest  yield attributable to  the
OID  represent a  yield to maturity  of 6.0%.  The notes are  not callable until
March 1, 1999.  The aggregate net  proceeds from this  issue were  approximately
$988,  of which approximately $923 was paid to the Company for the notes and the
difference (less expenses)  was paid  to an  affiliate in  consideration of  the
grant  of the ADS  Rights described below  and considered part  of the OID. Each
holder of a  note has  a benefit  of a right  (an 'ADS  Right'), not  separately
tradeable,  which is exercisable at  the holder's option until  March 1, 2001 to
cause the holder's notes  to be exchanged for  ADSs, with each ADS  representing
five  ordinary shares  of 25 pence  in the  capital of Hanson,  currently set at
33.741 ADSs per $1,000 principal amount of maturity of the notes. The ADS Rights
are exercisable  through  an  affiliate  of Hanson.  As  a  consequence  of  the
Demerger,  the Company's  subsidiary is  obligated under  the provisions  of the
indenture governing such notes to provide a  notice to the holders of the  notes
specifying  that  it  will  repurchase notes  from  holders  who  exercise their
'change-in-control rights'  under  the  indenture  for cash  at  101%  of  their
accreted value plus accrued interest. (See Note 13 -- Subsequent Events)
 
     In  conjunction with the  acquisition of Quantum  Chemical, a subsidiary of
the Company established a long term financing agreement with Hanson under  which
$2,250  was  borrowed  in October  1993  ('Allocated Loan').  The  agreement, as
amended, provides for such  borrowings to be repaid  in October 2003, and  bears
interest  at 7.0% per annum payable annually.  The proceeds from this funding as
well as other available  funds were used to  repurchase approximately $2,657  of
Quantum Chemical debt and pay related expenses.
 
     On  September  30,  1996,  December  31, 1995  and  1994,  the  Company had
outstanding notes payable of $222, $113 and $247, respectively, bearing interest
at average rates of approximately 6.1% with maturities of thirty days or less.
 
     At September 30,  1996, the  Company and its  subsidiaries had  outstanding
standby letters of credit amounting to $90.
 
     The maturities of long-term debt during the next five years are as follows:
1996 -- $11, 1997 -- $33, 1998 -- $13, 1999 -- $2, and 2000 -- $17.
 
     Interest  paid for the nine months ended September 30, 1996, the year ended
December 31, 1995, fiscal years ended September 30, 1994 and 1993, and the three
months ended December 31, 1994 was $35, $380, $275, $14 and $4, respectively.
 
NOTE 8 -- PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
 
     Domestic Pension  Plans: The  Company has  several noncontributory  defined
benefit  pension  plans  covering  substantially  all  its  U.S.  employees. The
benefits for these plans  are based primarily on  years of credited service  and
average  compensation  as  defined  under the  respective  plan  provisions. The
Company's funding policy  is to contribute  amounts to the  plans sufficient  to
meet  the  minimum funding  requirements set  forth  in the  Employee Retirement
Income Security Act  of 1974, plus  such additional amounts  as the Company  may
determine to be appropriate from time to time.
 
     The  Company also sponsors defined contribution  plans for its salaried and
certain union employees.  Contributions relating to  defined contribution  plans
are made based upon the respective plans' provisions.
 
     The  components of net periodic pension  cost for continuing operations for
the Company's U.S. defined benefit plans and the total contributions charged  to
pension  expense  for  the  Company's U.S.  defined  contribution  plans  are as
follows:
 
                                      F-20
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
NOTE 8 -- PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS -- CONTINUED
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         FISCAL YEAR
                                                                      THREE MONTHS          ENDED
                                                      YEAR ENDED         ENDED          SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,    -----------------
                                                         1995             1994        1994        1993
                                                     -------------    ------------    -----      ------
 
<S>                                                  <C>              <C>             <C>        <C>
Defined benefit plans:
     Service cost -- benefit earned during the
       period.....................................       $  15            $  3        $ 16        $  6
     Interest cost on projected benefit
       obligation.................................          54              14          56          22
     Actual return on plan assets.................         (79)            (11)        (83 )       (34)
     Net amortization and deferral................          --              (8)         --           8
     Curtailment gain.............................          --              (1)         (2 )        (1)
                                                         -----           -----        -----      ------
     Net periodic pension (income) expense for
       defined benefit plans......................         (10)             (3)        (13 )         1
Defined contribution plans........................           4               1           4           2
                                                         -----           -----        -----      ------
          Total pension (income) expense..........       $  (6)           $ (2)       $ (9 )      $  3
                                                         -----           -----        -----      ------
                                                         -----           -----        -----      ------
</TABLE>
 
     Assumptions used  in the  actuarial calculations  relating to  the  defined
benefit plans were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1995      1994
                                                                              ----      ----
 
<S>                                                                           <C>       <C>
Weighted-average discount rates............................................   7.50%     8.50%
Rates of increase in compensation levels...................................   4.25      5.25
Expected long-term rate of return on assets................................   9.00      9.00
</TABLE>
 
     The  following table sets forth the funded status and amounts recognized in
the combined  balance sheets  for  the Company's  U.S. defined  benefit  pension
plans:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31, 1995             DECEMBER 31, 1994
                                                           --------------------------    --------------------------
                                                           PLANS WHOSE    PLANS WHOSE    PLANS WHOSE    PLANS WHOSE
                                                             ASSETS       ACCUMULATED      ASSETS       ACCUMULATED
                                                             EXCEED        BENEFITS        EXCEED        BENEFITS
                                                           ACCUMULATED      EXCEED       ACCUMULATED      EXCEED
                                                            BENEFITS        ASSETS        BENEFITS        ASSETS
                                                           -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
 
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
     Vested benefit obligation..........................      $(632)         $ (51)         $(556)         $ (41)
     Nonvested benefit obligation.......................        (21)            (5)           (19)            (4)
                                                           -----------       -----       -----------       -----
Accumulated benefit obligation..........................      $(653)         $ (56)         $(575)         $ (45)
                                                           -----------       -----       -----------       -----
                                                           -----------       -----       -----------       -----
Projected benefit obligation............................       (703)           (60)          (621)           (49)
Plan assets at fair value...............................        865             36            784             31
                                                           -----------       -----       -----------       -----
Projected benefit obligation less than (in excess) of
  plan assets...........................................        162            (24)           163            (18)
Add (deduct):
     Unrecognized prior service cost....................         (2)             6             (1)             3
     Unrecognized net (gain) loss.......................         15              3              1             (2)
     Unrecognized net asset at date of adoption, net of
       amortization.....................................         (1)            --             (3)            --
     Adjustment required to recognize minimum
       liability........................................         --             (6)            --             (1)
                                                           -----------       -----       -----------       -----
Prepaid (accrued) pension costs (included in Investments
  and other assets).....................................      $ 174          $ (21)         $ 160          $ (18)
                                                           -----------       -----       -----------       -----
                                                           -----------       -----       -----------       -----
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-21
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
NOTE 8 -- PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS -- CONTINUED
 
     The  plans'  assets  are  primarily  included  in  a  master  trust,  which
principally invests in  listed stocks  and bonds, including  ordinary shares  of
Hanson  (including ordinary shares represented by  ADSs) which, at market value,
comprise 2.5% and 2.7%  of the master  trust's assets at  December 31, 1995  and
1994, respectively.
 
     Postretirement Benefits: The Company provides unfunded health care and life
insurance  benefits to certain groups of  retirees. In 1994, the Company adopted
Financial Accounting Standards  Board SFAS No.  106, 'Employers' Accounting  for
Postretirement  Benefits Other Than Pensions.' Adoption of SFAS 106 did not have
a material  effect on  the Company's  financial statements  as the  Company  had
provided  for the unfunded obligation for other post-employment benefits as part
of its accounting for certain business combinations.
 
     Net periodic postretirement benefit cost includes the following components:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  THREE MONTHS     FISCAL YEAR
                                                   YEAR ENDED        ENDED            ENDED
                                                  DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                      1995            1994            1994
                                                  ------------    ------------    -------------
 
<S>                                               <C>             <C>             <C>
Service cost...................................       $  3            $  1             $ 3
Interest cost..................................          9               2              10
                                                       ---             ---             ---
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost.......       $ 12            $  3             $13
                                                       ---             ---             ---
                                                       ---             ---             ---
</TABLE>
 
     The following table  presents the  plan's unfunded  status reconciled  with
amounts recognized in the Company's combined balance sheets:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                          --------------
                                                                                          1995     1994
                                                                                          -----    -----
 
<S>                                                                                       <C>      <C>
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:
     Retirees..........................................................................   $(253)   $(249)
     Fully eligible active plan participants...........................................     (38)     (20)
     Other active plan participants....................................................     (14)     (43)
                                                                                          -----    -----
     Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation.....................................    (305)    (312)
Unrecognized net gain..................................................................     (30)     (23)
                                                                                          -----    -----
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (included in other liabilities)..........   $(335)   $(335)
                                                                                          -----    -----
                                                                                          -----    -----
</TABLE>
 
     The  weighted average annual  assumed rates of increase  in the health care
cost trend  rate  is  9.4%-12.5% and  is  assumed  to decrease  .5%  a  year  to
5.0%-6.0%.  The effect of increasing the assumed health care cost trend rates by
1% in each year would increase the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
as of  December 31,  1995  by $35  and the  aggregate  of service  and  interest
components of net periodic postretirement benefit cost for 1995 by $1.
 
     The weighted average discount rate used in determining the accumulated post
retirement  benefit obligation was 7.5% and 8.5%  at December 31, 1995 and 1994,
respectively.
 
     Foreign Benefit Arrangements:  Pension and other  employee benefits of  the
Company's  foreign subsidiaries  are primarily provided  by government sponsored
plans and are being accrued currently over the period of active employment. Such
amounts are not material.
 
NOTE 9 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
     The Company's Chemicals business is subject, among other things, to several
proceedings under the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response  Compensation
and  Liability Act and other federal and state statutes or agreements with third
parties.   These   proceedings    are   in   various    stages   ranging    from
 
                                      F-22
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
NOTE 9 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES -- CONTINUED
initial investigation to active settlement negotiations to implementation of the
clean-up or remediation of sites.
 
     Additionally,  certain  of  the Company's  subsidiaries  are  defendants or
plaintiffs in  lawsuits  that have  arisen  in  the normal  course  of  business
including those relating to commercial transactions and product liability. While
certain   of  the  lawsuits   involve  allegedly  significant   amounts,  it  is
management's opinion,  based  on  the  advice  of  counsel,  that  the  ultimate
resolution  of such litigation  will not have  a material adverse  effect on the
Company's financial position or results of operations.
 
     The Company believes that  the range of potential  liability for the  above
matters,  collectively,  which  primarily relates  to  environmental remediation
activities, is between $130 and  $180 and has accrued  $180 as of September  30,
1996.
 
     The  Company has various contractual  obligations to purchase raw materials
used  in  its  production  of  polyethylene,  titanium  dioxide  and   fragrance
chemicals.   Commitments  to  purchase  ethylene   used  in  the  production  of
polyethylene are  based on  market prices  and expire  from 1996  through  2000.
Commitments  to  purchase ore  used in  the production  of titanium  dioxide are
generally three  to  eight  year contracts  with  competitive  prices  generally
determined  at  a  fixed  amount  subject  to  escalation  for  inflation. Total
commitments to purchase ore aggregate approximately $1,300 for titanium  dioxide
and  expire  between  1997  and  2002.  Commitments  to  acquire  crude  sulfate
turpentine, used  in  the production  of  fragrance and  flavor  chemicals,  are
generally pursuant to one to five year contracts with prices based on the market
price and which expire from 1996 through 2000.
 
     Certain  of the Discontinued Businesses have also been named as defendants,
PRPs or both  in environmental  proceedings or have  contractual liabilities  to
indemnify  the  purchasers of  certain  environmental liabilities.  Hanson  or a
Hanson subsidiary  will  agree  to  indemnify the  Company  against  any  losses
relating to such liabilities.
 
NOTE 10 -- LEASES
 
     Rental expense for operating leases is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       FISCAL YEAR
                                       NINE MONTHS ENDED                         THREE MONTHS             ENDED
                                         SEPTEMBER 30,            YEAR ENDED         ENDED            SEPTEMBER 30,
                                  ----------------------------   DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    ------------------------
                                      1996           1995            1995            1994           1994         1993
                                  -------------  -------------   ------------    -------------   -----------  -----------
                                          (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                 <C>              <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>          <C>
Minimum rentals.................    $ 38             $ 32            $ 59             $15           $ 56         $ 4
</TABLE>
 
     Future  minimum rental commitments under noncancellable operating leases as
of December 31, 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                    <C>
1996................................................................   $50
1997................................................................    42
1998................................................................    33
1999................................................................    27
2000................................................................    14
Thereafter..........................................................    14
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 11 -- OPERATIONS BY INDUSTRY SEGMENTS AND GEOGRAPHIC AREA
 
     The Company's  principal operations  (excluding  its interest  in  Suburban
Propane)  will be grouped into five  business segments: polyethylene and related
products, acetyls and alcohol and specialty polymer products, which are produced
by Quantum  Chemical; TiO2  and  related products,  which  are produced  by  SCM
Chemicals; and fragrance and flavor chemicals, which are produced by Glidco.
 
                                      F-23
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
NOTE 11 -- OPERATIONS BY INDUSTRY SEGMENTS AND GEOGRAPHIC AREA -- CONTINUED
     The  following  is  a summary  of  the Company's  continuing  operations by
industry segment and geographic area:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           NINE MONTHS                                           FISCAL YEAR
                                              ENDED                          THREE MONTHS           ENDED
                                          SEPTEMBER 30,       YEAR ENDED        ENDED           SEPTEMBER 30,
                                         ----------------    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    --------------------
                                          1996      1995         1995            1994         1994         1993
                                         ------    ------    ------------    ------------    -------      -------
                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                      <C>       <C>       <C>             <C>             <C>          <C>
NET SALES:
Quantum Chemical(1):
     Polyethylene and related
       products.......................   $  944    $1,115       $1,374          $  327       $ 1,061      $    --
     Acetyls and alcohol..............      294       366          461             105           347           --
     Specialty polymer products.......      274       271          363              82           318           --
                                         ------    ------    ------------    ------------    -------      -------
          Subtotal....................    1,512     1,752        2,198             514         1,726           --
SCM Chemicals:
     Titanium dioxide and related
       products.......................      680       663          860             185           795          783
Glidco:
     Fragrance and flavor chemicals...       87        76          103              24            89           79
                                         ------    ------    ------------    ------------    -------      -------
                                          2,279     2,491        3,161             723         2,610          862
                                         ------    ------    ------------    ------------    -------      -------
Propane(2)............................       --       448          639             185           678           --
                                         ------    ------    ------------    ------------    -------      -------
          Total.......................   $2,279    $2,939       $3,800          $  908       $ 3,288      $   862
                                         ------    ------    ------------    ------------    -------      -------
                                         ------    ------    ------------    ------------    -------      -------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 NINE MONTHS                                          FISCAL YEAR
                                                    ENDED                            THREE MONTHS        ENDED
                                                SEPTEMBER 30,         YEAR ENDED        ENDED        SEPTEMBER 30,
                                            ---------------------    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    --------------
                                               1996         1995         1995            1994        1994      1993
                                            -----------    ------    ------------    ------------    ----      ----
                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                         <C>            <C>       <C>             <C>             <C>       <C>
OPERATING INCOME:
Quantum Chemical(1):
     Polyethylene and related products...      $ 112        $337         $380            $ 92        $ 23      $ --
     Acetyls and alcohol.................         39         121          142              38          70        --
     Specialty polymer products..........         32          47           59              13          42        --
                                            -----------    ------      ------          ------        ----      ----
          Subtotal.......................        183         505          581             143         135        --
SCM Chemicals(3):
     Titanium dioxide and related
       products..........................         (6)        136          177              27         106       113
Glidco:
     Fragrance and flavor chemicals......         28          23           31               7          27        26
                                            -----------    ------      ------          ------        ----      ----
                                                 205         664          789             177         268       139
                                            -----------    ------      ------          ------        ----      ----
Propane(2)...............................         --          26           53              26          76        --
                                            -----------    ------      ------          ------        ----      ----
          Total..........................      $ 205        $690         $842            $203        $344      $139
                                            -----------    ------      ------          ------        ----      ----
                                            -----------    ------      ------          ------        ----      ----
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Quantum Chemical  was  acquired  on  September 30,  1993  in  a  transaction
    accounted for as a purchase.
 
(2) Suburban  Propane  is reflected  as a  continuing  operation of  the Company
    (i.e., division of  Quantum Chemical)  through December 31,  1995. In  March
    1996, the Company sold a 73.6% interest in
 
                                          (footnote continued on following page)
 
                                      F-24
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
(footnote continued from previous page)
 
NOTE 11 -- OPERATIONS BY INDUSTRY SEGMENTS AND GEOGRAPHIC AREA -- CONTINUED
   Suburban Propane in an initial public offering. The Company has accounted for
    its continuing investment under the equity method effective January 1, 1996.
 
(3) The  nine months ended September 30,  1996 includes non-recurring charges of
    $75 to  reduce the  carrying value  of certain  facilities employed  in  the
    sulfate-process   manufacturing  of  TiO2  and  to  provide  for  the  costs
    associated with  the  closure  of certain  sulfate  process  production,  as
    described in Note 4.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                               SEPTEMBER 30,    ------------------
                                                                                   1996          1995       1994
                                                                               -------------    -------    -------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                            <C>              <C>        <C>
IDENTIFIABLE ASSETS:
Quantum Chemical:
     Polyethylene and related products......................................      $ 2,699       $ 2,622    $ 2,676
     Acetyls and alcohol....................................................          725           704        681
     Specialty polymer products.............................................          483           448        414
                                                                               -------------    -------    -------
          Subtotal..........................................................        3,907         3,774      3,771
SCM Chemicals:
     Titanium dioxide and related products..................................          829           907        733
Glidco:
     Fragrance and flavor chemicals.........................................           87            77         56
Propane.....................................................................           --           733        731
Businesses held for sale....................................................          617         3,772      3,757
Corporate(a)................................................................          739           780        976
                                                                               -------------    -------    -------
          Total.............................................................      $ 6,179       $10,043    $10,024
                                                                               -------------    -------    -------
                                                                               -------------    -------    -------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(a) Corporate  assets consist  primarily of  cash and  cash equivalents, prepaid
    interest to an affiliate and other assets.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   NINE MONTHS                                             FISCAL YEAR
                                                      ENDED                             THREE MONTHS          ENDED
                                                  SEPTEMBER 30,          YEAR ENDED        ENDED          SEPTEMBER 30,
                                             ------------------------   DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    ------------------
                                                1996         1995           1995            1994         1994        1993
                                             -----------  -----------   ------------    ------------    ------      ------
                                                   (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                          <C>          <C>           <C>             <C>             <C>         <C>
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION:
Quantum Chemical:
     Polyethylene and related products.....   $      77    $      82        $109            $ 28         $113        $ --
     Acetyls and alcohol...................          19           22          31               6           32          --
     Specialty polymer products............          15           16          21               5           24          --
                                             -----------  -----------     ------             ---        ------      ------
          Subtotal.........................         111          120         161              39          169          --
SCM Chemicals:
     Titanium dioxide and related
       products............................          37           33          42              10           40          39
Glidco:
     Fragrance and flavor chemicals........           4            2           3               1            3           4
Propane....................................          --           25          34               9           34          --
Corporate..................................          --           --           1              --            1           1
                                             -----------  -----------     ------             ---        ------      ------
          Total............................   $     152    $     180        $241            $ 59         $247        $ 44
                                             -----------  -----------     ------             ---        ------      ------
                                             -----------  -----------     ------             ---        ------      ------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-25
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
NOTE 11 -- OPERATIONS BY INDUSTRY SEGMENTS AND GEOGRAPHIC AREA -- CONTINUED
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   NINE MONTHS                                             FISCAL YEAR
                                                      ENDED                             THREE MONTHS          ENDED
                                                  SEPTEMBER 30,          YEAR ENDED        ENDED          SEPTEMBER 30,
                                             ------------------------   DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    ------------------
                                                1996         1995           1995            1994         1994        1993
                                             -----------  -----------   ------------    ------------    ------      ------
                                                   (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                          <C>          <C>           <C>             <C>             <C>         <C>
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES:
Quantum Chemical:
     Polyethylene and related products.....   $     108    $      41        $ 62            $  7         $ 28        $ --
     Acetyls and alcohol...................          49           19          30               5           11          --
     Specialty polymer products............           3           10          13               2            2          --
                                             -----------  -----------     ------             ---        ------      ------
          Subtotal.........................         160           70         105              14           41          --
SCM Chemicals:
     Titanium dioxide and related
       products............................          54           96         124               7           41          24
Glidco:
     Fragrance and flavor chemicals........           9           13          17               3            7           2
Propane....................................          --           21          29               6           19          --
Corporate..................................          --            1           1              --            1           2
                                             -----------  -----------     ------             ---        ------      ------
          Total............................   $     223    $     201        $276            $ 30         $109        $ 28
                                             -----------  -----------     ------             ---        ------      ------
                                             -----------  -----------     ------             ---        ------      ------
NET SALES:
     United States.........................      $2,008       $2,674      $3,462            $840       $2,992        $578
     Foreign...............................         291          287         368              82          322         309(1)
     Inter-area elimination................         (20)         (22)        (30)            (14)         (26)        (25)
                                             -----------  -----------     ------             ---        ------      ------
          Total............................      $2,279       $2,939      $3,800            $908       $3,288        $862
                                             -----------  -----------     ------             ---        ------      ------
                                             -----------  -----------     ------             ---        ------      ------

Operating income:
     United States........................   .   $  156       $  619      $  743            $188       $  297        $106
     Foreign...............................          49           71          99              15           47          33
                                                 ------       ------   ------------       ------       ------        ----
          Total............................      $  205       $  690      $  842            $203       $  344        $139
                                                 ------       ------   ------------       ------       ------        ----
                                                 ------       ------   ------------       ------       ------        ----
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) $194 is attributable to Europe and $115 to Asia/Pacific.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            SEPTEMBER 30,    --------------------
                                                                                1996          1995         1994
                                                                            -------------    -------      -------
                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                         <C>              <C>          <C>
Identifiable assets:
     United States -- Continuing.........................................      $ 4,745       $ 5,525      $ 5,607
                   -- Discontinued.......................................          617         3,772        3,757
     Foreign.............................................................          817           746          660
                                                                            -------------    -------      -------
          Total..........................................................      $ 6,179       $10,043      $10,024
                                                                            -------------    -------      -------
                                                                            -------------    -------      -------
</TABLE>
 
     Most of the Company's foreign  operations are conducted by subsidiaries  in
the  United Kingdom  and Australia.  Sales between  the Company's  United States
operations and its foreign operations are made on terms similar to those of  its
third-party distributors. Sales between geographic areas are not significant.
 
     Income  and  expenses  not  allocated  to  industry  segment  in  computing
operating income  include  interest income  and  expense and  other  income  and
expense of a general corporate nature.
 
                                      F-26
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
NOTE 11 -- OPERATIONS BY INDUSTRY SEGMENTS AND GEOGRAPHIC AREA -- CONTINUED
     Export sales from the United States for the nine months ended September 30,
1996 and 1995, the year ended December 31, 1995, the three months ended December
31,  1994  and  the  fiscal  years  ended  September  30,  1994  and  1993  were
approximately $289, $348, $379, $80, $277 and $60, respectively.
 
NOTE 12 -- INFORMATION ON MILLENNIUM AMERICA
 
     Millennium America Inc. (the 'Issuer') is a wholly owned subsidiary of  the
Company and is a holding company for all of the Company's operating subsidiaries
other  than the non-U.S. affiliates of SCM  Chemicals. For the nine months ended
September 30, 1996, the non-U.S. affiliates  of SCM Chemicals Inc. had sales  of
approximately $291 million and operating income of $49 million; at September 30,
1996,  they  had  total assets  of  approximately  $377 million.  The  Issuer is
obligated for the borrowings under the 2.39% Senior Exchangeable Discount  Notes
and  will be the principal issuer of  the senior notes and debentures subject to
this Offering. Accordingly, the following financial information is provided  for
the  Issuer: Proforma Combined Balance Sheet  as of September 30, 1996, Combined
Balance Sheets as of September 30, 1996, December 31, 1995 and December 31, 1994
and the Combined  Statements of  Operations of the  Issuer for  the Nine  Months
Ended  September 30, 1996,  the Year Ended  December 31, 1995,  the Three Months
Ended December 31, 1994 and the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 1994 and 1993.
 
                                      F-27
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
                            MILLENNIUM AMERICA INC.
                            COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   PRO FORMA            SEPTEMBER 30,   ----------------
                                                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1996           1996         1995      1994
                                                               ------------------        -----------    ------    ------
                                                                  (UNAUDITED)         (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                            <C>                   <C>            <C>       <C>
                           ASSETS
Current assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents..............................         $  356            $   356      $  346    $  336
     Trade receivables, net.................................            440                440         438       455
     Inventories............................................            362                362         468       397
     Other current assets...................................             69                109         221       220
     Net assets of Discontinued Businesses to be sold to
       Hanson...............................................             --                617       3,766         0
                                                                    -------          -----------    ------    ------
          Total current assets..............................          1,227              1,884       5,239     1,408
                                                                    -------          -----------    ------    ------
Property, plant and equipment net...........................          1,804              1,804       2,103     2,022
Investments and other assets................................            344                336         278       451
Net assets of Discontinued Businesses to be sold to
  Hanson....................................................             --                 --           0     3,757
Goodwill....................................................          1,778              1,778       2,042     2,095
                                                                    -------          -----------    ------    ------
          Total assets......................................         $5,153            $ 5,802      $9,662    $9,733
                                                                    -------          -----------    ------    ------
                                                                    -------          -----------    ------    ------
               LIABILITIES & INVESTED CAPITAL
Current liabilities:
     Notes payable..........................................         $  227            $   219      $  113    $  193
     Current maturities of long-term debt...................             11                 11          11         5
     Trade accounts payables................................            117                117         161       122
     Income taxes payable...................................             29                 29           0      (108)
     Accrued expenses and other liabilities.................            421                421         555       523
                                                                    -------          -----------    ------    ------
          Total current liabilities.........................            805                797         840       735
Non-current liabilities:
     Long-term debt.........................................          2,246              3,622       3,304     3,274
     Deferred income taxes..................................            111                207         150       115
     Other liabilities......................................            947                937         881       919
                                                                    -------          -----------    ------    ------
          Total liabilities.................................          4,109              5,563       5,175     5,043
                                                                    -------          -----------    ------    ------
Commitments and contingencies
Invested capital............................................          1,044                239       4,487     4,690
                                                                    -------          -----------    ------    ------
          Total liabilities and invested capital............         $5,153            $ 5,802      $9,662    $9,733
                                                                    -------          -----------    ------    ------
                                                                    -------          -----------    ------    ------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-28
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
                            MILLENNIUM AMERICA INC.
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        FISCAL YEAR
                                           NINE MONTHS ENDED               YEAR        THREE MONTHS        ENDED
                                     ------------------------------       ENDED           ENDED        SEPTEMBER 30,
                                     SEPTEMBER 30,    SEPTEMBER 30,    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    --------------
                                         1996             1995             1995            1994         1994     1993
                                     -------------    -------------    ------------    ------------    ------    ----
                                              (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                  <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>             <C>       <C>
Net sales.........................      $ 1,988          $ 2,652          $3,432           $826        $2,967    $553
Less operating costs and expenses:
     Cost of products sold........        1,480            1,685           2,229            534         2,241     369
     Depreciation and
       amortization...............          141              167             223             54           231      29
     Selling, development and
       administrative expenses....          136              181             236             51           198      49
     Asset impairment and related
       closure costs..............           75               --              --             --            --      --
                                     -------------    -------------    ------------      ------        ------    ----
          Operating income........          156              619             744            187           297     106
Interest expense, primarily to a
  related party...................          171              180             240             59           204      14
Interest income...................          (21)             (20)            (24)            (5)          (19)    (26)
Gain on sale of Suburban
  Propane.........................         (210)              --              --             --            --      --
Equity in earnings of Suburban
  Propane.........................          (32)              --              --             --            --      --
Other expense, net................            9               53              56              1            11      (2)
                                     -------------    -------------    ------------      ------        ------    ----
     Income from continuing
       operations before provision
       for income taxes...........          239              406             472            132           101     120
Provision for income taxes........         (160)            (167)           (196)           (55)          (55)    (38)
                                     -------------    -------------    ------------      ------        ------    ----
     Income from continuing
       operations.................           79              239             276             77            46      82
(Loss)/income from discontinued
  operations (net of income taxes
  of ($1,269), $3, $22, $5, $11
  and $23)........................       (3,167)              --              18             12            28      20
                                     -------------    -------------    ------------      ------        ------    ----
     Net (loss) income............      $(3,088)         $   239          $  294           $ 89        $   74    $102
                                     -------------    -------------    ------------      ------        ------    ----
                                     -------------    -------------    ------------      ------        ------    ----
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 13 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
     In October, 1996, one of the  Company's subsidiaries entered into a  number
of  interest rate  protection agreements  which have  effectively fixed interest
rates on $750 million of floating rate debt. Under these agreements, the Company
subsidiary will  pay  the  counterparties  interest at  a  fixed  rate  and  the
counterparties will pay the Company subsidiary interest at a variable rate based
on  LIBOR. The fixed  rates payable under these  agreements average 5.7875% with
terms expiring at various dates through  October, 1998. In addition, one of  the
Company's  subsidiaries entered  into forward contracts  to hedge  the impact of
exchange rate fluctuations on approximately `L'200 million of its sterling  cash
 
                                      F-29
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
NOTE 13 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS -- CONTINUED
deposits.  Since  these agreements  have been  recently  entered into,  the fair
market value of  these agreements  is not  materially different  than the  value
based on the stated terms.
 
     On  October 18,  1996, as  required by  the Exchangeable  Note Indenture, a
subsidiary of the  Company commenced a  Tender Offer to  repurchase any and  all
Exchangeable  Notes from holders  who exercise their  'change in control' rights
under the  indenture for  cash of  101%  of their  accreted value  plus  accrued
interest.  It is anticipated  that such repurchase  will be funded  with the net
proceeds  of  a  new  issuance  of  debt  securities  and  additional  long-term
borrowings under the New Credit Facility.
 
NOTE 14 -- UNAUDITED QUARTERLY DATA
 
     The  following table  sets forth unaudited  combined financial  data of the
Company for the  first three  quarters of  fiscal 1996.  In the  opinion of  the
Company,  the unaudited  combined financial data  have been prepared  on a basis
consistent with that of the audited  financial data and include all  adjustments
necessary for a fair presentation of interim results.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                       -----------------------------------------------------
                                                       SEPTEMBER 30, 1996    JUNE 30, 1996    MARCH 31, 1996
                                                       ------------------    -------------    --------------
 
<S>                                                    <C>                   <C>              <C>
Net sales...........................................          $769               $ 780           $    730
Gross profit........................................           204                 192                172
Income (loss) before extraordinary items and
  cumulative effects of a change in accounting......            47(1)              (33)(2)         (3,078)(3)(4)
Net income (loss)...................................            47(1)              (33)(2)         (3,078)(3)(4)
</TABLE>
 
     Earnings  per  share  data have  not  been  presented because  there  is no
separate identifiable pool of  capital for periods  prior to incorporation  upon
which a per share calculation could be based.
 
- ------------
 
(1) Includes  a non-recurring charge  of $15 ($9  after tax) to  provide for the
    closure  costs  of  certain  facilities  employed  in  the   sulfate-process
    manufacturing of TiO2.
 
(2) Includes  a  non-recurring  charge of  $60  ($39  after tax)  to  reduce the
    carrying  value  of  certain  facilities  employed  in  the  sulfate-process
    manufacturing of TiO2.
 
(3) Includes  the effects of a  gain of $210 ($86  after tax) resulting from the
    Company's sale in March 1996 of a 73.6% equity interest in Suburban Propane.
 
(4) Includes the  effects of  a non-cash  charge of  $4,497 ($3,206  after  tax)
    relating  to one of the Discontinued Businesses as a result of the Company's
    adoption of the long-lived asset carrying value methodology provided by SFAS
    121.
 
                                      F-30

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                                                                     SCHEDULE II
 
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 COLUMN A                     COLUMN B                 COLUMN C                 COLUMN D     COLUMN E
- -------------------------------------------  ------------   --------------------------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                        ADDITIONS
                                                            -------------------------------- 
                                              BALANCE AT     CHARGED TO                      
                                             BEGINNING OF      COSTS       CHARGED TO OTHER    DEDUCTIONS-    BALANCE AT
                DESCRIPTION                     PERIOD      AND EXPENSES   ACCOUNTS-DESCRIBE    DESCRIBE     END OF PERIOD
- -------------------------------------------  ------------   ------------   -----------------   -----------   -------------
<S>                                          <C>            <C>            <C>                 <C>           <C>
Fiscal year ended September 30, 1993
  Deducted from asset accounts:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts.......       $7              --           --                --              $ 7
Fiscal year ended September 30, 1994
  Deducted from asset accounts:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts.......        7              10           --                   3(a)          14
Three months ended December 31, 1994
  Deducted from asset accounts:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts.......       14               1           --                --               15
Year ended December 31, 1995
  Deducted from asset accounts:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts.......       15               5           --                   4(a)          16
Nine months ended September 30, 1996
  Deducted from asset accounts:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts.......       16              --           --                  (8)(a)(b)       8
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
 (a) Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries
 
 (b)  Sale of Suburban Propane
 
                                      F-31
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of
  QUANTUM CHEMICAL CORPORATION
 
     In  our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and
of cash flows of Quantum  Chemical Corporation and subsidiary companies  present
fairly, in all material respects, the results of their operations and their cash
flows for the nine months ended September 30, 1993, in conformity with generally
accepted   accounting   principles.   These   financial   statements   are   the
responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express  an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit
of  these statements  in accordance  with generally  accepted auditing standards
which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable  assurance
about  whether the  financial statements are  free of  material misstatement. An
audit includes examining, on a test  basis, evidence supporting the amounts  and
disclosures  in the  financial statements,  assessing the  accounting principles
used and significant estimates  made by management,  and evaluating the  overall
financial   statement  presentation.  We  believe  that  our  audit  provides  a
reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
October 29, 1993
Morristown, New Jersey
 
                                      F-32
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                          QUANTUM CHEMICAL CORPORATION
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1993
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                               <C>
Net sales......................................................................................   $1,699
Cost of goods sold.............................................................................    1,576
Selling and administrative expenses............................................................       74
Research and development expense...............................................................       33
Corporate and general expenses.................................................................      117
                                                                                                  ------
Operating loss.................................................................................     (101)
Interest on borrowings -- net..................................................................     (199)
Other income...................................................................................        1
                                                                                                  ------
Loss before income tax benefit.................................................................     (299)
Income tax benefit.............................................................................      105
                                                                                                  ------
Net loss.......................................................................................   $ (194)
                                                                                                  ------
                                                                                                  ------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-33
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                          QUANTUM CHEMICAL CORPORATION
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                      NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1993
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                <C>
Cash flow from operating activities:
     Net loss...................................................................................   $(194)
     Adjustments to reconcile loss to net cash provided by operations:
          Depreciation and amortization.........................................................     145
          Other.................................................................................      22
     Change in assets and liabilities:
          Receivables...........................................................................      64
          Inventories...........................................................................     (12)
          Prepaid expenses and other current assets.............................................      90
          Accounts payable and accrued liabilities..............................................      83
          Deferred income taxes.................................................................     (96)
                                                                                                   -----
          Cash provided by operating activities.................................................     102
                                                                                                   -----
Cash flow from investing activities:
     Capital expenditures.......................................................................     (95)
     Other......................................................................................       9
                                                                                                   -----
          Cash used for investing activities:...................................................     (86)
                                                                                                   -----
Cash flow from financing activities:
     Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt...................................................     300
     Payments of long-term debt and capital lease obligations...................................    (334)
     Payments of debt issue costs...............................................................      (8)
     Proceeds from issuance of common stock.....................................................      69
                                                                                                   -----
          Cash provided by financing activities.................................................      27
                                                                                                   -----
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents.......................................................      43
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year..................................................     108
                                                                                                   -----
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year........................................................   $ 151
                                                                                                   -----
                                                                                                   -----
</TABLE>
 
     Supplemental disclosures  -- Income  tax refunds  of $74  were received  in
1993. Interest payments were $225 in 1993.
 
                                      F-34

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                          QUANTUM CHEMICAL CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
NOTE 1 -- DESCRIPTION OF MERGER AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
     Quantum   Chemical  Corporation  ('QCC')  became  a  wholly-owned  indirect
subsidiary of Hanson  PLC, an English  public limited company  ('Hanson'), as  a
result  of the consummation on September 30,  1993, of the merger (the 'Merger')
provided for in an Agreement  and Plan of Merger dated  as of June 29, 1993,  as
amended (the 'Merger Agreement').
 
     QCC  was the surviving corporation in  the Merger; where appropriate below,
QCC as it existed before the Merger is referred to as the 'predecessor  company'
and  QCC  as  it existed  after  the Merger  is  referred to  as  the 'successor
company.' Subsequent  to  the Merger,  QCC  changed  its fiscal  year  end  from
December 31 to a 52-53 week fiscal year ending September 30.
 
     Pursuant to the Merger, a Hanson subsidiary acquired all of the outstanding
shares of common stock of QCC in a tax free exchange of approximately 42 million
new  American Depositary Shares of Hanson ('Hanson ADSs') at an exchange rate of
1.176 ADS per  common share  of the predecessor  company. The  Hanson ADSs  were
issued  for the benefit of the merged  corporation in consideration of $815 paid
to Hanson in  the pound sterling  equivalent thereof. Prior  to the Merger,  the
merged  corporation  was capitalized  with the  issuance of  1,000 shares  for a
nominal amount on June 29,  1993, and the issuance of  1,200 shares for $815  on
September  30, 1993. In accordance with the  Merger Agreement, the shares of the
merged corporation were, upon  the Merger, converted  into the sole  outstanding
shares  of the successor  company, all of  which shares were  acquired by Hanson
America Inc., a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Hanson ('Hanson America').
 
     Hanson America accounted for the merger as a purchase, effective  September
30,  1993, in accordance  with Accounting Principles Board  Opinion No. 16 ('APB
No. 16'). The fair  values of the assets  acquired and liabilities assumed  were
fully allocated to QCC.
 
     The  consolidated statements  of operations and  cash flows  for the period
ended  September  30,  1993,  are  presented  using  the  predecessor  company's
historical basis of accounting.
 
NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
     The  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  all  majority-owned
companies.
 
INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories are  valued at  the lower  of  cost or  market. Cost  has  been
determined   for  the  various  categories  of  inventory  using  the  first-in,
first-out; last-in; first-out; or average cost methods as deemed appropriate.
 
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Depreciation is  determined for  the  related groups  of assets  under  the
straight-line  method based upon their  estimated useful lives. Certain interest
costs are  capitalized as  part  of the  cost  of major  construction  projects.
Interest  cost capitalized  was $3 in  1993. Minor renewals  or replacements and
maintenance and repairs  are expensed. Major  replacements and improvements  are
capitalized.  Gains or losses on  disposal of assets are  credited or charged to
income.
 
GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
     The excess of the  cost of acquired businesses  to the predecessor  company
over  values  assigned to  the  net tangible  and  identifiable assets  has been
classified as goodwill and amortized to income over
 
                                      F-35
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                          QUANTUM CHEMICAL CORPORATION
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- CONTINUED
periods of  not more  than 40  years. The  cost of  the identifiable  intangible
assets  to  the predecessor  company  has been  amortized  to income  over their
estimated lives, which are  not more than 15  years. Amortization of  historical
goodwill  and other  intangible assets  charged to  income was  $5 for  the nine
months ended September 30, 1993.
 
     The Merger  discussed in  Note 1  resulted in  the full  allocation of  the
purchase  price to the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities
of the  successor company.  Goodwill at  September 30,  1993, arising  from  the
Merger, will be amortized straight-line over 40 years by the successor company.
 
TAXES ON INCOME
 
     The  income tax  benefit includes  the tax  effects of  revenue and expense
transactions included in the determination of financial statement income.  Where
such  transactions  are included  in the  determination of  taxable income  in a
different year, the tax effects are deferred.
 
PENSIONS
 
     Pension costs are  actuarially determined under  the projected unit  credit
cost  method and include  amounts for current service  and interest on projected
benefit obligations and plan assets.
 
POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS
 
     The cost of postretirement medical health care and other insurance benefits
is accrued over  the period during  which active employees  become eligible  for
such benefits.
 
NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE
 
     As  of  September 30,  1993,  QCC is  a  wholly-owned subsidiary  of Hanson
America. Accordingly, the requirements of Accounting Principles Board of Opinion
No. 15 do not apply, and net loss per share has not been computed for the period
ended September 30, 1993.
 
NOTE 3 -- INFORMATION BY SEGMENT
 
     QCC's operations have been classified  into industry segments based on  the
sale of related products as follows:
 
     Petrochemicals    (Quantum    Chemical)   --    principally   polyethylene,
polypropylene, acetic acid, vinyl acetate and ethyl alcohol.
 
     Propane marketing (Suburban Propane) -- liquid petroleum gases, principally
propane.
 
     No  individual  customer's  purchases   exceeded  10%  of  sales.   Foreign
operations and assets and transfers between segments were not significant.
 
     Operating  results for each  segment were determined  by deducting from net
sales the cost of  goods sold, and the  selling and administrative and  research
and development expenses attributable to segment operations.
 
                                      F-36
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                          QUANTUM CHEMICAL CORPORATION
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
NOTE 3 -- INFORMATION BY SEGMENT -- CONTINUED
 
     The  following table summarizes selected financial data by industry segment
for the nine month period ended September 30, 1993:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                           <C>
Net sales
     Petrochemicals........................................................   $1,218
     Propane marketing.....................................................      481
                                                                              ------
          Total............................................................   $1,699
                                                                              ------
                                                                              ------
Operating (loss) profit
     Petrochemicals........................................................   $  (22)
     Propane marketing.....................................................       38
     Corporate and general.................................................     (117)
                                                                              ------
          Total............................................................   $ (101)
                                                                              ------
                                                                              ------
Capital expenditures
     Petrochemicals........................................................   $   72
     Propane marketing.....................................................       23
                                                                              ------
          Total............................................................   $   95
                                                                              ------
                                                                              ------
Depreciation and amortization expense
     Petrochemicals........................................................   $  113
     Propane marketing.....................................................       27
     Corporate.............................................................        5
                                                                              ------
          Total............................................................   $  145
                                                                              ------
                                                                              ------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 4 -- TAXES ON INCOME
 
     The following is a reconciliation  of the U.S. statutory corporate  federal
income tax rate to the effective income tax rate:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   NINE MONTHS
                                                                                      ENDED
                                                                                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                      1993
                                                                                  -------------
 
<S>                                                                               <C>
Federal income tax rate                                                               (35.0)%
Changes in the tax rate resulting from:
     State and local taxes (net of federal benefit)............................        (4.3)
     Change in federal tax rate................................................         3.5
     Other.....................................................................          .6
                                                                                     ------
          Effective income tax rate............................................       (35.2)%
                                                                                     ------
                                                                                     ------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-37
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                          QUANTUM CHEMICAL CORPORATION
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
NOTE 4 -- TAXES ON INCOME -- CONTINUED
 
     The  following table gives details  of the income tax  benefit for the nine
months ended September 30, 1993:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                         <C>
Current income taxes:
     U.S. federal........................................................................       $  --
     State, local and foreign............................................................          --
Deferred income taxes (refundable) payable:
     U.S. -- net effect of timing differences:
          Depreciation expense...........................................................          16
          Tax loss carryforwards.........................................................         (44)
          Insurance recoveries...........................................................         (10)
          Postretirement benefits other than pensions....................................          (1)
          Pensions/severance.............................................................         (27)
          Casualty and other insurance expense...........................................           1
          Plant shutdown costs...........................................................           5
          Federal tax rate change........................................................          10
          Partnership benefits (reversal)................................................         (40)
          Other..........................................................................         (15)
                                                                                               ------
Income tax benefit.......................................................................       $(105)
                                                                                               ------
                                                                                               ------
</TABLE>
 
     At September 30,  1993, QCC had  a tax net  operating loss carryforward  of
$44,  which  will  expire in  2008.  The Merger  is  not expected  to  limit the
utilization of this net operating loss carryforward.
 
NOTE 5 -- PENSION AND SAVINGS PLANS
 
     QCC has noncontributory defined benefit plans covering most employees.  The
benefits  of these plans are based primarily  on years of service and employees'
pay near retirement. QCC's funding policy is consistent with the minimum funding
requirements of ERISA. Plan assets consist principally of common stocks and U.S.
government and corporate  obligations. Net  pension credit for  the nine  months
ended September 30, 1993 included the following components:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                     <C>
Service cost -- benefits earned during the period....................       $   9
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation........................          25
Actual return on assets..............................................         (51)
Amortization of unrecognized amounts, net............................          (7)
Deferral of gain.....................................................          11
Curtailment gain.....................................................           4
                                                                            -----
     Net pension credit..............................................       $  (9)
                                                                            -----
                                                                            -----
</TABLE>
 
     QCC has defined contribution plans covering most employees, which include a
savings  feature  and  an employee  stock  ownership feature  (ESOP).  Under the
savings feature, participant contributions are  matched by QCC contributions  in
cash  or QCC  common stock.  The ESOP  feature permits  QCC to  make stock bonus
awards, in  cash or  QCC common  stock, to  eligible employees,  based on  QCC's
performance. There was no stock bonus award in 1993.
 
                                      F-38
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                          QUANTUM CHEMICAL CORPORATION
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
NOTE 6 -- POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS
 
     QCC  provides, or makes available at low cost, welfare benefits for most of
its retired employees. Substantially all of QCC's employees become eligible  for
such  benefits if  they reach  retirement age while  still working  for QCC. The
benefits are provided  through insurance  companies whose charges  are based  on
benefits  paid during the year.  QCC has the right  to modify or terminate these
benefits.
 
     The periodic  expense for  postretirement benefits  included the  following
components for the nine month period ended September 30, 1993:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                             <C>
Service cost for benefits earned during the year.............................   $  1
Interest cost on accumulated benefit obligation..............................      8
Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost..............................     (5)
Curtailment loss.............................................................      8
Accelerated recognition of prior service cost................................     (2)
                                                                                ----
     Total expense...........................................................   $ 10
                                                                                ----
                                                                                ----
</TABLE>
 
     The  1993  accumulated  benefit  obligation was  based  on  claim  data for
calendar year 1992.
 
     The effect on the  present value of the  accumulated benefit obligation  at
January  1, 1993, of a 1% increase each year in the health care cost trend used,
would increase the amount of the net periodic expense (service cost and interest
cost) by $1 for 1993.
 
NOTE 7 -- COMMITMENTS
 
     QCC's principal lease commitments are for railroad cars, automobiles,  data
processing equipment and warehouse space. These leases generally contain renewal
options  and provide that  QCC will pay utility,  insurance, tax and maintenance
costs.
 
     Rental expense for all operating leases (except those with terms of a month
or less,  that  were not  renewed)  was $45  for  the nine  month  period  ended
September  30,  1993.  The effect  of  contingent rentals  and  sublease rentals
included therein was not significant.
 
     Minimum  payments  required   under  leases  with   initial  or   remaining
noncancellable  terms in  excess of one  year as  of September 30,  1993 were as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 FISCAL YEAR ENDED                                                          OPERATING
   SEPTEMBER 30,                                                             LEASES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------   ---------
<S>                                                                         <C>
     1994................................................................     $  50
     1995................................................................        41
     1996................................................................        28
     1997................................................................        21
     1998................................................................        18
     Later years.........................................................        26
                                                                            ---------
          Total minimum lease payments...................................     $ 184
                                                                            ---------
                                                                            ---------
</TABLE>
 
     The minimum payments have not been  reduced by sublease rentals due in  the
future under noncancellable subleases, which are considered insignificant.
 
     QCC  has other commitments, including those related to the construction and
development of facilities, all made in the normal course of business.
 
                                      F-39

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors
  and Stockholders of
  MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
 
     In  our opinion,  the accompanying  balance sheet  presents fairly,  in all
material respects, the financial position of Millennium Chemicals Inc. at  April
18,  1996,  in conformity  with generally  accepted accounting  principles. This
financial statement  is  the responsibility  of  the Company's  management;  our
responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our
audit.  We conducted  our audit of  this statement in  accordance with generally
accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the audit  to
obtain  reasonable assurance  about whether the  financial statement  is free of
material misstatement. An audit  includes examining, on  a test basis,  evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement, assessing the
accounting  principles used  and significant  estimates made  by management, and
evaluating the overall  financial statement  presentation. We  believe that  our
audit provides a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
Morristown, New Jersey
July 2, 1996
 
                                      F-40
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
 
                                 BALANCE SHEET
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     APRIL 18,
                                                                                       1996
                                                                                     ---------
 
<S>                                                                                  <C>
Assets:
     Cash.........................................................................      $ 3
                                                                                        ---
                                                                                        ---
Shareholder's Equity:
     Common Stock, $.01 par value per share;
       1,000 authorized, 3 shares issued..........................................      $ 3
                                                                                        ---
                                                                                        ---
</TABLE>
 
NOTE
 
Millennium  Chemicals Inc. (the 'Company') was incorporated on April 18, 1996 to
serve as the holding company of the chemicals business of Hanson PLC to be  spun
off in a stock dividend to Hanson PLC's stockholders.
 
                                      F-41

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement
dated the date hereof, the Issuer has agreed to sell to each of the Underwriters
named below, and each of such Underwriters has severally agreed to purchase, the
respective  principal amount of each series of the Securities set forth opposite
its name below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           PRINCIPAL       PRINCIPAL
                                                                           AMOUNT OF       AMOUNT OF
UNDERWRITER                                                                  NOTES         DEBENTURES
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------   ------------    ------------
 
<S>                                                                       <C>             <C>
Goldman, Sachs & Co. ..................................................   $100,000,000    $ 50,000,000
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. ..............................................    100,000,000      50,000,000
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
              Incorporated ............................................    100,000,000      50,000,000
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. ...........................................    100,000,000      50,000,000
Salomon Brothers Inc ..................................................    100,000,000      50,000,000
                                                                          ------------    ------------
     Total.............................................................   $500,000,000    $250,000,000
                                                                          ------------    ------------
                                                                          ------------    ------------
</TABLE>
 
     Under  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  Underwriting  Agreement,   the
Underwriters  are  committed to  take  and pay  for all  of  each series  of the
Securities, if any are taken.
 
     The Underwriters propose  to offer each  series of the  Securities in  part
directly to the public at the respective initial public offering price set forth
on  the cover page of this Prospectus  and in part to certain securities dealers
at such prices less a concession not to exceed 0.40% of the principal amount  of
the Notes and not to exceed 0.50% of the principal amount of the Debentures. The
Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not to exceed
0.25%  of the  principal amount  of the  Notes and  not to  exceed 0.25%  of the
principal amount of  the Debentures to  certain brokers and  dealers. After  the
Securities  are released for sale  to the public, the  offering prices and other
selling terms may from time to time be varied by the Underwriters.
 
     The Securities will be new issues of securities with no established trading
market. The  Issuer  has been  advised  by  the Underwriters  that,  subject  to
applicable  law,  the Underwriters  currently intend  to make  a market  in each
series of the Securities,  but are not  obligated to do  so and may  discontinue
market  making at any time  without notice. No assurance can  be given as to the
liquidity of the trading market for each series of Securities.
 
     From time to time in the ordinary course of their businesses, affiliates of
certain of the Underwriters have engaged and may in the future engage in general
financing and  banking  transactions with  the  Company, the  Issuer  and  their
affiliates.  If the net proceeds of the  Offering exceed the amount necessary to
pay the Repurchase Price for Pre-Demerger Notes tendered pursuant to the  Tender
Offer, such excess will be used to repay indebtedness under the Credit Facility.
J.P.  Morgan Securities Inc. is an affiliate of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of
New York, a lender under the Credit Facility. In addition, certain other dealers
which may participate  in the Offering  may be affiliates  of lenders under  the
Credit Facility.
 
     Certain  of the Underwriters have provided from time to time, and expect to
provide in the future,  investment banking services to  the Company, the  Issuer
and their affiliates, for which such Underwriters have received and will receive
customary fees and commissions.
 
     The Issuer has agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933. The Company
has agreed to guarantee such indemnification obligations of the Issuer.
 
                                      U-1

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
___________________________________          ___________________________________
 
     NO  PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED TO  GIVE  ANY INFORMATION  OR TO  MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN  OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  DOES  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF  AN  OFFER TO  BUY  ANY  SECURITIES OTHER  THAN  THE  SECURITIES
DESCRIBED IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER
TO  BUY SUCH SECURITIES IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION
IS UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER
SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT  THERE HAS BEEN  NO
CHANGE  IN  THE  AFFAIRS  OF THE  COMPANY  SINCE  THE DATE  HEREOF  OR  THAT THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.
 
                               ------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                             PAGE
                                                                                                                             -----
<S>                                                                                                                          <C>
Available Information.....................................................................................................       2
Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements...........................................................................       2
Prospectus Summary........................................................................................................       3
Risk Factors..............................................................................................................       8
Use of Proceeds...........................................................................................................      13
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges........................................................................................      13
Capitalization............................................................................................................      14
Selected Combined Financial Data..........................................................................................      15
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Data...............................................................................      16
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.....................................      20
Business..................................................................................................................      34
Agreements Between the Company and Hanson Relating to the Demerger........................................................      50
Management................................................................................................................      53
Executive Compensation....................................................................................................      57
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners of Common Stock...........................................................      68
Description of the Securities.............................................................................................      69
Certain Tax Considerations................................................................................................      81
Legal Matters.............................................................................................................      83
Experts...................................................................................................................      83
Index to Financial Statements.............................................................................................     F-1
Underwriting..............................................................................................................     U-1
</TABLE>
 
     THROUGH AND INCLUDING  FEBRUARY 20, 1997  (THE 90TH DAY  AFTER THE DATE  OF
THIS  PROSPECTUS), ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE SECURITIES, WHETHER
OR NOT  PARTICIPATING  IN  THIS  DISTRIBUTION, MAY  BE  REQUIRED  TO  DELIVER  A
PROSPECTUS.  THIS  IS  IN  ADDITION  TO  THE  OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A
PROSPECTUS  WHEN  ACTING  AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THEIR UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                                  $750,000,000
                            MILLENNIUM AMERICA INC.
                                  $500,000,000
                              7% SENIOR NOTES DUE
                               NOVEMBER 15, 2006
                                  $250,000,000
                          7 5/8% SENIOR DEBENTURES DUE
                               NOVEMBER 15, 2026
 
                         UNCONDITIONALLY GUARANTEED BY
 
                           MILLENNIUM CHEMICALS INC.
 
                               ------------------
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                               ------------------
 
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
                            BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
                              MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
                               J.P. MORGAN & CO.
                              SALOMON BROTHERS INC
 
___________________________________          ___________________________________
                              STATEMENT OF DIFFERENCES
                              ------------------------

The registered trademark symbol shall be expressed as...........  'r'
The British pound sign shall be expressed as....................  'L'

<PAGE>





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission